IEE-Aquaculture Development NPSFDP€¦ · 2.3 Organizational / Administrative Framework 28 2.4 National Environment Policy 31 2.5 International Environment Agreements 33 3. DESCRIPTION

Initial Environmental Examination

June 2018

Sri Lanka: Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project: Aquaculture Development

ABBREVIATIONS

ADB - Asian Development Bank AP - Affected person CADEC - Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre CBD - Convention on Biological Diversity CCCRMD - Coastal Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department CCD - Climate Change Division CCRF - Code of Conduct for Responsible Fisheries CCS - Climate Change Secretariat CEA - Central Environmental Authority DFAR - Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources DMC - Disaster Management Center DS - Divisional Secretariat DSD - Divisional Secretariat Divisions DWC - Department of Wildlife Conservation EA - Executing Agency EARF - Environmental Assessment and Review Framework EIA - Environmental Impact Assessment EIRR - Economic Internal Rate of Return EMoP - Environmental Monitoring Plan EMP - Environmental management plan EPL - Environmental Protection Licensing FAO - Food and Agricultural Organization (UN) UNFCCC - Framework Convention on Climate Change FI divisions - Fisheries Inspector divisions FMA - Fisheries management areas GDP - Gross Domestic Product GND - Grama Niladari Division GRC - Grievance Redress Committee GRM - Grievance Redress Mechanism IA - Implementing Agency IDAY- IBE - Inboard single day boats IEE - Initial Environmental Examination IMUL - Inboard multi-day boats INDC - Intended Nationally Determined Contributions IOTC - Indian Ocean Tuna Commission IPOA - International Plan of Action ISEA - Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment IUU - Illegal, unreported and unregulated LST - Longshore sediment transport MEPA - Marine Environment Protection Authority MFARD - Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development MMDE - Ministry of Mahaweli Development and the Environment MSL - Mean Sea-Level NAQDA - National Aquaculture Development Authority NARA - National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency NBSAP - National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Planning NDC - Nationally determined contributions NPSFDP - Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project

NPV - Net Present Value O&M - Operations and Maintenance OFRP - Outboard engine fiberglass reinforced plastic boats PMU - Project Management Unit PPTA - Project Preparatory Technical Assistance SEO - Strategic environmental objectives SMA - Special Management Areas SPS - Safeguards Policy Statement TOR - Terms of Reference UN - United Nations UNCLOS - United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea UNESCO - United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization UoM - University of Moratuwa

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

ha - hectare kg - kilogram km - kilometer m - meter MT - metric ton

This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website.

In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 9

1. INTRODUCTION 13

1.1 Background 13

1.2. Aquaculture Development Component 13

1.3 Extent of the IEE Study 15

2. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK 17

2.1 ADB Safeguards Policy 17

2.2 National Environment Laws 18

2.3 Organizational / Administrative Framework 28

2.4 National Environment Policy 31

2.5 International Environment Agreements 33

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 35

3.1 Background 35

3.2 Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre (CADEC) 37

3.3 Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility 42

3.4 Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities 51

3.5 Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility 61

4. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT – BASELINE DATA 70


4.2 Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility in Mannar district 96

4.3 Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities in Mullaitivue 121

4.4 Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility in Jaffna District 139

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 158

5.1 Introduction 158


5.3 Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility 159

5.4 Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities 160


5.6 Conclusions 161

6. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 162

6.1 Impact identification 162

6.2 Impact analysis 162

6.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures - Generic 164

6.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures – CADEC 178

6.5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures - Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility 183

6.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures - Sea cucumber hatchery facility 191


7. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 200

7.1 General 200

7.2 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation 200

7.3 Environmental Monitoring 201

7.4 Implementation Mechanism 203

7.5 Mitigation and Monitoring Cost 207

8. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION 246

8.1 General 246

8.2 Meetings with government authorities 246

8.3 Public consultation meetings 247

8.4 Group consultative discussions 248

8.5 Future consultation activities 248

9. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM 250

9.1 Grievance Redress Mechanism process 250

10. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 253

LIST OF APPENDIXES 252

Appendix 1. Laws and Regulations relevant to the Project Approval

Appendix 2. Maps and Drawings

Appendix 3. Climate data

Appendix 4. Water Quality Details of Previous Boreholes

Appendix 5. Impact Identification Matrices

Appendix 6. Consultations and Minutes

Appendix 7. Sri Lankan Environmental Regulations and Standards

Appendix 8. EMP and EMoP Cost Estimates

Appendix 9. References

List of Tables

Table 2.2-1: Relevant National Laws ....................................................................................... 18 Table 2.2-2: Applicability of the National Laws ........................................................................ 25 Table 2.2-3: Summary of procedure for obtaining the main environmental permits required by

Sri Lankan law ..................................................................................................... 26 Table 4.1-1: Marine species recorded in the area.................................................................... 76 Table 4.1-2: Key Features of the Wetlands / Lagoons in the Project Areas ............................. 77 Table 4.1-3: Key Findings of Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment ............ 77 Table 4.1-4: Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Project Area ......... 81 Table 4.1-5: Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area ....................... 82 Table 4.1-6: Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Surrounding Area 82 Table 4.1-7: Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Surrounding Area ............................... 83 Table 4.1-8: Number and species of tree that exceed 30cm DBH within the project site ......... 84 Table 4.1-9: Summary List of bird species recorded in coastal wetlands in Mannar as listed in

CEB (2016) ......................................................................................................... 86 Table 4.1-10: Threatened Species in the Northern Province ..................................................... 87

Table 4.1-11: Protected Wildlife Areas in the Region ................................................................ 89 Table 4.1-12: Potential Special Management Areas in Northern Coast ..................................... 89 Table 4.1-13: The income distribution pattern ........................................................................... 90 Table 4.1-14: Natural Disasters Recorded in DSD .................................................................... 93 Table 4.1-15: Some of the Historical Earthquakes in & around SriLanka

............................................................................................................................ 95 Table 4.1-16: Damages due to Tsunami ................................................................................... 95 Table 4.2-1: Details of the Borehole at Kondachchi ................................................................. 97 Table 4.2-2: Groundwater quality of the nearest borehole of the WRB database................... 101 Table 4.2-3: Marine species recorded in the area.................................................................. 104 Table 4.2-4: Key Findings of Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment .......... 105 Table 4.2-5. Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Project Area ....... 109 Table 4.2-6: Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area ..................... 109 Table 4.2-7: Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Surrounding Area

.......................................................................................................................... 111 Table 4.2-8: Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Surrounding Area ............................. 111 Table 4.2-9: Number and species of tree that exceed 30cm DBH within the project site ....... 112 Table 4.2-10: Summary of the Faunal Species Recorded During the Study in both Project Area

and Surrounding Area ....................................................................................... 113 Table 4.2-11: Details of Faunal Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area and Surrounding

Area .................................................................................................................. 113 Table 4.2-12: Important Protected Wildlife Areas in the Region .............................................. 116 Table 4.2-13: Potential Special Management Areas relevant to the project area ..................... 116 Table 4.2-14: The income distribution pattern ......................................................................... 117 Table 4.2-15: Important Archaeological, Historic and Cultural Sites in the Project Area .......... 118 Table 4.2-16: Natural Disasters Recorded in DSDs ................................................................ 121 Table 4.3-1: Recorded groundwater quality of the nearest boreholes .................................... 124 Table 4.3-2: Marine Species recorded in the area ................................................................. 126 Table 4.3-3: Key Features of the Wetlands / Lagoons in the Project Areas ........................... 127 Table 4.3-4: Key Findings of Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment .......... 127 Table 4.3-5: Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Project Area ....... 130 Table 4.3-6: Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area ..................... 131 Table 4.3-7: Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Surrounding Area


and Surrounding Area ....................................................................................... 134 Table 4.3-11. Details of Faunal Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area and Surrounding

Area .................................................................................................................. 134 Table 4.3-12: Protected Wildlife Areas in Mullaitivu ................................................................. 135 Table 4.3-13: Potential Special Management Areas relevant to the project area ..................... 135 Table 4.3-14: Population of the area ....................................................................................... 136 Table 4.3-15: Ethnic and Religious composition of the area .................................................... 136 Table 4.3-16: Natural Disasters Recorded in DSD .................................................................. 138 Table 4.4-1: Recorded groundwater quality of the nearest boreholes .................................... 141 Table 4.4-2: Key Features of the Wetlands / Lagoons in the Project Areas ........................... 143 Table 4.4-3: Key Findings of Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment .......... 144 Table 4.4-4: Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Project Area ....... 147

Table 4.4-5: Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area ..................... 148 Table 4.4-6: Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Surrounding Area


and Surrounding Area ....................................................................................... 150 Table 4.4-10: Details of Faunal Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area and Surrounding

Area .................................................................................................................. 151 Table 4.4-11: Protected Wildlife Areas with in Jaffna District ................................................... 151 Table 4.4-12: Potential Special Management Areas in Northern Coast ................................... 152 Table 4.4-13: Family income levels of the area ....................................................................... 153 Table 4.4-14: Details of skilled and unskilled labour ................................................................ 154 Table 4.4-15: Fish production of Valikamam West DS ............................................................ 155 Table 4.4-16: Natural Disasters Recorded in DSD .................................................................. 157 Table 7.2-1: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: Generic .. 208 Table 7.2-2: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: Generic ........................................ 220 Table 7.2-3: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: CADEC .. 224 Table 7.2-4: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: CADEC ........................................ 227 Table 7.2-5: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: Mud crab

hatchery ............................................................................................................ 227 Table 7.2-6: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: Mud crab hatchery ....................... 230 Table 7.2-7: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: Sea cucumber

hatchery ............................................................................................................ 231 Table 7.2-8: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: Sea cucumber hatchery ............... 234 Table 7.2-9: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: Sea weed

tissue culture laboratory .................................................................................... 234 Table 7.2-10: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: Sea weed tissue culture laboratory

.......................................................................................................................... 237 Table 7.3-1: EMoP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: CADEC ................................... 238 Table 7.3-2: EMoP - Operation Stage: CADEC ..................................................................... 239 Table 7.3-3: EMoP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: Mud crab hatchery .................. 240 Table 7.3-4: EMoP - Operation Stage: Mud crab hatchery .................................................... 241 Table 7.3-5: EMP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: Sea cucumber hatchery ............ 242 Table 7.3-6: EMoP - Operation Stage: Sea cucumber hatchery ............................................ 243 Table 7.3-7: EMoP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: Seaweed tissue culture laboratory

.......................................................................................................................... 244 Table 7.3-8: EMoP - Operation Stage: Seaweed tissue culture laboratory ............................ 245 Table 8.2-1 Meetings with government authorities ............................................................... 246 Table 9.1-1: GRM process (An extract from NPSFDP Three-Tier GRM System) .................. 250

List of Figures

Figure 1.2-1: Project Location Map ........................................................................................... 14

Figure 2.2-1: Coastal Zone – New Definition ............................................................................. 20

Figure 2.2-2: Proposed & Existing Protected Areas in the Northern Province of Sri Lanka ........ 22

Figure 3.1-1: Location of Aquaculture Investments ................................................................... 36

Figure 3.2-1. CADEC Site Location ........................................................................................... 38

Figure 3.2-2 CADEC Layout Design .......................................................................................... 41

Figure 3.3-1: Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility location ........................................... 42

Figure 3.3-2: The Life Cycle of Mud Crab (Scylla serrata) ......................................................... 43

Figure 3.3-3: Mud Crab Hatchery Layout Design ...................................................................... 50

Figure 3.4-1: Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities .................................... 51

Figure 3.4-2: Example of processed sea cucumbers for export ................................................. 52

Figure 3.4-3: Sequence of processing dried sea cucumber for the international market ............ 53

Figure 3.4-4: Life cycle of sea cucumber (Holothuria scabra) .................................................... 53

Figure 3.4-5: Sea Cucumber Hatchery Layout Design .............................................................. 60

Figure 3.5-1: Chulipuram seaweed culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility .............. 61

Figure 3.5-2: Seaweed Tissue Culture Laboratory and In Vitro Propagation Unit ...................... 69

Figure 4.1-1: Geology map........................................................................................................ 71

Figure 4.1-2: Groundwater Map ................................................................................................ 73

Figure 4.1-3: Admiralty Chart showing Bathymetry ................................................................... 75

Figure 4.1-4: Existing natural habitats in the project and surrounding area .............................. 78

Figure 4.1-5: Main Bird Migration Routes across the Subcontinent ........................................... 84

Figure 4.2-1: Geology map of the area of mud crab hatchery site ............................................. 98

Figure 4.2-2: Groundwater Map of the area ............................................................................ 100

Figure 4.2-3: Admiralty Chart showing Bathymetry ................................................................. 102

Figure 4.2-4: Existing natural habitats in the project and surrounding area ............................ 106

Figure 4.2-5: Change detection of forest cover in the surrounding area of the project ............. 115

Figure 4.2-6: Mavillu Conservation Forest ............................................................................... 116

Figure 4.3-1: Geology map...................................................................................................... 123





Figure 6.4-1: Options available for seawater intake pipeline .................................................... 179

Figure 6.4-2: Reduction in flood retention capacity of the surrounding area ............................ 180

Figure 6.5-1: Dynamic behavior of the beach near the proposed site ...................................... 185

Figure 6.5.2: Coastal streamlets at south and north to the proposed site ................................ 186

Figure 6.5-3: Locations of landing site ..................................................................................... 190

Figure 7.4-1: Project Management Structure Extract ............................................................... 203

Figure 9.1-1 Grievance Redress Mechanism .......................................................................... 252

List of Plates

Plate 3.5-1: Seaweed harvesting and drying in the sun ............................................................. 62

Plate 3.5-2: Seaweed packed in bags and bails ready for export .............................................. 63

Plate 4.1-1: Water bodies around the CADEC Site ................................................................... 72

Plate 4.1-2: Drainage facilities in the surrounding area ............................................................. 73

Plate 4.2-1: Water bodies around the mud crab sub project site ............................................... 99

Plate 4.2-2: Low lying areas near the mud crab sub project site ................................................ 99

Plate 4.3-1: Water body connecting Chalai lagoon and Nanthikadal lagoon ............................ 124

Plate 4.3-2: Coastal woodlands habitat .................................................................................. 129

Plate 4.3-3: Sandy beach creeping vegetation in the surrounding area ................................... 130

Plate 4.3-4: Homestead in the surrounding area ..................................................................... 130

Plate 4.4-1: Replanted Thespesia populnea patch with Dichrostachys cinerea strata in front . 146

Plate 4.4-2: Palmyrah dominated coastal scrubland ............................................................... 146

Plate 4.4-3: Sandy beach coastal vegetation .......................................................................... 146

Plate 6.5-1. Vijaya Gammanaya road and area of the new road section to be located ............ 187

Plate 6.5-2: Beach in front of the site ...................................................................................... 190

Plate 6.5-3: Kayakkuli fish landing site .................................................................................... 190

Plate 6.6-1. Condition of the existing access roads ................................................................. 193

Plate 6.7-1: Chullipuram West landing site access road and area of new road ....................... 197

9

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP), funded by Asian Development Bank (ADB) will support investments to revive the fisheries sector in the four coastal affected districts of Jaffna, Mannar, Mullaitivu and Kilinochchi. The expected outcome of the project will be sustainable increase in fisheries production in the Northern Province, to be achieved through three outputs: Output 1: climate resilient infrastructure developed and operational; Output 2 aquaculture developed; and Output 3 strengthened entrepreneurial skills, market links, and credit access for local communities including women.

The Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development and Rural Economic Affairs (MFARDREA) will be the Executing Agency (EA) for the project. The MFARDREA will be the implementing agency for Outputs 1 and 2, while the Ministry of Resettlement, Rehabilitation, Northern Development and Hindu Religious Affairs (MRRNDHRA) will be the implementing agency for Output 3. NAQDA is the key stakeholder for Output 2 investments.

Under output 2, the project will support the development of the subprojects (i) Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre (CADEC) to be located in South Bar, Mannar Town Division, Mannar District.; (ii) Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility proposed to be located at Kayakkuli, Musali Division, Mannar District which expects a production of 1.0 million crablets per year; (iii) Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities are proposed to be located at Valayanmadam, Maritimepattu Division in Mullaitivu District which will produce 1.5 million juveniles per year, and; (iv) Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility to be located at Chilipuram West, Valikamam West Division in Jaffna District which is capable of producing 30,000-50,000 kg of propagules per year.

The proposed investments of the NPSFDP meet the criteria for an environmental “Category B” project, as described in the ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS; 2009), its potential negative environmental impacts are less adverse than those of category A Projects; these impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, and in most cases mitigation measures can be designed more readily than for category A projects. During the Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA), a project inclusive Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) have been prepared for the entire NPSFDP and in 2018, a site specific, updated version of IEE exclusively for the aquaculture investment subprojects was developed. When the detailed designs are completed, this IEE will be updated if required.

All 4 proposed aquaculture investment sites lies in agro-ecological regions of Low Country Dry Zone. The Western part of Mannar district, including the Mannar Island where the CADEC and Mud crab hatchery sites are located is one of the two Arid Zones of Sri Lanka. The area experiences rainfall during North-East monsoonal season. Topographically, all 4 sites are located in the first peneplains of the Island and the terrain of the area is generally flat and includes a coastal plain.

Even though the landward natural environment of the project area has been degraded by human use over the decades (mainly as a result of urbanization and farming), and is therefore not especially sensitive, many coastal areas are considered sensitive marine coastal ecosystems. Northern coastal areas with extensive lagoons, mudflats, sand-flats, seagrass beds and shallow shores, are among the most important areas for migrating water birds in Sri Lanka. There are 11 wildlife protected areas in coastal districts of the Northern Province (Mannar, Jaffna, Kilinochchi and Mullaitivu) located in the coastal areas, and are of great importance to the marine and coastal ecosystems.

10

Different coastal habitat types were identified in CADEC site area as well as in Surrounding Area. The main habitat types identified in the project area are saltmarsh, tidal mudflats which are sensitive coastal habitats. In addition mixed thorn scrub jungles were observed. In addition to the habitat types observed in the project area, the extensive mangrove habitat was recorded in the surrounding area. Only 5 number of trees that exceed 30cm DBH of 2 different species are recorded within the project site. Total numbers of 10 plant species including three nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded. These plant species Salvadora persica, Halosarcia indica and Salicornia brachiata were observed at several locations within the project site. Vankalai bird Sanctuary which is the 4th Ramsar site in Sri Lanka is located in close proximity to project site and surrounding area.

A total numbers of 28 plant species including an endemic, an endangered, a vulnerable and one nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded within the Mud crab hatchery site area. Nationally near threatened (NT) plant species; Salvadora persica, an endangered plant species; Salacia reticulata, an endemic species; Cassine glauca and a vulnerable plant species; Manilkara hexandra were observed within the project site. Furthermore, invasive species; Lantana camara and Chromolaena odorata were also recorded within the project site. There are 42 number of trees that exceed 30cm DBH of 4 different species are recorded within the project site. Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is low. A total number of 14 faunal species were recorded during the field survey. The project site as well as project influencing area falls within the animal movement pathways of the animals of Wilpattu National Park. Elephant (Elephas maximus maximus), Gona (Rusa unicolor), Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus inornatus), Kaballewa (Manis crassicaudata) and Leopard (Panthera pardus), do not reside in project area but cross the border of the Wilpattu National Park and proceed to the project area as well as to the project influencing area. However, they return back to the National park.

Within the Sea cucumber hatchery site, a total numbers of 16 plant species including two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded, this habitat is modified with a replantation of Cocos nucifera and Anacardium occidentale. The two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species in IUCN national conservation status; Salvadora persica, and Capparis brevispina were observed within the project site. Manilkara hexandra, nationally vulnerable (VU) plant species in IUCN national conservation status was observed in the surrounding area. Only 24 number of trees that exceed 30cm DBH of 4 different species are recorded within the project site. Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is very low. A total number of 10 faunal species were recorded. No migratory bird species were recorded and this area is not important for migratory birds.

Total numbers of 21 plant species including two invasive species were recorded in Seaweed tissue culture site. Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (10) followed by shrubs (5), herbaceous species (4) and Creepers (2). About 71.4 % of the recorded flora species are natives and about 28.6% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. Two invasive plant species; Lantana Camara and Leucaena leucocephala were observed within the project site. Only 24 number of trees that exceed 30cm DBH of 4 different species are recorded within the project site. Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is very low. A total number of 11 faunal species were recorded during the project area. No migratory bird species were recorded during the field ecological survey and this area is not important for migratory birds. No turtles were recorded and this area is not a turtle breeding area.

Social and economic factors are of greater importance; a growing local populace along with increasing infrastructure and services development, especially after the conflict period, has enabled people to reclaim and rebuild their lives, assets and livelihoods.

11

The identification of impacts was aided by the development and application of a primary assessment tool. This is in a form of a matrix of environmental impacts which was used to screen each constituent activity for all potential interactions with each aspect of the environment. The Impacts Identification Matrices are provided separately for each of the four aquaculture sites.

Impacts on coastal and marine environment due to seawater intake and pipe line construction is one of the common concerns related to each of the 4 proposed subprojects. In the CADEC site, selection of the intake point whether from estuarine section or from the main sea will be depending on the seawater quality required for the facility. Depending on this choice, length of the pipe wil be determined. The exact location is to be finalized during detailed designs. It is advisable to avoid the pipeline crossing of Vankalai sanctuary. These aspects will have to be looked at carefully during detailed design. Total land area of the CADEC site is 10 ha. Since a part of the selected land is low lying, flood protection bund or filling beyond the High Flood Level of the area is required. Either of these 2 flood control options will result in reduction of flood retention area with a potential threat of flooding of surrounding area. During detailed design stage, proper drainage management plan shall be prepared and implemented.

Past aerial imagery during last decade or so shows a drastic sand accretion and land built up in the coastal stretch in front of the proposed mud crab hatchery site. Therefore, considering this complex behavior of the coast, it is recommended to obtain advice from a qualified coastal engineer especially in designing of seawater intake and water discharge pipes as improper designs will cause regular issues such as clogging of pipelines with sand resulting serious operational issues for the proposed facility. It is evident that there are some low lying areas within and around the proposed site. It is required to prevent the site from high floods and therefore filling above the high flood level or construction of a flood protection bund along the boundary will be required. This may give rise to potential for increased flooding in adjoining area. Therefore, attention on drainage aspects during detailed design stage is recommended.

With related to the Mud crab hatchery site in Musali Division, due to lack of infra-structure and job opportunities, at present, about 90% of the house owners of Vijaya Gammanaya are not settled in the village. However, the population of the surrounding 2 villages namely, Kayakkuli and Vijaya Gammanaya village specially in Vijaya Gammanaya it is likely to increase with the development of the infra-structure and creation of job opportunities. Fishing and aquaculture related activities will also be increased for both villages. During future activities of the project, continuous community consultations will benefit the successful implementation of the project.

Sea cucumber hatchery facility is located within about 500 m – 1 km from two nearby villages namely, Valayanmadam and Ampalawanapokkanai. Apart from the direct construction activities vehicle movements along the village roads which are gravel roads will be increased. Public nuisance due to, dust air quality, noise and waste management and public inconvenience due to road traffic and health and safety during construction and operation shall be mitigated through implementation of best practices.

Chullipuram seaweed tissue culture site is located far from residential area, impact related to nuisance is not expected. There are some low lying areas within and around the proposed site. Therefore, attention on drainage aspects during detailed design stage is recommended.

It is not possible to avoid all construction impacts, but they could be minimized to acceptable levels by adhering to proper construction methodologies and best practice. Much of the work will occur in areas where do not have a high population, hence impacts on people are of main concern, and include disturbance caused by noise, dust, vehicle emissions, visual intrusion,

12

interrupted access, traffic disruption, etc. However, among all the sites, Sea cucumber hatcher site of Valayanmadam, Mullaitivu District is located at a comparatively closer distance from households. Most of these will be mitigated by requiring contractors to operate tidy and well managed sites and adopt responsible construction practices, such as: avoiding earth works during rainy seasons, covering loose materials when stored or carried on trucks; spraying water on roads and exposed surfaces regularly; servicing vehicles regularly and ensuring they are fitted with noise and emissions reduction equipment; pollution prevention and abatement, health and safety, develop chance find procedures for archaeological findings, etc.

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) sets out the mechanisms for the implementation of actions with respect to mitigation measures, for which prior agreement has to be reached by ADB, EA, IAs, NAQDA as the key stakeholder and the regulatory authorities. The EMPs are provided separately for the four aquaculture development sites. Each EMP lists all impacts identified in pre-construction, construction and operational phases of the subprojects and describes the recommended mitigation, and allocates responsibility for each action. There are also Environmental Monitoring Plans setting out monitoring to be conducted to ensure that all parties provide the mitigation that is their responsibility, that the action protects the environment as intended, and to determine the long-term impacts of each scheme.

The approach of the “mitigate through design” is emphasized, whereby potential environmental impacts will be reduced as far as practicable through an iterative design process. This will decrease the potential for impacts to occur as well as the need to apply mitigation measures. Climate change and disaster management aspects are mainly considered during the design stage.

The costs of many of the mitigation measures, proposed under EMP, should be met from the works contract budgets. Funds should additionally be made available from the contingency budget when there are significant concerns. Costs for monitoring and evaluation and for ongoing implementation of the EMP are presented and are calculated based on assumptions.

Stakeholder consultations comprising, institutions and the general public were undertaken. A number of consultation activities were conducted throughout the project development. Those are; (i) Meetings with ADB, project proponent, IAs and related institutions on project designs; (ii) Meetings with relevant government authorities such as DWC, CEA, CCCRMD, CCS etc. for specific issues, concerns and information collection; (iii) Public meetings with a wide range of participants for selected subprojects; and (iv) Specific group consultative discussions targeting subprojects. The EA and/or IA should continue to consult with relevant stakeholders and the public throughout the entire project cycle i.e. pre-construction, construction and operation phases of the Project. The Steering Committee / Progress Review Committee of the project will oversee the consultation process.

The Grievance redress mechanism (GRM) provides a predictable, transparent, and credible process to all parties, resulting in outcomes that are seen as fair, effective, and lasting. A well-functioning GRM can provide benefits to both the project and the affected parties. The staff and consultants of the Project Monitoring Unit (PMU) will be responsible to ensure the establishment of a functional GRM. The GRM will be established as a three-tier system; at the national, local (District Secretariat) and project level (PMU). The project GRM for NPSFDP is implemented through Grievance Redress Committees (GRCs) appointed at prescribed levels. The committees are formed by administrative direction of MFARDREA.

13

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 Background

1. The Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP) is designed to support investments to revive the fisheries sector in the four coastal affected districts of Jaffna, Mannar, Mullaitivu and Kilinochchi. The expected outcome of the project will be sustainable increase in fisheries production in the Northern Province, to be achieved through three outputs: (i) marine fisheries infrastructure constructed; (ii) expanded aquaculture; and (iii) entrepreneurial skills, market links and credit access for local communities; and capacities of government staff strengthened. The Asian Development Bank (ADB) is assisting the Government of Sri Lanka (GoSL) in implementation of this project. The Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA) was completed in March 2017and detailed designs of the aquaculture facilities will be undertaken during project implementation. The project includes eight IEEs, with 7 IEEs covering the investments under Output 1, and this IEE covering the investments under Output 2. An environment assessment review framework (EARF) has been prepared for Output 3 investments.

2. The Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development and Rural Economic Affairs (MFARDREA) will be the Executing Agency (EA) for the project and will establish a project management unit (PMU) in Colombo to oversee implementation of the entire project and a project implementation unit (PIU) in Jaffna to implement outputs (1) and (2). The MFARDREA will be the implementing agency for Outputs 1 and 2, while the Ministry of Resettlement, Rehabilitation, Northern Development and Hindu Religious Affairs (MRRNDHRA) will be the implementing agency for Output 3.

1.2. Aquaculture Development Component

1.2.1 Nature, size and location of the project

3. Under output 2, the project will support the development of following subprojects (Project location map is given in Figure 1.2-1):

Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre: The Centre is proposed to be located just west of Mannar Station in South Bar, Mannar Town Division, Mannar District.

Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility: The mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility is proposed to be located at Kayakuli, Musali adjoining the beach in Mannar District which expects a production of 1.0 million crablets per year;

Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities: The sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities are proposed to be located at Valayanmadam, Maritimepattu Division in Mullaitivu District which will produce 1.5 million juveniles per year, and;

Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility: Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility is proposed to be located at Chilipuram West, Valikamam West Division in Jaffna District which is capable of producing 30,000-50,000 kg of propagules per year.

14

Figure 1.2-1: Project Location Map

1.2.2 Project participants

4. The Executing Agency (EA) for the aquaculture development component is the Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development and Rural Economic Affairs (MFARDREA). Other agencies that will be key stakeholders of the project include: (i) National Aquaculture Development Authority (NAQDA), the main institute responsible for promotion and development of aquaculture; (ii) Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (DFAR), which is responsible for the management, regulation conservation and development of fisheries and aquatic resources; (iii) Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD), which is responsible for conservation, protection, development and regulation of development activities in the coastal zone; (iv) Northern Provincial Council (NPC): fisheries being a concurrent subject, NPC also responsible for the development of fisheries in the Northern Province. Fisheries Cooperative Societies (FCSs which are the most active fisheries community-based organizations (CBO) in the North falls under the purview of the Provincial Department of Cooperative Development; (v) District Secretariats and Divisional Secretariats; and (vi) Fisheries CBO (FCS and rural fisheries organizations [RFOs]).

15

1.2.3 Importance of the Project

5. Due to the past conflict, aquaculture in the Northern Province remains in its infancy. Having the favorable environmental conditions, extensive areas of clean shallow water in the nearshore, and suitable adjacent coastal lands, development of coastal aquaculture has great potential, and is critically important for improving rural livelihoods, alleviating poverty, and generating increased foreign exchange revenues. Given limits on sustainable production from wild capture of coastal and off-shore fish stocks, in the years ahead, coastal aquaculture is expected to play an ever-more-significant role to supplement fish production from wild capture in the Northern Province.

6. The two most important issues currently hindering the long term sustainable development of community based coastal aquaculture in the North are the need for (i) access to a regular supply of juvenile “seed stock” for culture and (ii) limited technical skills and knowledge among intended aquaculture practitioners within the province. To address these needs, the NPSFDP will establish artificial breeding production facilities (hatcheries), to provide the necessary seed stock. These facilities will produce seed stock to be distributed to local maricultural farmers, for three target species with high commercial value: sea cucumber, mud crab, and seaweed. In addition, the NPSFDP will support the establishment of a training center, to strengthen the technical and managerial skills needed to ensure successful culture and marketing of these high-value commodities, for local and export markets.

1.3 Extent of the IEE Study

7. The proposed investments of the NPSFDP meet the criteria for an environmental “Category B” project, as described in the ADB Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS; 2009) As such, an initial environmental examination (IEE) is required for the NPSFDP.

8. This document is the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) for the design, construction and operation of the aquaculture development subprojects which will be located in Mannar, Mullaitivu and Jaffna Districts, Northern Province. The IEE is intended to meet the requirements of the ADB for Category B projects as described in the Safeguard Policy Statement 2009 (SPS) as well as being in general compliance with the requirements of the Government of Sri Lanka (GoSL). Once the detailed designs are undertaken, GoSL will assess if further environment assessments are required to meet the GOSL requirements. This IEE will be updated upon completion of the detailed design.

9. In preparation of this IEE, necessary information were extracted from the IEE prepared to cover the entire NPSFDP under the Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA) and latest available information on facilities, processes and sites of the aquaculture component were used.

10. The IEE study covered the area that could be affected directly or indirectly by construction or operation of the subprojects as identified during the PPTA proposals of the aquaculture investments. For physical and biological environments this comprised the immediate surroundings of the proposed project facilities and their environs, which included certain sensitive areas such as coastal environments, lagoons (for CADEC site) and environments adjoining the forests (for Mud crab hatchery site) etc. Socio-economic, cultural resources and natural disaster aspects were investigated over a somewhat wider area (primarily the divisional secretariat level and district level) as these are the units within which government data are normally collected and presented.

16

11. The identification of impacts was aided by the development and application of a primary assessment tool. This is in a form of a matrix of environmental impacts which was used to screen each constituent activity for all potential interactions with each aspect of the environment. Potential adverse impacts during the construction and operational phases of the project were studied, considering direct and indirect as well as long- and short- term effects. Possible magnitudes of the impacts were judged, and for negative impacts that were considered likely to be significant, appropriate mitigation measures were identified. These were categorized according to whether the impact would occur during the periods of pre-construction, construction and/or operation, and the implementation of the mitigation measures was set out in detail in an Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

12. In collection of information, various line agency personnel, local communities were consulted. Available reports and literature relevant to the project were reviewed and socio-economic and environmental data available from local administration offices were collected. The following agencies are acknowledged for the cooperation extended in completing the study and their suggestions and recommendations for the proposed projects:

Divisional Secretariats – for socio-economic and other data;

Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Development Authority – for coastal resources management planning, permit procedure;

Department of Wildlife Conservation - for providing a map of the protected areas and details of the environmental clearance procedure for activities inside such areas;

Forest Department - for providing information on forest reserves and environmental clearance procedure for activities inside such areas;

Central Environmental Authority (CEA) - for providing relevant standards of effluents and sludge for various uses and maps of sensitive areas;

Department of Fisheries - for information on fisheries;

Meteorological Department - for met data;

Water Resources Board - for water quality data from bore hole database;

Survey Department - for various maps including layers of topography, administrative, road network, land use etc.

Geological Surveys & Mines Bureau - for geology maps of the area

National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency (NARA) - for providing marine biology

Professional experts on specific subjects - for providing information on various subjects such as environmental approvals for projects, marine biology, coastal engineering etc.

Various research organizations, Universities – for research papers on various subjects

17

2. POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

2.1 ADB Safeguards Policy

13. Environment, and involuntary resettlement, safeguards are assessed according to Asian Development Bank (ADB)’s Safeguard Policy Statement (ADB, 2009). Indigenous people safeguards are not applicable since no indigenous people are reported from within the Northern Province Sustainable Development Project (NPSFDP) area.1

14. ADB’s Environment Policy requires the consideration of environmental issues in all aspects of the Bank’s operations. The requirements are defined in the Safeguard Policy Statement (2009), which covers issues of environment, involuntary resettlement and indigenous peoples and supersedes former policies in these sectors. The safeguard policy affirms that ADB considers environmental and social sustainability as a cornerstone of economic growth and poverty reduction in Asia and the Pacific and is committed to ensuring the social and environmental sustainability of the projects it supports.

29. Safeguards in this context are operational policies that seek to avoid or reduce to acceptable levels adverse environmental and social impacts, including protecting the rights of those likely to be affected or marginalized by the development process. The objectives of ADB’s safeguards are to:

i) avoid adverse impacts of projects on the environment and affected people, where possible;

ii) minimize, mitigate and/or compensate for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people when avoidance is not possible; and

iii) help borrowers/clients to strengthen their safeguard systems and develop the capacity to manage environmental and social risks.

30. In the field of environment the principal tool for achieving these aims is environmental assessment, which is a generic term for the process of environmental analysis and planning to avoid or reduce the environmental impacts and risks associated with a project. The nature of the assessment required for a project depends on the significance of its environmental impacts, which are related to the type and location of the project, the sensitivity, scale, nature and magnitude of its potential impacts, and the availability of cost-effective mitigation measures. Projects are screened for their expected environmental impacts and are assigned to one of the following categories:

Category A: Projects likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts, which are irreversible, diverse or unprecedented and may affect an area larger than the location subject to physical works. An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is required.

Category B: Projects with adverse environmental impacts that are less significant than those of category A projects, are site-specific, generally not irreversible,

1 DS Jaffna, (2016); DS Mannar, (2016); DS Kilinochchi, (2016); DS Mullaitivu, (2016).

18

and in most cases can be mitigated more readily than for category A projects. An Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) is required.

Category C: Projects likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. No environmental assessment is required, although environmental implications are reviewed.

31. This project is classified as Category B and an IEE was therefore conducted and the results are presented in this document.

32. The exact information of certain project facilities are to be decided during the detailed design. Therefore, this IEE will be updated as required during detailed designs. It may also be necessary to revise the IEE to comply with national law, and this will be determined by the government CCCRMD, CEA or any other project approving agency in liaison with as explained under the national environmental laws.

2.2 National Environment Laws

15. A number of national environmental laws and regulations are relevant to the proposed aquaculture investments under NPSFDP. The following table provides a summary of the key laws which are described in greater detail below.

Table 1.2-1: Relevant National Laws

No. Law Relevance GFP

1 National Aquaculture Development Authority Of Sri Lanka Act (No. 53 of 1998)

Establishment of an authority to promote, manage, regulate, conserve, and develop, aquatic resources, and the aquaculture industry

NAQDA

3 The Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 49 of 2011

Development permits in the coastal zone; Coastal resources inventory and management plan,

CCCRMD

6 The National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000

Project approvals outside the coastal zone; Environmental Protection License process; Pollution prevention and control from land based sources

CEA

4 The Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of 2009

Biodiversity conservation areas and protected species

DWC

9 Forest Ordinance, No. 17 of 1907 (as amended)

Conservation and management of forests, felling of trees

FD

2 Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act amended (2016)

Fisheries policy, monitoring, and management.

MFARD

5 The Marine Pollution Prevention Act, No, 35 of 2008

Pollution prevention and control from marine sources

MEPA

7 Antiquities (Amendment) Act No. 24 of 1998

Antiquities conservation DoA

8 Constitution (1987) Fish and fisheries within territorial waters is under concurrent control

MFARD, NPC

10 State Land Ordinance No. 8 of 1947 (as amended)

State lands and their resources management MA, DS

19

No. Law Relevance GFP

11 Soil Conservation Act, No. 25 of 1951 (as amended)

Conservation of soil resources, mitigation of soil erosion

MA

GFP = Government focal point; CCCRMD = Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department; CEA = Central Environment Authority; DoA = Department of Archaeology; DWC = Department of Wildlife Conservation; MEPA = Marine Environment Protection Authority; MFARD = Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development; NPC = Northern Provincial Council; FD = Forest Department; MA = Minister of Agriculture; DS = District Secretariat.

16. It should be noted that any proponent of relevant proposed investments to be delivered under NPSFDP will need to apply for a development activity permit from the relevant permit authority. Coastal Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD) is the development permit authority within the “Coastal Zone” (see Glossary) and the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) is the regulatory authority for project approvals outside the coastal zone. However, other government bodies also have a role including: (i) Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARD) in respect of fish and certain aspects of marine pollution; (ii) CEA in respect of land based sources of pollution including within the coastal zone; (iii) Marine Environmental Protection Authority (MEPA) in respect of marine sources of pollution and; (iv) Department of Wildlife Conservation (DWC) in respect of biodiversity protection areas under the Fauna and Flora Act.

17. Summary of procedure for obtaining the main environmental permits required by Sri Lankan law is given in Table 2.3-1.

2.2.1 Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 49 of 2011

18. The Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 49 of 2011 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2011) provides the administrative arrangements for conserving the “coastal zone”, as defined in the Act (see glossary) and shown in 2.3-1 below, through CCCRMD.

19. Key provisions under the Act are the survey of resources within the coastal zone, the production of a coastal zone and coastal resources management plan, and the mechanisms for issuing “permits” for developments within the coastal zone.2 Permit procedure under Coast Conservation Act is given in Appendix 1.

2 "Coastal resource" includes all living and non-living resources found within the Coastal Zone. The latest draft plan was produced in 2016 (CCCRMD, 2016).

20

Source: CCCRMD (2016)

Figure 2.2-1: Coastal Zone – New Definition

20. It should be noted that the definition of “management” under the Act “means the managing of renewable and non-renewable coastal resources, either separately or in an integrated fashion but excluding fisheries and aquatic resources which fall within the provisions of the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act, No. 2 of 1996.” (as amended).

21. Since most of the proposed developments under the NPSFDP fall within the coastal zone they will require that a development permit be issued by the CCCRMD according to criteria prescribed by the Minister. In addition, CEA is responsible for issuing Environmental Protection licenses for prescribed activities that may cause pollution within the coastal zone and elsewhere and MEPA is responsible for the prevention and control of marine pollution.

22. The Act also allows for the declaration of “Affected areas”, “Beach Parks”, “Conservation Areas”, and “Special Management Areas (SMA)” and for the development and implementation of “Coastal Access Plan(s)” and “Special Area Management Plans (SAMP)”. The Act also includes restrictions on the extraction of coastal resources including coral (31.A (1)), and sand (31.E(1)).

2.2.2 Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of 2009

23. The Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of 2009 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2009) enables the creation and management of national reserves and sanctuaries and also provides schedules of fauna and flora that are protected.

24. The Agency responsible for implementing the provisions of the Fauna and Flora Protection Act is DWC. DWC is responsible for all fauna and flora within national parks, reserves and

21

sanctuaries (Appendix 2.1) and for protected species, throughout Sri Lanka, that are listed in the schedules to the Act.

25. A number of national parks, reserves and sanctuaries exist in Northern Province.3 One of them, Vankalai Sanctuary (Vankellei, declared 2008.09.08 with an area of 4839 ha) is a RAMSAR wetland site, is situated in the NPSFDP area in Mannar District, Northern Province.4 Other areas (Figure 1.2-2)5 within Northern Province which relevant to project areas include:

Vedithalathivu Nature Reserve declared 01/03/2016 with an area of 29,180 ha.

Chundikulam National Park declared 22/06/2015 with an area of 19,565.33 ha.

Nandikadal Nature Reserve declared 24/01/2017 with an area of 4,141.67 ha.

26. It is assumed that Section 75 of the 1970’s Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance (Chapter 469) has not been amended. This section specifies that “The Provisions of the Fisheries Ordinance shall cease to be in operation in any National Reserve or Sanctuary as from the date on which such National Reserve of Sanctuary is duly constituted under section 2; but subject as aforesaid, the provisions of the Ordinance shall continue to be in operation in any area outside a National Reserve or a Sanctuary”.

27. The Fauna and Flora Act also stipulates that “no person or organization, whether private or State shall within a distance of one mile of the boundary of any National Reserve declared by Order made under section 2, carry out any development activity of any description whatsoever without obtaining the prior written approval of the Director General”.

3 http://www.dwc.gov.lk/library/Pa_Net_2016.jpg 4 https://rsis.ramsar.org/ris/1910 5 Unfortunately, the map does not contain place names and the numbers do not relate to the numbers in the

protected area lists.

22

Note: As at present, National Parks of Chundikulam (1), Madu Road (2), Delft (3) Adam's Bridge (4) and Nature Reserves of Vedithalathivu (10), Nagar kovil (12), Nandikadal (13) Nayaru (14) have been declared.

Figure 1.2-2: Proposed & Existing Protected Areas in the Northern Province of Sri Lanka

23

2.2.3 National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000

28. The National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2000) provides the administrative arrangements “for the protection, management and enhancement of the environment, for the regulation, maintenance and control of the quality of the environment, for the prevention, abatement and control of pollution”.

29. The Central Environmental Authority (CEA) and District Environmental Agencies for each District are responsible for administering the provisions of the Act. The Act includes provisions for issuing permits for prescribed developments outside the coastal zone.6 Project Approving Agencies (PAA) are also indicated to support the development permit process in terrestrial areas outside the coastal zone. This process may require a project proponent to undertake an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) or a full Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). EIA approval Process is given in Appendix 1.1.

30. The Act also includes provisions for “Environmental Protection Licensing” (EPL) for industries and activities prescribed in Gazette notification no. 1533/16 dated 25 January 2008 within the land area and coastal zone.

31. A significant number of regulations have been issued under the Act including general environmental protection measures, air quality, noise, waste management, and EIA.

2.2.4 Marine Pollution Prevention Act, No. 35 of 2008

32. The Marine Pollution Prevention Act, No, 35 of 2008 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2008) provides the administrative arrangements “for the prevention, control and reduction of pollution in the territorial waters of Sri Lanka or any other maritime zone, its foreshore and the coastal zone of Sri Lanka and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto”.

33. The Act provides for the establishment of the Marine Environmental Protection Authority (MEPA) and Marine Environmental Council, reception facilities and preventive measures against pollution, maritime casualties, prevention of pollution in respect of criminal and civil liability, and prevention of pollution when engaged in exploration of natural resources including petroleum or any related activity.

2.2.5 Antiquities (Amendment) Act No. 24 of 2008

34. The Amendment (Government of Sri Lanka, 1998) is “An ordinance to provide for the better preservation of the antiquities of Sri Lanka and of sites and buildings of historical or archaeological importance in Sri Lanka”. Section 15b. specifies "Any person who willfully destroys, defaces, or tampers with any antiquity or willfully damages any part of it, shall be guilty of an offence […]". Section 40g. specifies "to conduct archaeological impact assessment of areas that may be affected by development, industrial or other projects proposed by the Government or any person and implement any mitigatory measures that may be required".

6 The CCCRMD may delegate the CEA, or other Project Approving Agencies, to process permits for developments within the coastal zone.

24

2.2.6 Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act (FARA) as amended to 2016

35. The Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016) provides for the management, regulation, conservation and development of fisheries and aquatic resources in Sri Lanka and to give effect to Sri Lanka’s obligations under certain international and regional fisheries agreements. The Act includes definitions of “Aquaculture”, “Aquatic Resources” and “Fish” (see Glossary).

36. The Ministry responsible for implementing the provisions of the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act is MFARD. The Act makes a number of administrative provisions including, many of which are relevant to proposed investments in the NPSFDP:

Licensing: the “licensing of fishing operations” including the refusal of licenses, the granting of licenses with conditions and the renewal on grounds of sustainability;7

“Protection of fish and other aquatic resources”: including the designation of “fisheries management areas” (FMA) and associated fisheries management “coordinating committees” responsible for the development of a “fisheries development and management plan”; formation and operation of “fisheries committees”;8 designation of “closed or open season for fishing”;

“Conservation”: including the designation of “fisheries reserves”;

“Aquaculture”: including the leasing of state lands and licensing of aquaculture operations.

Other administrative provisions cover the “settlement of disputes”, “offences and penalties” and “general” matters including regulations (section 61) and use of terms (section 66).

Regulations: Directions regarding regulations are wide ranging covering matters such as: (a) the taking and landing of fish and other aquatic resources and the control and management of landing areas (61.l); (b) the collection of statistics and the provision of information by persons who are engaged in fishing, marketing or processing of fish and aquaculture enterprises (61.s) including – the protection of fish breeding ecosystems (61.sc); the prevention of the disposal of industrial and domestic waste in Sri Lanka waters, and the prevention of the filling of Sri Lanka Waters, in a manner detrimental to fish and aquatic resources in such waters (61.sd);9 the establishment of the National Fisheries Federation and Fisheries Organizations at District and village levels (61.si); (c) implementing conservation and management measures adopted including those under UNCLOS (Section 61 (t)(i)); IOTC (Section 61 (t)(ii): the fish stocks agreement (Section 61 (t)(iii)); and the United Nations Agreement on Port State Measures to Prevent, Deter and Eliminate Illegal Unreported and Unregulated Fishing IUU (Section 61 (t)(iv).

7 A license may be renewed if 9(3)(b) “there is no threat to the sustainability of fish or other aquatic resources as a result of renewing the licence”.

8 It is not clear whether that fisheries committees will have co-management responsibilities reflecting the delegation to the committee of the management of the aquatic resources and fish that are being used (32(2)(d).

9 Note that this interfaces with the mandate of MEPA, an implementing agency under MMDE.

25

37. There are no current plans to amend the Act and the emphasis will be to use regulatory instruments to implement the Act (PPTA, 2016a).10

2.2.7 Constitution of 1987

38. The Constitution of the Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka (Government of Sri Lanka, 1987) specifies that fish and fisheries are not on the provincial council list (under the Provincial Council mandate). Fish and fisheries within territorial waters are on the concurrent list (central government and province).11 Fish and fisheries beyond territorial waters are on the reserve list (central government).

2.2.8 Applicability of the National Laws for the Project components

Applicability of the National Laws for each project component and summary of procedures are given below.

Table 2.2-2: Applicability of the National Laws

Subproject Coast Conservation

Act National

Environment Act Fauna and Flora

Protection Ordinance Forest Ordinance

1. CADEC Partly inside the coastal zone; CCD permit required

Within 100m of Vankalai sanctuary; EIA/IEE approval required under NEA; EPL required

Within 100m of Vankalai sanctuary; Most likely DWC will be the PPA under the EIA/IEE process under NEA

Not applicable

2. Mud carb hatchery

Partly inside the coastal zone; CCD permit required

Not a prescribed activity; EPL required

Not applicable Clearance from FD is underway as the land is within Other forest reserve category; (Note: Manville Conservation Forest boundary is about 1.5 km)

3. Sea cucumber hatchery

Inside the coastal zone; CCD permit required


Not applicable; Distance from Nanthikadal Nature Reserve is about 2.5 km (more than 1 mile)

Not applicable

4. Seaweed tissue culture laboratory

Partly inside the coastal zone; CCD permit required


Not applicable;

(Note: About 1 km from the boundary of proposed Jaffna Lagoon Nature Reserve.)

Not applicable

10 Meeting with M. Marcus, Director of Management, DFAR, on 16 December 2016. 11 Territorial waters are waters within 12 nautical miles of the low-water line along the coast (see: Government of Sri

Lanka, 2011, UN, 1994).

26

Table 2.2-3: Summary of procedure for obtaining the main environmental permits required by Sri Lankan law

Legislation Regulatory Authority Summary of the procedure Timescale

1. Central Environmental Authority EIA / IEE Clearance (See Appendix 1.1)

National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980 and amended Act No. 56 of 1988; Government Gazette No. 772/22 of 24th June 1993 and No. 859/14 of 23rd February 1995

Central Environmental Authority of Sri Lanka

1. Submit Preliminary Information to CEA During Feasibility stage

36 days

2. Designate PAA by CEA

3. Scoping; Issue of Terms of Reference for EIA / IEE by PAA

4. Conduct the IEE / EIA study and submit the report to PAA

About 60 to 90 days

5. Check for adequacy by PAA 14 days

6. Open for public comments (only for EIA) 30 days

7. Review by TEC appointed by CEA

36 days 8. Issuance of approval by PAA / CEA

2. Coast Conservation Department Permit (See Appendix 1.2)

Under Section 5, 14, 15 and 16 of Coast Conservation Act No. 57 of 1981

Coast Conservation Authority of Sri Lanka

1. Submit application to CCD During Feasibility stage

About 14 days 2. Issue of Terms of Reference for EIA / IEE by CCD

3. Conduct the IEE / EIA study and submit the report to CCD

About 60 to 90 days

4. (i) Invite Coast Conservation Advisory Council for comments (Only for EIA)

120 days (maximum)

(ii) Open for public comments (Only for EIA)

5. Review of comments

6. Issuance of permit by CCD

3. Archeological Impact Assessment Survey

Under Section 47 read with Section 43(b) of Antiquities (Amendment) Act No. 24 of

Department of Archaeology Sri Lanka

1. Submit application to the Department During feasibility stage

2. Conduct a Preliminary Observation by Regional

Office and submit the report to the Department

27

Legislation Regulatory Authority Summary of the procedure Timescale

1998; Gazette Notification No. 1152/14 dated 04.10.2000

3. (i) If there are no antiquities according to the recommendation and observation report, land will be released for the project.

About 30 days

(ii) If the preliminary observation report has proposed to carry out an archaeological impact assessment survey, steps will be taken to conduct the survey.

About 30 days 4. Call for quotations for AIA from registered

agencies by the Department and award the survey

5. Conduct the AIA survey by the selected agency and submit the report to the Department

42 days

6. Submit AIA report to Minister in charge for approval

About 30 days

7. Issuance of permit by the Department

4. Environmental Protection License

National Environmental Act No: 47 of 1980 amended by Acts No 56 of 1988 and No 53 of 2000; Gazette Notification No 1533/16 dated 25.01.2008

Central Environmental Authority of Sri Lanka

1. Submit application to CEA Minimum of 30 days prior to the commencement of operation

14 days 2. Conduct Field Inspection by CEA

3. Prepare Inspection Report with Recommendations by CEA

About 14 days 4. Review by TEC appointed by CEA

5. Pay the License Fee

6. Issuance of EPL by CEA

28

2.3 Organizational / Administrative Framework

39. It should be noted that the Constitution of the Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka (Government of Sri Lanka, 1987) specifies that fish and fisheries within territorial waters are on the concurrent list (central government and province). Fish and fisheries beyond territorial waters are on the reserve list (central government). A number of agencies are involved in the development and implementation of the NPSFDP.

2.3.1 Executing Agency

40. The Executing Agency is the Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARD). MFARD contains a number of agencies of direct relevance to the NPSFDP:

41. National Aquaculture Development Authority (NAQDA): NAQDA is the government agency responsible for aquaculture in Sri Lanka. It is the proponent for aquaculture investments under output 2 of NPSFDP. It has permanent representation in two Districts in Northern Province. The first, Kilinochchi, covers Jaffna, Mullaitivu and Kilinochchi Districts. The second, Vavuniya, which is not in the NPSFDP area, covers Mannar and Vavuniya Districts.

42. MFARD also includes “Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (DFAR)”, “National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency (NARA)”, “Ceylon Fisheries Corporation (CFC)”, and “Cey-nor foundation”.

43. Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (DFAR): DFAR has overall responsibility for implementation of the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act (FARA) with a particular focus on ensuring compliance with international and regional treaty obligations. At the district level, district offices of DFAR are headed by Assistant Director Fisheries. FI divisions (Fisheries divisions) function under the district office. DFAR has permanent representation in all four NPSFDP Districts.12

44. National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency (NARA): NARA is “the principal national institute charged with the responsibility of carrying out and coordinating research, development and management activities on the subject of aquatic resources in Sri Lanka”. NARA includes a number of research divisions relevant to NPSFDP such as “Marine Biological Resources Division”; “Socio-economic & marketing research division”; “fishing technology division”; “environmental studies division”; “institute of post-harvest technology”; “national institute of oceanography and marine science”; “national hydrographic office”, “monitoring and evaluation division” and a number of regional research centers. NARA has no offices in Northern Province.13

2.3.2 Implementing agency

45. The Ministry of Prison Reforms, Rehabilitation, Resettlement, and Hindu Religious Affairs (MPRRRHRA)14 is the NPSFDP Implementing Agency (IA). MPRRRHRA is tasked with overall formulation and implementation of resettlement policy. All livelihoods development under output 3 will be undertaken through the MPRRRHRA. MPRRRHRA does not have any offices in the

12 http://fisheriesdept.gov.lk/ 13 http://www.nara.ac.lk/ 14 http://resettlementmin.gov.lk/site/

29

Northern Province but there are Rehabilitation Assistants attached to the District Secretariat in each District.

2.3.3 Ministry of Mahaweli Development and the Environment

46. The Ministry of Mahaweli Development and the Environment (MMDE) is tasked with the management of the environment and natural resources in Sri Lanka. It includes a number of Divisions and Implementing Agencies of high relevance to the NPSFDP. The national focal point for the Framework Convention on Climate Change and its Protocols and the Convention on Biological Diversity and its protocols is the MMDE.

47. MMDE Divisions include: Climate Change Division (CCD): The CCD contains the Climate Change Secretariat (CCS) which acts as the technical national focal point for implementing the obligations of the UNFCCC. CCS has no representation in Northern Province.

48. Other divisions under MMDE include “Biodiversity Division”; “Environment Pollution Control and Chemical Management Division”; “Natural Resources Management Division”; “Sustainable Development Division”; “Sustainable Environment Division”.

49. MMDE implementing agencies include:

Central Environment Authority (CEA):15

50. The CEA and District Environmental Agencies for each District are responsible for administering the provisions of the National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2000). The CEA is mandated to manage the EPL system nationally; the IEE/EIA process outside the coastal zone using Project Approving Agencies (PAA) where appropriate; the environmental recommendations system regarding non-prescribed activities; and the scheduled waste management licensing system. CEA is also responsible for ensuring compliance with air quality, and noise, regulations. The CEA co-authored the Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment (ISEA) of the Northern Province of Sri Lanka with the Disaster Management Centre (DMC) (CEA/DMC, 2014). Representation of CEA at the Northern Province and Northern Province District level includes offices in all Districts.

Coast Conservation and Coastal Resource Management Department (CCCRMD):16

51. CCCRMD is mandated under the Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 49 of 2011 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2011) to conserve the “coastal zone”, as defined in the Act (see glossary) including the survey of resources17 within the coastal zone, the production of a coastal zone and coastal resources management plan,18 and the issuing of “permits” for developments within the coastal zone. Unlike the CEA the CCCRMD does not have access to Project Approving Agencies (PAA) to support the development permit process within the coastal zone although it can assign responsibilities. CCCRMD can also declare “Affected areas”, “Beach Parks”, “Conservation Areas”, and “Special Management Areas” and develop and implement plans for

15 www.cea.lk 16 www.coastal.gov.lk 17 "Coastal resource" includes all living and non-living resources found within the Coastal Zone (Government of Sri

Lanka, 2011). 18 The latest draft plan was produced in 2016 (CCCRMD, 2016a).

30

these areas including “Coastal Access Plan(s)” and “Special Area Management Plans (SAMP)”. CCCRMD is divided into three divisions. (i) Coastal Research and Design Division responsible for monitoring and research; (ii) Coastal Works Division responsible for shoreline management projects and maintenance of the existing coast protective structures; (iii) Planning Division responsible for the development permit system and for the formulation and implementation of Special Area Management Plans (SAMP). CCCRMD has a unit in Jaffna District Secretariat. There are CCCRMD officers in Kilinochchi and Mannar Districts that are attached to the District Secretariats.

Marine Environment Protection Authority (MEPA):19

52. MEPA is mandated under the Marine Pollution Prevention Act (Government of Sri Lanka, 2008) to effectively and efficiently administer and implement the provisions of the Act and the regulations made there under. It is responsible for addressing marine sourced pollution and not pollution from land based sources which is the responsibility of the CEA. MEPA is responsible for: the Sri Lanka National Oil Spill Contingency Plan;20 waste reception services and bunkering permits. Representation of MEPA at the Northern Province and Northern Province District level is one regional office in Jaffna.

2.3.4 Department of Wildlife Conservation (DWC)

53. DWC is a department within the Ministry of Sustainable Development and Wildlife and is mandated under the Fauna and Flora Protection (Amendment) Act, No. 22 of 2009 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2009) to identify, gazette and manage national reserves and sanctuaries, and also to ensure that fauna and flora are identified for listing in the schedules of the Act and are protected accordingly.

54. DWC Marine Unit includes marine operation centers at a number of national parks and reserves in Northern Province including Vankalai Sanctuary, Adam’s Bridge national park, Chandikulam National Park, and Kokilai Sanctuary.21 The Management and Technical Authority for CITES in Sri Lanka, and the national focal points for the CMS/Bonn Convention and the RAMSAR Convention is DWC. DWC protected areas and species are administered in local areas (branches) that match, but not exactly, the districts. There is a regional Assistant Directors office in Kilinochchi administering three of the Northern Province Districts (Jaffna, Mullaitivu and Kilinochchi) and an Assistant Directors office at Maddu (Vavuyina District) dealing with Vavuniya and Mannar District in Northern Province.

2.3.5 Ministry of Disaster Management (MDM)

55. The Ministry of Disaster Management (MDM) and the Disaster Management Centre (DMC) within the Ministry, is mandated under the Disaster Management Act No. 13 of 2005 (Government of Sri Lanka, 2005). The DMC works closely with the CCS on climate change related disaster management issues. The DMC produced a national hazards profile report (DMC, 2012) including hazard profiles for sea-level rise, storm surge, coastal erosion, drought etc. The DMC

19 http://www.mepa.gov.lk/ 20 http://www.mepa.gov.lk/web/images/pdf/noscop/noscop.pdf 21 http://www.dwc.gov.lk/marine_unit/index.php/marine-operation-centers. Vedithalathivu nature reserve is not listed.

31

also co-authored the ISEA of the Northern Province of Sri Lanka (CEA/DMC, 2014). There is a disaster management unit in each District Secretariat under the MDM/DMC.

2.3.6 Department of Archaeology

56. The Department of Archaeology is responsible for archaeological matters in Sri Lanka. It is not under any Ministry and is a non-ministerial government department.

2.4 National Environment Policy

2.4.1 Northern Province Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment (ISEA)

57. The Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment for Northern Province was produced by the CEA and DMC in 2014 (CEA, DMC, 2014). It is more an approach than a policy with three development scenarios proposed in the context of the impact of a number of proposed activities on strategic environmental objectives (SEOs).

58. The three scenarios are: (i) Business as usual scenario; (ii) conservation scenario; and (iii) development scenario. Likely effects on SEOs are color coded.22 Sea fisheries is identified as one activity under the ISEA that is relevant to the NPSFDP. No scenario indicates a likely improvement in SEOs. Under the business as usual scenario sea fisheries is in probable conflict with the status of SEOs in respect of “marine biodiversity”, is unlikely to have an interaction with respect to “disaster prone” and is in potential conflict with the other SEOs. Marine fisheries are in potential conflict with all SEOs in the conservation scenario and the development scenario.

59. The ISEA considers (p.20) but does not propose coastal and marine aquaculture as a development activity although limited shrimp aquaculture is identified in two locations.23 The ISEA refers to recommendations from the MFARD concerning inland fisheries and aquaculture (p.117).

60. The ISEA produced an “opportunities map” providing areas for development with minimal environmental concerns. Unfortunately, the scale of the maps in the ISEA report makes it difficult to use them in respect of the proposed NPSFDP investments most of which are in the, geographically narrow, coastal zone.

2.4.2 Climate Change

61. The CCS produced the National Climate Change Adaptation strategy for Sri Lanka (CCS, 2010), the National Climate Change Policy for Sri Lanka (CCS, 2012), and the National Adaptation Plan for Climate Change Impacts in Sri Lanka (CCS, 2016a). A key instrument for implementing climate change policy is the INDC process under the Paris Agreement of September 2015.

62. Sri Lanka submitted an initial assessment of INDCs in April 2016 (MMDE, 2016a). All INDCs are relevant to the NPSFDP and in particular: (i) mitigation measures in respect of forestry (mangroves); (ii) adaptation measures in respect of food security in fisheries (aquaculture),

22 White: Likely to improve status of SEOs. Red: Probable Conflict with status of SEOs- unlikely to be mitigated, therefore needing special attention. Amber: Potential Conflict with status of SEOs- likely to be mitigated. Green: No Likely interaction with status of SEOs

23 Shrimp aquaculture is not proposed in the NPSFDP.

32

coastal and marine sector, biodiversity sector and tourism and recreation sector; (iii) compensation for loss and damage resulting from climate change.24

63. Sri Lanka INDCs are now Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) since Sri Lanka has signed the Paris Agreement. A “Readiness Plan” for implementation of (I) NDCs was produced in August 2016 (CCS, 2016b).

2.4.3 Coastal Resources

64. The principal instrument of coastal resources management policy is the Coastal Zone and Coastal Resource Management Plan which the CCCRMD is legally mandated to produce at regular intervals. The latest draft version of the plan was issued in the summer of 2016 (CCCRMD, 2016). The following is extracted from the Plan.

65. Key instruments for the delivery of the plan are: a requirement for a permit for development activities, as shown in 2.5-1 below; permit conditions including coastal setback and other zoning conditions; and the development and delivery of management plans including for “Affected areas”, “Beach Parks”, “Coastal Access Plans”, “Conservation Areas”, and “Special Management Areas (SMA)”.

66. The plan provides updated coastal setbacks for Sri Lanka including for Northern Province. No “Affected areas”, “Beach Parks”, “Coastal Access Plans”, “Conservation Areas”, and “Special Management Areas (SMA)” are currently specified for Northern Province. The setback distances specified in the updated coastal setbacks25 are not applicable in respect of Protected Areas where any protected area falls within coastal segment; it will be considered a “no build zone”.

67. Protected Areas include RAMSAR Wetland sites, Buffer Zones, Sanctuaries, Reserved Forests, Conservation Forests, National Heritage Wilderness Areas, Strict Nature Reserves, National Parks, Nature Reserves, Jungle Corridors, Refuges, and Marine Reserves.

68. It is indicated that a 300 m setback shall be applied to FMA, Fisheries Reserves or any other designated area or site declared by the Government of Sri Lanka. A total of 200 m setback shall be applied to all coastal archaeological sites designated by the Department of Archaeology.

69. The Plan does not propose any “Affected areas”. Two existing “Beach Parks” are listed but no new ones are proposed. Neither of the existing “Beach parks” is in Northern Province. No new “Conservation areas” are proposed. No coastal access plans are specified.

70. The following areas are proposed to be declared as Special Management Areas in Northern Province:26

Mullaitivu District: Nanthikadal Lagoon and Nai Aru Estuary;

Jaffna District: Manalkadu Dunes; Jaffna Estuary (town area); Thondaimanaru Lagoon; Kankesanthurai and Keeramalai coastal area; Mandativu, Delft; Nainativu

24 The 19th session of Conference of Parties (COP19) established the 'Warsaw International Mechanism on Loss and Damage which mean to address losses and damages associated with adverse impacts of climate change.

25 Coastal Zone and Coastal Resource Management Plan, CCCRMD, 2016. Table 6.3: Protected Areas Bordering the Coastal Zone of Sri Lanka.

26 Coastal Zone and Coastal Resource Management Plan, CCCRMD, 2016. Table 5.2.

33

Islands; Karainagar (including Casuarina beach) coastal area; Navali Coastal Area.

Mannar District: Gulf of Mannar; Thalaimannar coastal area; Sillavathurai; Arippu and Aruvi Aru coastal area; Bay of Kondachchi.

2.5 International Environment Agreements

2.5.1 Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)

71. Key relevant elements of the UNFCCC are the Kyoto Protocol of 1997, and the Paris Agreement of 2015 and associated nationally determined contributions (NDCs).

72. Sri Lanka is a non-annex 1 developing country party to the Convention and achieved middle-income country status in January 2010. Sri Lanka ratified the Paris Agreement on 21 September 2016.27 Sri Lanka submitted an initial assessment of Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) in April 2016 (MMDE, 2016a). These became NDCs when Sri Lanka ratified the Paris Agreement.

2.5.2 International Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)

73. Key relevant elements under the CBD are the Aichi biodiversity targets. Key national level planning, monitoring and reporting are delivered through National Reporting and the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Planning (NBSAP) process.

74. All Aichi biodiversity targets are relevant to the NPSFDP but a number of targets are particularly noteworthy including: (i) target 5 relating to loss of habitat; (ii) target 6 relating to the sustainable management of fish, invertebrate and aquatic plant stocks;(iii) target 8 relating to pollution; (iv) target 9 relating to invasive alien species; (v) target 10 relating to anthropogenic pressures on coral reefs and other vulnerable ecosystems from climate change: (vi) target 11 relating to conservation of 10% of coastal and marine areas; (vii) target 15 relating to ecosystem resilience.

2.5.3 Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS/Bon)

75. Migratory species threatened with extinction are included in Appendix I of the Convention. These include a number of bird species, marine mammals, all marine turtles found in Sri Lanka, and terrestrial mammals, including bats. Species requiring international conservation cooperation are listed in Appendix II and include certain sharks like the whale shark (Rhincodon typus). Information on Appendix I and II species can be searched within/obtained from the Species+ website.28

2.5.4 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Fauna and Flora (CITES)

76. The species covered by CITES are listed in three appendices according to the degree of protection that they need. Information on CITES listed species can be searched within/obtained

27 http://unfccc.int/paris_agreement/items/9444.php 28 www.speciesplus.net

34

from the Species+ website. It should be noted that certain corals, marine turtles, and certain sharks and rays are listed in the CITES appendices and could be directly, or indirectly affected as a result of NPSFDP investments.

77. The International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) Red List categorizes species according to their risk of extinction. It does not duplicate the CITES appendices but informs them. The Red List is not a legally binding instrument. It includes species of coral, turtle, and other fauna and flora that are found in the NPSFDP area.

78. Information on the status of Red List species can be accessed online.29 Sri Lanka produced a Red List for species found in Sri Lanka in 2012 (ME, 2012).

2.5.5 Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (RAMSAR)

79. Six sites are designated as RAMSAR sites in Sri Lanka. One of them, Vankalai Sanctuary, is situated in the NPSFDP area in Mannar District.30 No project investments are located in RAMSAR sites.

2.5.6 United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS)

80. The Convention covers matters such as the baseline for the territorial sea and exclusive economic zone (EEZ) and right of innocent passage. Many of the requirements are reflected in national regulations.

81. The Convention also has a sister convention relating to the conservation and management of straddling fish stocks and highly migratory fish stocks under UNCLOS. Sri Lanka signed the UN Fish Stocks Agreement on 09 October 1996 and acceded on 24 October 1996. The Convention came into force on 24 October 1996. The Indian Ocean Tuna Commission (IOTC) was established under the principles of UNCLOS and the UN Fish Stocks agreement.

82. IOTC has adopted a number of the International Plans of Action (IPOA) issued by the Food and Agricultural Organization (FAO) of the UN under the Code of Conduct for Responsible Fisheries (CCRF) which is described below.31

29 http://www.iucnredlist.org/ 30 https://rsis.ramsar.org/ris/1910 31 http://iotc.org/science/status-of-national-plans-of-action-and-fao-guidelines

35

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

3.1 Background

3.1.1 The Project

83. The Government of Sri Lanka has requested the Asian Development Bank (ADB) to provide financial support for the Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project hereinafter referred to as NPSFDP. The NPSFDP will support investments to revive and enhance the fisheries sector in the four coastal affected districts of Jaffna, Mannar, Mullaitivu and Kilinochchi following the deterioration of fisheries infrastructure and associated livelihoods that occurred during the 1983 to 2009 conflict.

84. As described in chapter 1, the project contains three outputs. This IEE is for output 2. The focal point for Output 2 is NAQDA, also under MFARD. The focal point for output 3 is MPRRRHRA.

85. This output comprises:

Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre:

The Centre is proposed to be located just west of Mannar Station in South Bar, Mannar Town Division, Mannar District. (Referred as CADEC site / South Bar site)

Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility:

The mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility is proposed to be located at Kayakkuli, adjoining the beach in Musali Division, Mannar District. (Referred as Mud crab site / Kayakkuli site)

Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities:

The sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities are proposed to be located at Valayanmadam in Maritimepattu Division, Mullaitivu District. (Referred as Sea cucumber site / Valayanmadam site)

Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility:

Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility is proposed to be located at Chilipuram West in Valikamam West Division, Jaffna District. (Referred as Seaweed site / Chullipuram site)

36

Figure 3.1-1: Location of Aquaculture Investments

1. Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre

2. Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility

3. Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities

4. Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility

37

Definitions

86. Aquaculture means “the cultivation, propagation or farming of fish or other living aquatic resources, and includes cultivation, propagation or farming from eggs, spawn, spat or seed, or by rearing fish or aquatic plants or aquatic resources lawfully taken from the wild or lawfully imported into the country or by other similar process” (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016).

87. Aquatic resources comprise “living aquatic organisms and includes any seaweed, phytoplankton or other aquatic flora and non-living substances found in an aquatic medium” (Government of Sri Lanka, 2016).

Investment in Aquaculture

88. The justification for investment in aquaculture under NPSFDP is provided in the Analysis of Alternatives presented in Chapter 5 of this IEE.

3.2 Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre (CADEC)

3.2.1 Location

89. The proposed Aquaculture Development and Training Centre is located within the proposed Northern Province Aquaculture Park near Mannar Station, Mannar.32 The general location is shown in 3.1-1 above. The geographic coordinates of the four corners of the Aquaculture Park area are clockwise: (i) 8°58''17.07"N, 79° 53'34.42"E; (ii) 8°58'07.81"N, 79° 53'33.31"E; (iii) 8°58'08.84"N, 79° 53'22.62"E; (iv) 8°58'14.20"N, 79° 53'23.49"E. The location of the Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre within this area is not specified. A Google map screenshot of the area is shown in 3.2-1 below.

90. The present land use of the proposed site can be categorized as a bare land which consists with main habitat types of saltmarsh, tidal mudflats and mixed thorn scrub jungles. It is a government-owned land controlled by the Divisional Secretary of Mannar Town. On request of NAQDA, the land release process is underway.

32 Located from the earlier proposed site because it was in Vedithalathivu nature reserve. However, the new location is within a few hundred meters of the boundary of Vankalai sanctuary/RAMSAR site (light blue in Figure 3.2-1).

38

Figure 3.2-1. CADEC Site Location

3.2.2 Project Purpose and Objectives

91. The main objective of this proposal is therefore, to provide ‘hands on’ basic and advanced practical training and skills transfer to existing and potential aquaculture farmers throughout the country and especially, those fishers in the Northern Province. The training programs will focus on formal hands-on training and skills development and transfer, based on understanding the individual species’ life cycles and correct technological methodologies, to increase private sector and small fisher/fish farmer involvement in aquaculture. More specifically, the proposal will aim at training newly recruited National Aquaculture Development Authority (NAQDA) / National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency (NARA) staff, University students, existing and potential farmers and especially, those stakeholders engaged in aquaculture ventures within the aquaculture park, in a wide range of aquaculture activities. Specific training will be associated with:

Seaweed propagation and culture techniques;

Sea cucumber breeding and culture techniques, and;

Mud crab breeding and farming/fattening techniques.

92. The Government of Sri Lanka will deliver these activities with the active participation of the private sector. The success of these efforts to increase current aquaculture production levels through an active partnership between the government and the private sector will not only result in higher yields in aquaculture for food, but will also result in socioeconomic benefits for many small fishers, farmers and communities in the rural non-coastal areas as well, through livelihood opportunities created and through stimulation of the local economy.

93. The CADEC will comprise facilities for in-house training in coastal and mariculture. It will also be completed with facilities for undertaking coastal resources studies and surveys and

39

applied research in aquaculture in the northwestern, northern and northeastern coastal areas. The results from these studies will be used to further develop the training programs delivered at the center, which will assist ensuring all trainers are provided with up to date and site-specific information.

94. The training programs will be designed and developed by the NAQDA with technical assistances from this project through workshops involving personnel from academic institutions such as the University of Ruhuna, the Ocean University, the NARA, relevant private sector institutions and other stakeholders of the industry. Thereafter, a curriculum will be developed and steps will be taken to ensure the ‘hands-on’ training concept with field practical exposure are delivered. The Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre (CADEC) will be functioning under NAQDA and will also provide facilities to promote and undertake applied research to further develop practical knowledge and skills leading to sustainable farming. Funds for day to day management of the CADEC will be provided under the NAQDA annual budgets and will be from the consolidated funds of the Government of Sri Lanka Treasury. It is envisaged that all potential trainees will be charged a course fee for the different courses made available. For disadvantaged fishers within the communities of the north, funds may be requested to be allocated, to provide a mechanism for training support.

95. Institutions such as NARA will be invited to make allocations in their respective annual budget to carry out applied research activities. Funds received by conducting the various training programs will solely be utilized for future activities concerning the CADEC. In the long term, the proposal to affiliate CADEC to a regional training body such as Network of Aquaculture Centers in Asia and the Pacific (NACA) Lead Centers, as mentioned in a paragraph below, under Personnel and Sources of Funds, will also open a window for infusion of foreign funds for training overseas participants through donor agencies such as the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) etc.

3.2.3 Project Outputs

96. The project outputs are as follows:

Establishment of the CADEC with in-house training facilities for training existing and potential aquaculturists within the Northern Province;

Creation of livelihoods and job opportunities to fishers in the Northern Province developed;

Food security and poverty alleviation in the Northern Province through aquaculture farming skills;

Improved technical and science knowledge based personnel and fish farming community in the country, especially in the Northern Province in coastal and marine aquaculture developed;

Regional and International collaborative coastal aquaculture development and applied research activities developed, and;

Most importantly private sector involvement in commercial coastal and marine aquaculture developed.

40

3.2.4 Project Inputs - Facilities Required

97. The facilities of the CADEC will comprise the following components:

Office building complex of 2,000 m2 including auditorium, lecture rooms, laboratory and utility rooms;

Housing for Manager of 150 m2 – with all amenities (basic facilities of a house);

Housing for staff officers of 150 m2 – comprising four with all amenities;

Dormitory facilities for minor staff of 1,500 m2 – comprising a building to accommodate 30 with all amenities;

Trainee accommodation building of 700 m2 – comprising 50 rooms with all amenities;

A building of 1,500 m2 for dining including kitchen facilities;

Crab culture training unit comprising ten ponds with precast concrete dykes;

Fin fish culture training unit comprising 20 ponds with precast concrete dykes;

Sea cucumber culture training unit comprising ten ponds with precast concrete dykes;

Feed preparation training unit complete with all machinery and equipment;

Algae, rotifer and Artemia hatching unit comprising a building with all accessories and equipment;

Fish processing and value-added training unit comprising of all accessories and equipment;

Electro mechanical works, comprising UV filters, softeners, water pumps etc.;

Infrastructure facilities – comprising roads (a 5 m wide new road section of about 300 m from South Bar road to the site is required); electricity (at present, electricity supply is available along the South Bar road. A new supply line from South Bar road to the site is required); Water (Water is proposed to be supplied via a well and subsequently filtered); fencing etc.

98. Feed requirement: Sea cucumbers and mud crabs hatcheries will have a micro algae culture - production unit. These algae are cultured to feed the larval stages of the commodity cultured (sea cucumbers and mud crabs) (normally when the commodity is small - early larval stages) and/or to fed zooplankton (e.g. artemia) which in turn are fed to the larval stages of sea cucumbers and mud crabs (later larval stages - when they are larger). There will be a range of different unicellular algae cultured. The culture rooms for the alga are self-contained and all waste water will be treated as per the facilities waste water plant. Similarly, the same process for the zooplankton.

41

Figure 3.2-2 CADEC Layout Design

42

3.3 Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility

3.3.1 Location

99. The proposed Mud Crab hatchery and larval rearing facility is located on state owned land in the Mannar district in a land area called Kayakkuli, Musali, adjoining the beach. The general location is shown in 3.1-1 above. The geographic coordinates are, moving clockwise: (i) 8°41'24.13"N, 79°56'59.68"E, (ii) 8°41'22.86"N, 79°57'27.13"E, (iii) 8°41'1.73"N, 79°57'24.56"E and (iv) 8°41'6.69"N, 79°57'2.89"E. A map of the area is shown in 3.3-1 below.

100. The present land use of the proposed site can be categorized as a state forest and main habitat types identified in the project area are scrub jungle and grasslands. It is a government-owned land controlled by the Forest Department. The land is under the category of Other State Forests as classified by the Forest Ordinance. (Relevant Ministry Circulars are given in Appendix 1.3 and 1.4 The NAQDA has requested to release the land for the development of Mud Crab hatchery and the land release process is underway.

Figure 3.3-1: Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility location


101. The project purpose to establish a fully functioning and operational demonstration marine hatchery for the production of mud crab juveniles (S. serrata), capable of producing 1 million crablets per year, to be on grown within the coastal waters and identified coastal lands by individual fishers, fisher associations and/or the private sector communities within the northern province to improve livelihood and income generation opportunities. The facility will be owned by the government of Sri Lanka and managed through the NAQDA with the resulting juveniles cultured in pens, cages and mud ponds throughout the Northern Province. More specifically the proposal envisages to:

43

Establish hatchery breeding technology for mud crab culture; Establish a fully functioning mud crab breeding facility and juvenile production center; Supply juveniles for pen and pond culture to farmers; Provide and disseminate information and practical training on all aspects of mud crab

farming to farmers. Training linked to the northern province aquaculture training center;

Engage in training of potential farmers in mud crab juvenile grow out and farming to marketable sizes;

Develop and participate in restocking programs to enhance the natural stocks of this species in the northern province in suitable areas;

Engage in training and information disseminate on hygienic post-harvest processing technology to farmers in order to ensure the farmers get a realistic price for their products.

Figure 3.3-2: The Life Cycle of Mud Crab (Scylla serrata)

44


102. The projects outputs are as follows:

Hatchery staff well trained in mud crab breeding, hatchery management and juvenile

production; Adequate quantities of mud crab juveniles for community pen and pond culture farms

produced;

Livelihood and income generating opportunities for coastal communities developed,

linked to training and skills developed through the northern aquaculture training center training modules;

Natural mud crab stocks in lagoons and coastal waters enhanced and linked to

management plans;

Sustainable domestic and export market for high quality mud crabs developed, and; Contribution to the national economy through foreign exchange earnings developed.

3.3.4 Main Components

a. Hatchery building

103. The hatchery building comprises the following:

A building complex situated in a floor area of 17,000 m²;

A sea water supply system through a well, sedimentation tanks, filter beds, sump,

overhead tank and delivery lines;

Drainage facilities; Aeration system with storage compressors, filters, air grids and diffuser stones;

Perspex tanks for spawning;

Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) tanks for larval and juvenile rearing, and;

Algal culture room and associated equipment (e.g. immersion water heaters, sieves with different mesh sizes and glassware).

b. Quarantine and brood stock holding tanks

104. The facility should have tanks for initial management of incoming brood stock. Quarantine tanks consist of 6 x 200 L capacity tanks. Keeping mud crab brood stock healthy, well fed and stress-free is essential for successful spawning and larval production. The incoming brood stock from the wild could be infected with pathogens and there is a possibility that these might cross contaminate the post spawners and the brood stock already in captivity held in ponds within the premises. Often, brood stock areas will have some sort of fencing around them to ensure that valuable brood stock cannot walk out of the facility, if they escape from the tanks. As mud crabs are able to escape from some plastic mesh cages by breaking the strands with their claws, the fencing should be of a suitable material.

d. Brood stock maturation tanks

105. The facility requires 35,000 L capacity tanks for maturation of brood stock. All brood stock husbandry steps should have capacity for temperature control, if ambient temperature varies diurnally more than 2°C or goes outside the optimal range. The brood stock are typically held in maturation tanks for a period of several weeks. Under adequate conditions, the brood stock can

45

be held communally at up to 1.5/m². Typically, large (>10 m³), shallow (80-100 cm deep) tanks are used. It has been found that keeping mud crab brood stock in low light conditions appears to minimize stress levels, which in turn leads to better reproductive performance. Brood stock need to be housed in facilities constructed so that light levels can be kept low. The inclusion of shelters in the brood stock tank provides refuge for the crabs that may further minimize stress and fighting among the stock. Fencing to prevent brood stock from escaping needs to be provided around the tanks.

e. Brood stock spawning tanks

106. The spawning facility will consist of 6 x 500 L tanks. Female mud crabs require access to a sandy bottom to spawn their eggs successfully. While mud crabs can be kept in tanks that have sand bottoms, either on the tank floor itself or an aerated raised floor, such tanks are relatively difficult to maintain. All that is required is a sand tray, so that a female that is about to spawn can access the sand when she needs to. The female will excavate a shallow depression in the sand substrate and by extending her abdomen over it, create a chamber that allows extruded eggs to attach successfully to the setae of her pleopods. When performed successfully, the mother crab can attach several million or more tiny eggs under her abdomen with very little loss. Failure to provide sand to brood stock tanks will result in poor, often aborted, spawning and low hatching rates. Maintenance of hygiene is very important for successful brood stock maturation and any uneaten feed and waste material need to be regularly removed. This is typically achieved by the use of nets and siphons.

f. Feeds and feeding

107. Mud crab brood stock consume a large quantity of fresh diets, so a high level of water renewal per day is required in order to maintain water quality conditions. Where water use is restricted, a re-circulating system incorporating at least particulate removal and bio-filtration can be used. A foam fractionator and UV chamber will also assist water quality maintenance. These equipment are required for the hatchery facility.

g. Incubation and hatching

108. Incubation tanks: Once a female spawn and has an egg mass under her tail, she should be transferred to an incubation system where the water quality and hygiene conditions can be controlled to a high level. Typically, females are put into a hatching tank, with just one crab per hatching tank, so that larvae from each female can be monitored. A separate system is required for incubation, because the egg mass is highly susceptible to parasitic, bacterial and fungal infection. Incubation tanks can be relatively small, 100–500 L, and generally several are required in a hatchery to accommodate multiple spawners held individually. Six hatching tanks are required.

109. During the egg incubation period, the mother crab does not require feeding. Therefore, there is far less waste produced and maintenance of a high level of hygiene and water quality is achieved by simple aeration and modest flow through of seawater treated to the same level as used in the hatchery. In some instances, fungal infection is very difficult to prevent and antimicrobial treatment of the mother and the eggs, such as a formalin bath, may be required to control it. The egg mass should be inspected regularly to identify infections and monitor egg development.

46

110. Hatching tanks: The incubation tank can be used for hatching and collection of the newly hatched larvae, but because of the very large number of larvae that hatch at once, it is recommended that a hatching tank of 400–1000 L is used. This tank requires a very high level of water treatment, as newly hatched larvae are susceptible to a range of virulent bacteria and fungi. A high level of temperature control is required for the incubation and hatching steps. Immersion heaters can be used, but electrical cables need to be protected from damage by the crabs. Each spawning produces 0.8-4 million zoeae in 350-525 g mud crab (S. serrata). Hatching occurs 7-14 days after spawning, at temperatures of 26.5-31 °C. Ten hatching tanks are required.

h. Larval rearing

111. Larval rearing tanks: The facility should be provided with ten larval rearing tanks with a capacity of 3,000 L per tank. The total number and size of larval rearing tanks required for a hatchery depends on a number of parameters, including: larval stocking density, expected survival rates between each of the five zoea stages, the megalopa stage, through the final metamorphosis to crab juveniles, the number of batches per year required, the number of crab juveniles per batch, and the annual target for production of crab juveniles.

112. Zoeae are stocked at a density of 50 individuals per liter in circular concrete tanks (3,000 L x 10) and fed with the rotifer Brachionus rotundiformis at a density of 10-15 rotifers/ml. The micro-alga Chlorella sp. is maintained in the rearing tanks at 50,000 cells/ml as food for the rotifers. Brine shrimp Artemia salina nauplii are also given at 0.5-3/ml to zoea 3 and larger larvae. The zoeae are reared at a salinity of 32-34 parts per thousand (ppt) and water temperature of 26-30°C and a natural photoperiod of 11-13 hours’ light and 11-13 hours dark. The rearing water is replaced at a daily rate of 30% starting on day three and increasing to 80% as larvae grow bigger or when disease-causing luminescent bacteria are detected in the water and larvae.

113. Mud crab larvae have been found to eat more at light levels of 1,000–6,000 lux, while below 1,000 lux, larvae both eat less and have increased mortality rates. Natural lighting should be the primary light source for larval rearing areas. The larval rearing areas should be well ventilated, with a reasonably high ceiling to minimize humidity. There should also be adequate space between tanks and equipment to facilitate operation and provide access for equipment to be removed or serviced. Adequate physical separation from brood stock and feed production areas is required in order to minimize aerosol drift and maintain a high standard of bio-security.

114. The color of the tank in which mud crab larvae are grown, has been shown to have a major impact on survival. Larvae grown in black tanks have significantly higher survival rates than any other tanks, with increasing larval survival recorded in increasingly darkly colored tanks.

115. Nursery tanks: The facility should be complete with nursery tanks to rear crab juveniles to stocking size in ponds. The facility would require 20 nursery tanks with a capacity of 10,000 L each. Megalopa are nursed in concrete tanks or in net cages set in brackish water ponds. To prevent or reduce cannibalism, the stocking density of three to five day old megalopa in nursery tanks is reduced to 1000-2000/ton of water. Black nets are placed at the bottom as substrates and some are suspended in the water column. Food consists of newly hatched and adult Artemia. As soon as the megalopa molt to crab stage, they are fed minced trash fish, mussel, or small shrimp (e.g. Acetes) twice daily.

116. Megalopa to be transferred to net cages are stocked at 30/m2 and fed adult Artemia on the first day in net cages. Food is then changed to minced trash fish and mussel, placed in feeding trays. Water depth is maintained at 60-80 cm. About 30% of the water is replaced three to four

47

times a month. Strategies to reduce cannibalism include size-grading, trimming of claws removal of chelipeds and provision of sufficient shelters. The survival from zoea 1 to 3-4 days old megalopa is 3-7%. The survival from megalopa to juveniles (1-3 g body weight) after 30 days in nursery tanks or pond cages is 30-50%. A considerable number of crabs for grow-out can be produced if the megalopa are nursed in net cages in ponds. Crabs that are about 1 g and 2 cm in carapace width can be stocked directly in grow-out ponds.

i. Water temperature

117. It has been demonstrated that mud crab larvae are sensitive to temperature fluctuations. As such, measures should be taken to keep water temperature as stable as possible. Standard aquaculture tanks can be wrapped in insulating materials or insulated tanks can be used. Insulated tanks may have two layers of fiberglass or plastic, with an insulation material between them. Similarly, tanks can be covered with plastic sheeting. To maintain water temperature in mud crab larval rearing tanks within a narrow range (±0.5 °C), appropriately sized water heaters with a digital thermostat can be utilized. To facilitate the removal of larvae and water from the mud crab larval rearing tanks, appropriately constructed drains should be put in place, both at the base of tanks and on the floor of the larval rearing area so as to enable adequate space to position filter nets to recover harvested larvae.

j. Water storage and supply

118. Water storage and supply system should comprise: (i) sea water stock tank; (ii) freshwater stock tank; (iii) sea water storage tank and; and (iv) freshwater storage tank.

119. Water has to be appropriately filtered and treated for use in mud crab hatcheries and should be typically held in storage tanks or ponds prior to use in larval culture. Storage tanks or ponds must be designed in such a way that sufficient water of the necessary quality can be provided throughout a larval run. Primary filtration of incoming water is usually undertaken using sand filters. A range of other media and filter types can then be used to filter water for larval rearing down to 1–5 mm. Once in storage tanks, water can be settled or aged for several days (microbial conditioning). Such treatment reduces the resident population of bacteria. This treatment can be modified by the addition of a foam fractionator, which can further reduce the organics in incoming water. Further treatment of water to minimize bacteria in larval rearing water can be undertaken using ozone, which needs to be followed by carbon filtration to remove any residuals left after the treatment. In addition, filtration through an ultraviolet (UV) sterilizer will further reduce bacteria in incoming water.

120. All mud crab larval rearing tanks need to be supplied with filtered freshwater and saltwater in pipes sized to ensure that the time it takes to fill and top up tanks does not compromise production schedules. To minimize the build-up of organic waste material on the upper water surface of tanks, devices to collect and remove floating wastes should be put in each tank.

k. Algae Culture Unit (indoor and outdoor)

121. Live feeds utilized in mud crab larval culture commonly include microalgae, rotifers and Artemia. Areas will need to be designed for both rotifer and Artemia production. These should be adequately separated to reduce the potential for cross-contamination of live food and larval rearing areas.

48

122. Microalgae: An algal production laboratory and tanks are required; a separate area should be constructed for this purpose within or adjacent to the hatchery. Typically, when the hatchery produces its own algae, a quarantine room is used for the laboratory-scale culture production up to 10–20 L volumes. Facilities are required for sterilizing the water and hygienically transferring algal stocks. Larger algae volumes of 500–5,000 L, in tanks or large plastic bags, are cultured in a dedicated area indoors or outside.

123. Rotifers: There are two main methods for producing rotifers to be used as a feed for larvae: i) low intensity – rotifer densities range from 100 to 300/ml. Utilizes on-site cultured live algae as feed. A hatchery would require at least several tanks each with volumes of about 2,000–5,000 L depending on hatchery size, and; ii) high intensity – rotifer densities are typically between 500 and 1,500/ml, but can be higher. Utilizes concentrated algae pastes. Tank size is 300–1,000 L. Requires facility for continuous water flow-through or recirculation through treatment system. Cultures are managed continuously for indefinite periods.

124. Artemia: An Artemia hatching system sized to meet the demand of the mud crab larval rearing facility at peak demand should be installed in close proximity to the larval rearing area to minimize technicians’ work in transferring of feed to stock.

l. Effluent water treatment and discharge

125. The effluent water discharged from the hatchery tanks will be subject to biological purification using aerobic bacteria with continuous aeration to bring it up to the standards specified by the Sri Lanka Standards Institute in terms of biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) and chemical oxygen demand (COD) of the discharged water. The treated effluent water will be discharged into a soakage pit.

m. Building complex

126. Other buildings will comprise of housing for the Officer-in-Charge, office and store building, staff officers’ quarters. It will also include a dormitory for the minor staff.

127. Other relevant structures. The other relevant structures will consist of:

Generator room (40 KVA); Security room;

Landscaping and access road;

Boundary wall;

Two overhead water tanks (sea water 50,000 L, freshwater 10,000 L capacity). Pump house (2 x 4HP pumps required);

Sump (100,000 L);

Effluent treatment facility;

Roof structures for tanks Access road: Improvement and widening of existing Vijaya Gammanaya and a 5 m

wide new road section of about 250 m from the village road to the site is required;

Electricity: At present, electricity supply is available along the Arippu –

Marichchakattu road. A power line to the Vijaya Gammanaya is also available. However this line has to be upgraded to meet the requirement of the proposed

facility and extended up to the site);

Water: It is proposed to be supplied water via a well and subsequently filtered;

49

Fencing etc.

n. Feed requirement

128. Mud crabs during the last larval stages are fed zooplankton (that are cultured in the facility). Once the turn into crablets (little crabs) that can be fed a range of different feed items - depending on the preference of the facility really - this includes zooplankton and finely minced up fish or animal meal etc. As the crab grows it requires protein and as such normal “waste fish” products are used and - or commercial feed. Mud crabs need to be fed throughout their life cycle - the feed requirements are a significant economic investment as well as time consuming activity. Sources of feed will need to be developed and linkages to fish meal production centers - waste fish etc. will be required. Mud crabs are high order predator and very cannibalistic. Management of unused feed and wastes need to be considered as part of the overall projects environmental management plan. The grow-out of crabs in natural pens, enclosures etc. need to be stocked at reasonably low densities and as such it is expected minimal environmental issues will be related to feedings. Large scale earthen pond culture will need to have waste water settlement ponds where the water and waste (and nutrients) can be settled and absorbed before entering the environment, this in my opinion is a must.

50

Note: dimensions in millimeters

Figure 3.3-3: Mud Crab Hatchery Layout Design

51

3.4 Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities

3.4.1 Location

129. The proposed Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facility is located at Valayanmadam in Mullaitivu District. The general location is shown in Figure 3.1-13.4-1 above. The geographic coordinates are 9°20'30.82"N, 80°45'3.29"E. A Google map screenshot of the area is shown in 3.4-1 below.

130. The present land use of the proposed site can be categorized as a bare land and main habitat types identified in the project area is coastal woodlands. The site is located at an edge of the residential area of Valayanmadam village. A church is located at a distance about 400m from the site.

131. The land is a government-owned land controlled by the Divisional Secretary of Maritimepattu. The NAQDA has requested to release the land for the development of Sea Cucumber hatchery and the land release process is underway.

Figure 3.4-1: Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities


To establish a fully functioning and operational demonstration marine hatchery to produce sea cucumber juveniles (H. scabra) capable of producing 1.5 million juveniles per annum, to be on grown within the coastal waters by individual fishers, fisher associations and/or the private sector communities within the Northern Province to improve livelihood and income generation opportunities. The facility will be owned by the government of Sri Lanka and managed through the NAQDA, with the resulting juveniles cultured in pens throughout the Northern Province. In

52

addition, a small proportion of juveniles produced will be used for stock enhancement of natural water bodies (lagoons, coastal ecosystems) to ensure natural populations increase. More specifically the proposal envisages to:

Establish hatchery breeding technology for sea cucumber culture, specifically H.

scabra; Establish a full functioning sea cucumber breeding facility and juvenile production

center; Sell juveniles for pen and pond culture to farmers; Provide and disseminate information and practical training on all aspects of sea

cucumber farming to farmers. Training linked to the Northern Province aquaculture training center;

Develop and participate in restocking programs to enhance the natural stocks of this species in the northern province in suitable areas;

Engage in training of potential farmers in sea cucumber juvenile grow out and farming to marketable sizes;

Engage in training and information disseminate on hygienic post-harvest processing technology to farmers to ensure the farmers get a realistic price for their products.

The main export market for sea cucumbers requires the commodity to be processed and dried. Drying technology is well established and the process varies depending on the species involved and to some extent the size of the animal. Sea cucumber processing for the export market is illustrated in a flow chart below and an example of the dried product is in 3.4-2.

Figure 3.4-2: Example of processed sea cucumbers for export

53

Figure 3.4-3: Sequence of processing dried sea cucumber for the international market

Figure 3.4-4: Life cycle of sea cucumber (Holothuria scabra)

54

2.4.3 Project outputs


Hatchery staff well trained in sea cucumber breeding, hatchery management and

juvenile production; Adequate quantities of sea cucumber juveniles for community pen and pond culture

farms produced;

Livelihood and income generating opportunities for coastal communities developed,

linked to training and skills developed through the northern aquaculture training center training modules;

Natural sea cucumber in lagoons and coastal waters enhanced and linked to

management plans;

Sustainable export market for high quality processed sea cucumber developed, and; Contribution to the national economy through foreign exchange earnings developed.

133. The capacity of the hatchery is 1.5 million juveniles per annum, which is how the outputs will be quantified and measured.

3.4.4 Main Project Components

a. Spawning building

134. The spawning building will comprise the following:

A building complex covering a floor area of approximately 17,000 m²; A sea water supply system through a well, sedimentation tanks, filter beds, sump,

overhead tank and delivery lines; Drainage facilities; Aeration system with storage compressors, filters, air grids and diffuser stones; Perspex tanks for spawning; FRP tanks for larval and juvenile rearing, and; Algal culture room and associated equipment (e.g. immersion water heaters, sieves

with different mesh sizes and glassware).

b. Quarantine building

135. The hatchery complex will comprise of a quarantine area for incoming brood stock with an in-house laboratory.

c. Incoming brood stock and brood stock rearing tanks

136. The incoming brood stock from the wild could be infected with pathogens and there is a possibility that these might cross contaminate the post spawners and the brood stock already in captivity within the premises. The tanks are constructed with brick and mortar or concrete and are placed separate from each other to prevent disease transmission. The tanks will be rectangular, numbering 20. The volume of each tank will be 5 m³. Water and aeration systems are required and will be isolated from other areas of the hatchery facility.

55

137. The brood stock for the proposed hatchery will be collected from the wild (northern stocks only), especially during the spawning season as most of the specimens are ripe and ready for immediate use. Large and healthy specimens are to be selected and those which are injured or eviscerated will be discarded. Very large and very small specimens are not useful for breeding purposes. About 30 specimens are stocked in a one-ton tank with sand (6” depth) brought from natural grounds to enable the sea cucumbers to burrow.

138. The water in the tank is changed every day and the sand every fortnight. The sand will be utilized and collected from the sea and shore areas. If the water quality deteriorates, the animals will eviscerate and will be useless for spawning purposes. Fresh algae brought from the sea is ground to a fine paste and fed to the sea cucumbers once a week. Care is taken not to add too much of the paste as it changes the water quality. The sea cucumbers feed on the organic matter that settles on the bottom of the tank. If proper nourishment is not given, the animals shrink and the gonad is reabsorbed. Maintenance of a healthy brood stock is essential for the successful operation of the hatchery.

139. Brood stock tanks will be located outside of the main hatchery complex in an open area within the premises. These tanks will be partly in-cut and partly in-fill and lined with concrete. Two tanks of 500 m³ will be required to stock the spawn fish in captivity and the post spawners.

d. Brood stock pre-conditioning tanks

140. The brood stock for pre-spawning conditioning tanks will be housed in a separate building constructed with half walls for the light to penetrate into the building. The inner room should be well ventilated, sunlit, but protected against direct sunlight. The illumination should be between 500-2,000 lux.

141. Preconditioning tanks, for brood stock, are commonly built with bricks and mortar or reinforced concrete. They are usually rectangular or elliptical in shape with a capacity of between 1 and 3m³. The depth of the tanks should be about 0.75 m. The tanks are kept separated from each other. The total number of tanks required will be 20.

e. Brood stock spawning and feed preparation unit

142. This will be housed in a separate building. The feed preparation area will be in a separate room next to the spawning area, which is open. The spawning tanks are preferably circular with a slight cone shape with central bottom inlet. The volume of the spawning tanks will be 3m³ and 4 tanks are required.

143. Spawning is induced by thermal stimulation. This is considered as the best method to induce the sea cucumbers to spawn. The animals selected for this purpose are put in a separate tank. It is better to start with 70-80 specimens for thermal stimulation. The water temperature in the tank is raised by 3-5 °C by the slow addition of heated seawater.

144. It is not possible to distinguish the sex of sea cucumbers externally. The sex can be determined only by an examination of the gonads under a microscope. The ripe ovary is translucent and the ripe testis is milky white. It is possible to distinguish the males from the females by their spawning behavior. The male releases the milt first and the females follow thereafter. The male first lifts its anterior end like the hood of a snake and exhibits swaying movements followed by release of sperm in the form of white threads that soon mix with the seawater. The releasing of sperm continues for one to two hours. The presence of the sperm in

56

the seawater induces the females to liberate eggs if they are in ripe condition. The anterior portion of the female bulges due to the pressure inside the body and the eggs are released in one or two spurts. Only one or two males can release the sperm in the tank. The other males are removed as soon as they start releasing the sperm since the water will turn milky white and this will result in poor fertilization. Once a male starts to release sperm, it will continue to do so even if it is disturbed.

f. Fertilization and Larval rearing tanks

145. Fertilization is external. As soon as the eggs are released they are fertilized by the sperm. The eggs are washed several times to remove excess sperm. The females usually release about one million eggs each on the average. The larger the specimen, the larger the number of eggs released. The eggs are white, spherical and visible to the naked eye. Soon after fertilization, cell division starts and dipleurula is formed on the next day. It floats and exhibits slight movements with the formation of a single band of cilia.

146. The larval rearing tanks will be housed in a separate building and the tanks will be constructed with brick and mortar or reinforced concrete with water proofing. The tanks will be separate from each other and will be around 3 m³ in size each. The tanks will have appropriate inlet and adjustable outlets. The tanks will be placed separately with a reasonable spacing. 20 tanks are required for larval rearing. A roof is also necessary to provide protection from rainwater and dust and to provide a dark environment for the sea cucumber larvae to settle on the bottom.

147. Larval development: On the third day, the auricularia larva is formed. It is slipper-shaped, transparent and pelagic in habit. It has a pre-oral anterior loop and anal posterior loop. These ciliary bands help in locomotion. The late auricularia has an average length of 1.1 mm on the tenth day the auricularia larvae metamorphose to doliolaria larvae.

148. The doliolaria is barrel shaped with five bands around the body. These larvae measure 460-620 μ. Rapid changes occur inside the body and all adult features of the holothurians set in. This stage is short and last only for two or three days. Subsequently they transform into a creeping stage known as pentactula.

149. The pentactula is tubular with five tentacles at the anterior end and a single tube foot at the posterior end. This helps in locomotion. The pentactula creeps over the sides and bottom of the tank. They actively feed on benthic algae and other detritus matter. The pentactula measures 600-700 μ. It grows rapidly and settles down at the bottom of the tank as seed. The seed shows differential growth. The fast-growing shooters are removed and reared separately.

g. Larval rearing and stocking density

150. The larval rearing tanks and other tanks used in the hatchery, especially the new ones are scrubbed clean and filled with seawater for ten days. During this period, the water is changed daily to lower the pH below 8.5. The tanks are scrubbed again filled with seawater containing 40 ppm bleaching powder and then washed clean with filtered seawater before the larvae are released. The waste water washings from the tanks are in small quantities and will be treated biologically before discharge.

151. Strict control of stocking density of larvae must be observed. The larvae can be reared in still water or running water. If the density of the larvae is too high, they will form a ball, sink and

57

die. The rearing density is controlled to ensure a better survival rate. The desirable density of the larvae is 300-700 per L. In a one ton tank with 750 L of water, up to 375,000 larvae can be stocked.

h. Nursery rearing

152. The nursery rearing unit will comprise of four tanks of a size of 1,000m³. The larvae are transferred after 40 days to the nursery tanks, where they are held in tanks for three months until they are 20g.

i. Laboratory and microalgae culture room

153. These facilities will be housed in two separate buildings but near the larval rearing building. The laboratory and the alga culture room will be provided with air-conditioning. The microalgae culture room generally has a fiberglass or transparent plastic film roof and is oriented in an east-to-west direction. Tanks for microalgae culture are generally rectangular, 0.7-1 m in depth and with a volume of 1 to 10 m³. The bottom and inner wall of the tanks are lined with white ceramic tiles or white cement to reflect sunlight. An ideal microalgae culture facility is well exposed to sunlight. Commonly, the volume of water required for the culture of microalgae is in a ratio of 1:4 to 1:3 of the total hatchery.

j. Larval rearing feeds and feeding

154. Suitable and high-quality microalgae and correct feeding rates are important for successful rearing. As the larvae progress in development, the alimentary canal is well formed and the larvae must be fed immediately. The effectiveness of various microalgae has been tried. The best growth rate of the larvae has been attained by feeding on the microalga Isochrysis galbana. The mortality rate is also lower when fed with this microalga. After one week, the larvae are also fed with mixed culture consisting mainly of phytoplankton.

155. The larvae require different quantities of diet during the different developmental stages. Unicellular algae are fed twice a day, but the quantity given each time depends on the particular stage of larvae. The quantity of diet should be increased or decreased depending on the quantity of the food in the stomach of the larva. This can be visually checked before every feeding.

156. When the pentactula stage is reached, the best diet for rapid growth is an extract of mixed phytoplankton culture. A mixed culture of Chaetoceros calcitrans and Tetraselmis chuii cultured in 100ml Perspex tanks. When full bloom is developed the color of the water in the tank turns deep yellow. Two liters of freshwater heated to 40°C is poured into these tanks in the morning. By evening all the algae die and settle at the bottom of the tank. This extract is fed to the pentactula that has settled at the bottom of the tank. At this stage, the bottoms of the tanks are not cleaned. This extract is given daily. The seed grow well on this diet and reach a length of 4-5 mm within one week. The water in the larval tanks is not drained out. Water is added slowly at the top of tank and the residual water is slowly drained out. This ensures that the larvae that stick to the sides of the tank do not die. When the seed reach a length of 10 mm, they are given algal extract. Sargassum spp. is collected and washed thoroughly in seawater to remove all the organisms living on it. Then the alga is cut into small bits and made into a fine paste. This paste is mixed with seawater and filtered through a 40-micron filter. This extract is then boiled and allowed to cool to room temperature. It is given daily to the juveniles. They grow very fast on this extract and in two months they reach a length of more than 20 mm. They are then transferred to grow out farms.

58

k. Packing room for juveniles

157. The juveniles packing room can be situated next to the larval rearing building. The room will comprise of tanks to condition the juveniles before being packed in polyethylene bags with oxygen.

l. Seawater quality and Effluent water treatment and discharge

158. The quality of water is of paramount importance to the success of the hatchery as larvae and juveniles are very sensitive to environmental changes. The larvae are subjected to attacks by copepods, ciliates and Vorticella. Therefore, it is essential to filter the seawater used for rearing through a one micron filter to eliminate all undesirable organisms. It is essential that care is taken to prevent entry of raw seawater into the hatchery. All glassware used in the hatchery operations should be sterilized. The plastic articles are washed with bleaching powder and put out in the sun for drying. The ideal environmental parameters are, 1) water temperature 27-29°C) salinity 26.2-32.7%, 3) dissolved oxygen 5-6 ml/l, 4) pH 6-9 and the ammonia content of the water, 70 mg to 430mg/m³.

159. Seawater must be filtered through a gravel bottom filter tank before being used for larval rearing and microalgae culture. A gravel bottom filter tank should be filled with cobble, gravel and sand in that order, from bottom to top. The top layer of fine sand (particle diameter: 500 mm) should be more than 60 cm thick.

160. The effluent water discharged from the hatchery tanks will be subject to biological purification using aerobic bacteria with continuous aeration to bring it up to the standards specified by the Sri Lanka Standards Institute in terms of BOD and COD of the discharged water. The treated effluent water will be discharged into a soakage pit.

m. Building complex

161. Other buildings will comprise of housing for the Officer-in-Charge, office and store building, staff officer’s quarters. It will also include a dormitory for the minor staff.

162. The other relevant structures will consist of:

Generator room (40KVA); Security room; Landscaping and access road; Boundary wall; Two water tanks (sea water 50,000L, freshwater33 10,000L capacity); Pump house (2 x 4HP pumps required); Sump (100,000L); and Effluent treatment facility Access road: A 5 m wide new road section of about 75 m from the village road to the

site is required;

33 Freshwater will be accessed from deep wells constructed close to the hatchery.

59

Electricity: At present, electricity supply is available up to Valayanmadam village.

However this line has to be upgraded to meet the requirement of the proposed

facility and extended up to the site); Water: It is proposed to be supplied water via a well and subsequently filtered;

Fencing etc.

n. Feed requirement

163. Sea cucumbers during the last larval stages and first juvenile stages are normally settled onto benthic diatoms (unicellular algae) that will be cultured in the algal room and then mass cultured into the larger settlement tanks - the benthic diatoms will be used for a number of months to feed the juveniles. They are then weaned across to natural benthic substrate algal fauna and bacteria in the grow-out ponds. There generally is no more feed requirements for sea cucumbers and once they go out to the pen culture they feed on natural benthic organisms in the substrate. So minimum feeding requirements.

60

Note: scale in millimeters

Figure 3.4-5:2 Sea Cucumber Hatchery Layout Design

61

3.5 Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility

3.5.1 Location

164. The proposed Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility is located at Chulipuram in Jaffna District. The general location is shown in 3.1-1 above. The geographic coordinates are 9°46'29.87"N, 79°54'40.36"E. A Google map screenshot of the area is shown in Figure 3.5-1 below.

165. The present land use of the proposed site can be categorized as a bare land and main habitat type identified in the project area is Palmyra dominated coastal scrubland. The site is located near the Chullipuram West landing site. A Coast Guard point is located at a distance about 200m from the site.

166. The land is a government-owned land controlled by the Divisional Secretary of Valikamam West. The NAQDA has requested to release the land for the development of Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and the land release process is underway. Survey Plan is given in Appendix 1.5.

Figure 3.5-1: Chulipuram seaweed culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility


167. To establish a fully functioning and operational seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation unit for the production of seaweed propagules/germlings to be cultured within the coastal waters by individual fishers, fisher communities/associations and/or the private sector communities within the Northern Province to improve livelihood and income generation opportunities. The facility will be owned by the government of Sri Lanka and managed through the NAQDA with the resulting propagules/germling cultured in pens by fishers throughout the Northern Province. More specifically the project envisaged to:

62

Establish technology of tissue culture and in-vitro propagation for commercially important seaweeds, including K. alvarezii; 34

Establish a fully functioning tissue culture and in-vitro propagation unit for propagule/germling production;

Supply seaweed propagules/germlings of K. alvarezii and other commercially important varieties of seaweed germlings to farmers for culture in rafts and ropes;

Provide and disseminate information and practical training on all aspects of novel seaweed in-vitro propagation techniques to improve quality of seeds through selection and preservation of germplasm to seaweed farming to farmers. Training to be linked to the proposed Northern Province Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Center (CADEC);

Ensure consistent supply of quality germlings and new strains of seaweeds developed under the project to farmers;

Increase farm production efficiencies, economic returns, alternative employment opportunities and incomes in rural coastal areas;

Support sustainable development and management of the seaweed aquaculture sector, and;

Encourage more private sector participation through linkage to small communities farming seaweed, for them to acquire revenue from dried seaweed.

168. Export processing of seaweed requires drying in the sun and threshing, a process that squeezes the salt content to acceptable levels. Drying is carried out to reduce the water content in the seaweed to below 35%. After threshing, the seaweed is packed into bags, each bag being further pressed after packing. This process is called bailing. Several of these bags are next tied together to form bails for storing in containers. The following plates indicate, harvesting of seaweed and bails ready for storing before shipment.

Plate 3-1: Seaweed harvesting and drying in the sun

34 Commercially important varieties of seaweeds such as Gracilaria spp, Sargassum spp., etc.

63

Plate 3.5-2: Seaweed packed in bags and bails ready for export



Technology of tissue culture and in-vitro propagation for commercially important

varieties of seaweed, including K. alvarezii, established; A fully functional tissue culture and in-vitro propagation unit for seaweed

propagule/germling production constructed; The supply of propagules/germlings of commercially important varieties of seaweed,

especially K. alvarezii, to farmers for culture in rafts and ropes established; Dissemination of information and provision of practical training on all aspects of

seaweed in-vitro propagation techniques and quality improvements of seeds to coastal fishers established;

Farm production efficiencies, economic returns, alternative employment opportunities and incomes in rural coastal areas increased;

Sustainable development and management of the seaweed aquaculture sector, supported and achieved;

More private sector participation through linkage to small communities farming seaweeds, promoted and encouraged;

Sustainable export market for high quality dried seaweeds developed, and; Contribution to the national economy through foreign exchange earnings, developed.

3.5.4 Main Project Components

170. Facilities for the Seaweed Tissue Culture Laboratory and In-vitro Propagation Unit. A laboratory, in which tissue culture techniques are performed, should comprise of a building with a floor area of approximately 400 m² with the following basic facilities:

a. Washing Area

171. The washing area should be complete with sinks, some resistant to acids and alkalis (lead-lining preferred). It should also be complete with, draining boards and racks, de-mineralized water,

64

distilled water and double-distilled water. Other requirements such as space for drying ovens/racks, automated glassware washers, acid baths, pipette washers and driers and storage cabinets should also be available in the washing area.

b. Media Preparation, Sterilization and Storage

172. The media preparation area should have ample storage space for analytical grade chemicals and other equipment, such as culture vessels, and glassware required for media preparation and dispensing and bench space for hot plates/stirrers, pH meters, balances, water baths and media-dispensing equipment. Other necessary equipment may include water distillers, Bunsen burners with a gas source and all other equipment common to all culture laboratories such as refrigerators and freezers for storing stock solutions and chemicals, a microwave, an autoclave for sterilizing media and instruments and air and vacuum sources.

173. For accuracy, culture media preparation should include a methodical step by step process and complete with a checklist. This should be applicable for preparation of even the simplest media. Distilled water/and or double distilled water, with the utmost purity should be used in the preparation of culture media. Tap water used for plant tissue culture should be type II reagent grade water, prepared by deionization treatment, followed by one or two glass distillations and have an electrical conductivity of less than 1.0 mho/cm. Activated carbon, membrane filtration and reverse osmosis which removes particulate matter and most bacterial contamination, organic and particulate matter, as well as most ionized impurities (90%), could also be employed for producing type II reagent grade water.

c. Aseptic Transfer Area

174. A laminar flow hood or sterile transfer room should be utilized for making transfers for best performance of tissue culture techniques. The transfer area should be complete with a source of gas, compressed air and vacuum, an overhead UV light and a positive pressure ventilation unit complete with a high-efficiency particulate air filter. All surfaces in the room should be designed to ensure surfaces free from dust and microorganisms, which can be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected. The forced air into the unit through the high-efficiency particulate air filter, is either directed downward or outward, over the working surface and the constant flow of bacteria-free filtered air prevents non-filtered air and particulate matter from settling on the working surface.

d. Environmentally Controlled Incubators or Culture Room

175. Well-controlled temperature (15°C and 30°C, with less than ±0.5°C fluctuation), Relative Humidity (RH), within a range of 20-98% with ±3 %, air circulation (uniform forced air ventilation) and light quality (fluorescent lighting, 20,000 lux) and duration (programmable for a 24 hour period), play a significant role in the incubation process of all types of tissue cultures and may influence the growth and differentiation process directly during culture, or indirectly by affecting their response in subsequent generations. Typically, the culture room should be equipped with a temperature monitor having an alarm system to indicate high or low temperature limits. As required by Hazard Analysis of Critical Control Points (HACCP) Plan, which is a prerequisite for a laboratory such as tissue culture, a continuous temperature recorder should be fixed, to record temperature fluctuations. The temperature should be constant throughout the entire culture room without any hot or cold spots. Many incubators meet these specifications.

176. Laboratory equipment needed for plant tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation unit is listed below.

65

e. Prerequisites of the Facility

177. The minimum area required for media preparation, transfer and primary growth shelves is about 150 ft². Walls may have to be installed to separate different areas. A good location includes the following:

Isolation from foot traffic; No contamination from adjacent rooms; Thermostatically controlled heat; Water and drains for a sink; Adequate electrical service; Provisions for fans and intake; Blowers for ventilation, and; Good lighting.

178. The facility to be established in Jaffna district will have a floor area of 2,500 ft² and will be built as a freestanding building, with the added isolation from adjacent activities keeping the laboratory cleaner. Consideration should be given to the following:

Location of the building will be away from sources of contamination; The floor made of concrete is preferred; Insulated walls and ceiling, covered inside with a water-resistant material; Windows to be located in appropriate places in the media preparation and glassware

washing rooms; A minimum of 20m water system is needed; Provision of connection to a septic system or sanitary sewer, and; Air conditioning of the facility.

f. General Laboratory Design (HACCP Requirements)

179. Cleanliness is a major consideration under HACCP and when designing a plant tissue culture laboratory, the HACCP manual should have a program for routine cleaning and aseptic procedures, which can decrease losses to less than 1%. The manual should also include Standard Operation and Sanitary Standard Operation Procedures (SOP & SSOP). Under SOP and SSOP, laboratories should have easy to wash walls and floors, with sloping window ledges. The walls can be either painted with acrylic or urethane epoxy wall paints. The floors should be concrete cemented floors, painted with an epoxy or urethane floor enamel paint. High efficiency particulate air filters or regular furnace filters should be installed over air intakes to the laboratory or on areas with heating equipment. An enclosed entrance with a forced air filter, should precede the laboratory and include a chlorinated water foot bath, to prevent entry of dirt during personnel movements.

180. Maximization of cleanliness under HACCP, depends critically on traffic pattern and work flow in a laboratory. The primary growth room, and the aseptic transfer area comprising the culture room should be the cleanest and these rooms should be designed so that they are not entered directly from the outside. All glassware washing areas and storage, including the media preparation area, should be located outside these rooms. The primary growth room and aseptic transfer room should be enclosed with doors leading to each. Traffic flow through these areas should be minimized and can be in the following sequence; the media preparation area leading

66

to the sterilization area, leading to the aseptic transfer room and ultimately to the primary growth room.

g. Glassware Washing and Storage

181. The autoclave should be placed close to the glassware washing area, which is located next to the sterilization and media preparation areas, as autoclaving culture vessels removed from the growth area is necessary to kill contaminants. The glassware storage area should be located close to the washing area to expedite storage. All these areas should have easy access to the media preparation area.

182. The glassware washing area should be equipped with adequate number of large sinks (preferably two). There should be adequate space on either side of the sinks for placing of trays for soaking and drainage of water from the washed glassware. The sinks should be fixed with tubing which can resist the action of acids and alkalis and are heat resistant for dispensing hot water. Water distillation plants should be fixed nearby. Mobile glassware drying racks should be placed near to the washing area, for placement of the washed glassware, which can be stored in dust proof cabinets after drying. Ovens for drying glassware should also be located close to the washing and storage areas.

h. Media Preparation and Sterilization

183. The washing and glassware storage area should be close to the media preparation area for easy access. Comfortable working benches should be provided, which can be used while standing and deep enough to hold equipment with their tops made from molded plastic laminate surfaces or granite which can be subject to frequent cleanings. All laboratories need the following basics:

Refrigerator/freezer: for storage of chemicals and stock solutions; High quality water: water to be obtained through distillation or deionization devices; Balances: high quality balances are essential for a micro-propagation laboratory. A

triple beam balance is useful for large amounts of 10g. However, a balance that can measure down to 2mg is essential;

Hot plate/stirrer: at least one hot plate with an automatic stirrer is needed to make semi-solid media;

pH meter: for measurement of media pH; Aspirator or vacuum pump: used for filter sterilization of chemicals. They are also used

to disinfect plant material Autoclave: high pressure heat is needed to sterilize media, water, glassware and

utensils, and; Optional equipment: a variety of non-essential equipment is available for tissue culture

laboratories such as, microwave ovens, dissecting microscopes, lab washers or regular dishwashers and automatic media dispensers.

i. Primary Growth Room

184. All the environmental considerations such as temperature, relative humidity and lighting, will vary depending on the size of the growth room, its location and the type of plants grown within it. Most culture rooms use light of 1 klux intensity, with some going up to 5 to 10 klux. The light intensity is determined by the plant species being micro-propagated. Automatic timers are needed

67

to maintain desired photoperiods. Small fans placed at the ends of shelves to increase airflow and decrease heat accumulation, may prevent condensation to due temperature problems.

185. Humidifiers are used to correct the RH if it is less than 50% and to prevent cultures from drying out. A dehumidifier is recommended if the RH becomes too high. Construction of shelves within primary growth rooms can be with metal or wood. Although shelves made of metal are costlier than if wood is used, it provides better air circulation. Correct air spaces between the lights and shelves will decrease bottom heat on upper shelves and condensation in culture vessels.

j. Aseptic Transfer Area

186. A separate room for aseptic transfer is preferred to decrease spore circulation. Special laboratory shoes and coats should be provided to personnel to be worn while working in this area. For all aseptic work, laminar flow hoods can be used. A laminar floor hood is a prerequisite of any laboratory carrying out microbiological and tissue culture activities.

187. UV lights installed in transfer areas to disinfect the room should only be used when people and plant material are not in the room. UV lights should automatically switch off when regular room lights are turned on. HACCP’s SOP and SSOP should ensure that all surfaces inside the aseptic transfer area be smooth to minimize the amount of dust that settles.

k. Seaweed Multiplication Area

188. The multiplication of seaweed propagules/germlings prior to hardening is carried out in outdoor concrete tanks, located in an isolated area within the same premises where the tissue culture laboratory facility is located. This activity can be carried out in water based facilities also.

l. Building complex

189. Other buildings will comprise of housing for the Officer-in-Charge, office and store building, staff quarters. It will also include a dormitory for the minor staff.

The other relevant structures will consist of:

Generator room (40KVA); Security room; Landscaping and access road; Boundary wall; Two water tanks (sea water 50,000L, freshwater 10,000L capacity); Pump house (2 x 4HP pumps required); Sump (100,000l), and; Effluent treatment facility Access road: A 5 m wide new road section of about 200 m from the Chullipuram

West landing site access road to the site is required;

Electricity: At present, electricity supply is available up to the Coast Guard post near the landing site. However this line has to be upgraded to meet the requirement of the

proposed facility and extended up to the site;

Water: It is proposed to be supplied water via a well and subsequently filtered;

68

3.5.5 The Production Process

a. Selection of good quality seeds (strains)

190. Seaweed that may multiply at a good rate compared to other individuals in the group among the population of seaweeds will be selected. Selecting specific highly performing seaweeds and multiplying same through in-vitro tissue culture technology, enables the production of high performing algae in multiple numbers with the same genetic information.

b. Acclimatization of plants

191. Seaweeds propagules/germlings so produced by in-vitro tissue culture techniques may require time for adaptation to natural conditions and therefore, these algae should be gradually exposed to the natural environment until they achieve virility and become stronger to survive. After new young propagules/germlings of seaweeds with tertiary branches originate, they will be placed inside net bags and hung from a bamboo support inside a concrete tank, under ambient light at 32 ppt salinity, and 24-hour aeration conditions. After three to four weeks, the new plants will be hung individually from a bamboo support for further growth for a period of one month. The plants will then be moved to a water based nursery for hardening prior to commercial farming.

c. Distribution of farming

192. When the new seaweed propagules/germlings of the desired amount has been hardened, and acclimatized to natural conditions, they will be provided as a starter stock to farmers, which contains K. alvarezii seaweeds which are highly enriched with carrageenan, for further multiplication in salt water. This will allow farmers to cultivate superior quality K. alvarezii seaweeds. The dry matter from the harvest should then be capable of producing a product with high concentrations of carrageenan to the end user. This will increase the value of the product to the farming communities.

d. Feed requirement

193. Sea weed there is no feed requirements however nutrient and trace metals are provided in the facilities - once cultured in the wild they utilize these requirement sin the sea water - so no feed requirements.

69

Figure 3.5-2: Seaweed Tissue Culture Laboratory and In Vitro Propagation Unit

70

4. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT – BASELINE DATA


4.1.1 Physical Resources

a. Climate

194. Western part of Mannar district, including the Mannar Island is one the two Arid Zones of Sri Lanka. In general, this part of the area receives a low rainfall throughout the year which is less than 1,000mm while that in rest of the district is between 1,000 - 1,250 mm. The area experiences heavy rains from October to December, during North-East monsoonal season. In comparison, amount of rainfall received during the rest of the months is extremely low. According to the zoning data of Department of Agriculture, the project area lies in agro-ecological regions of Low Country Dry Zone - DL3. The records from Mannar Meteorological Station (Station ID: 01MN43413; Coordinates: 8.98 N, 79.92 E) for 10 years (2008 - 2017) indicate that the average annual rainfall in this period was 1,033 mm.

195. This area belongs to the hottest part of the country. Air temperatures are highest in the months of March-May, reaching a monthly average of 32.36°C, and lowest between December to February, where the average falls to 24.01°C. Relative humidity is lower than inland because of the sea breezes. Monthly average wind speed ranges from 8.06 km/h (April) to 19.9 km/h (June), being generally low in months of March, April and November. Climate records are given in Appendix 3.

b. Topography, Geology and Soils

196. Mannar Island is a coastal area and its topography is mainly flat. The site selected for the CADEC is located at the southernmost tip of the Mannar Island near the coastal opening which connects the main sea and the shallow waters of the western side of the Island. The elevation of the area varies between about 0.5 and 1.5m above MSL. The highest elevation which creates by the Railway embankment is at 2.7m MSL. In general, the area consists with mud flats, sand dunes and beaches (including seashore vegetation) and salt marshes towards north of the site. The selected CADEC land has low lying area which inundate during rainy seasons and area with high elevation about 1.5m above MSL.

197. Geology in Mannar Island is of more recent origin than much of the rest of Sri Lanka and falls in the area of Miocene to Quaternary rocks, consisting mainly of quaternary era red beds of ferruginized gravel, overlain by coastal sand. Unique examples of dunes formation are seen on south side of Mannar Island in a low-wave energy environment. Dune sands of Mannar Island consist of light brown to yellow to white sands. The Mannar Island and the coastline south of it, consist of extensive beach sand deposits mainly arranged in belts parallel to the shoreline. The area where the CADEC site is located can be characterized as lagoonal and estuarine deposits: organic-rich dark brown-black clay, silt and fine sand with shell fragments. Geology map of the area is given in Figure 4.1-1.

198. Two major soil groups have been identified in the Mannar Island. Large part of the Island including the area along the coast have Regosols on recent beach and sand dune; flat terrain. About 10% of the Mannar Island around the Mannar town area has Solodized Solonetz, Solonchaks and soils on recent marine calcareous sediments; flat terrain. Saline and marshy lands are seen in the low lying areas. Solodized solonetz are developed due to mixing of sea

71

water with the coastal soils hence base saturation is generally high. This is not very fertile soil. The amount of sodium is greater than 15% and pH is greater than 8.5.

Figure 4.1-1: Geology map

c. Hydrology and drainage

199. The surface water bodies around the project area are the sea, channel section, estuarine segment and its streamlets. There is an abandoned lobster farm located towards the end of the South Bar road. However, there is a possibility that those area would be used for aquaculture in future.

200. There are no perennial streams in Mannar Island. The main surface water body close to the project area is sea. There is an estuarine segment of about 800 m which runs parallel to South Bar beach towards north, forming a land strip with varying width of 100 m to 300 m. This estuarine segment connects to the sea near the proposed CADEC site. There are several “Thonas” (coastal streamlet / water holes) observed north of the South Bar road and these streamlets flow to the estuarine waterway. Generally, these stream segments are seasonal. Thonas is formed among the dune depressions and low lying areas. Water gathers in these depressions by storm surges and by monsoon rains. During the monsoon rains, storm water collected within the area from South Bar to Thaddakadu, left hand side of the Thalai Mannar railway track flows through the estuarine waterway. During the rainy period, rain water stagnates over the low lying areas within the inland areas of the Mannar Island due to the increasing of groundwater level close to the ground level. This water flows along the depressions to the sea mainly through natural and constructed canals. The stagnated water appears as small surface water bodies. However, this water is available only for one to three months after the rainy period. In the vicinity of the proposed

72

CADEC site, it is evident that a low lying area of about 0.2 km2 bound between railway track and South Bar road gets inundated by about 0.5 m during the rainy season.

Estuarine segment parallel to South Bar beach Thona (coastal streamlet / water holes)

Channel section between main land and island Low lying area near CADEC site

Plate 4.1-1: Water bodies around the CADEC Site

201. There is a canal system which discharge storm water to the sea crossing several locations of the South Bar road section between the railway station and Mannar town. Until recent past, Mannar town faced regular threats of flooding at the peak of the monsoon rains. The sea water level variation of Sri Lanka due to tidal effect is about 0.5 m to 0.75 m (NARA). As with the occurrence of high tide levels, and with the height in some areas of the town being low lying and below the mean sea level, the threat of flooding of such area is very high. Under a recently completed project, seven culverts with sluice gates were constructed in South Bar road in order to prevent sea water inflow into the low lying residential areas during high tide times. Also, seven ponds in the town area were rehabilitated under the project in order to increase the retention in the catchment area and to improve ground water recharge. These infrastructures also included improvement of over 14 km of drainage canals with over 100 culverts.

73

Plate 4.1-2: Drainage facilities in the surrounding area

d. Groundwater

202. Northern Province comprises of different aquifer regimes with varying Hydro-geological characteristics. Aquifer type found in Mannar Island is identified as Shallow aquifers on coastal spits and bars. These aquifers are re-charged mainly during the 3-4 months of rain in the wet north-east season and water in these aquifers then get collected in the form of a fresh water ‘lens’ floating above the denser saline water. The volume of fresh water in these aquifers usually expands during the rainy season and contracts during the dry season with fluctuating brackish and saline boundaries. Any over extraction from these fresh water lenses results in the coning or entering of the underlying brackish water in to the fresh water (C.R. Panabokke).

Figure 4.1-2: Groundwater Map

74

203. No data available for the project site for groundwater availability and quality but could be inferred from the data available in the adjacent areas. Groundwater data is available at a distance about 4 km from the project site which were studied during Environmental Impact Assessment of the Mannar Wind Power Project. The findings of the study provides an general idea about the groundwater behavior In the project area as both sites have common soil characteristics and geological features which were the critical factors on groundwater regimes among other factors.

204. The studies revealed that the average depth of groundwater was about 1 m below the surface level. However, the depth to groundwater with respect to ground level is totally depending on the topography of the area. The average groundwater level fluctuation of the area is about 1–2 m and comparatively low groundwater fluctuation is expected at the area close to the sea. During the rainy period, groundwater level reaches to the ground level and sometime, rain water occurs as puddles at depressions. Direction of the groundwater movement will be from land to coast.

205. Solodized solonetz are developed due to mixing of sea water with the coastal soils hence base saturation is generally high. This is not very fertile soil. The amount of sodium is greater than 15% and pH is greater than 7. Results of the analysis of nearest groundwater quality sampling location of the Wind power project (Sampling location - DW1; Coordinates – 98,746E, 421,774N; analysis date - 21-22 February 2016) are; Turbidity – 0.27 NTU; pH - 7.9; Electrical conductivity - 2708 µs/cm; Total Hardness– 505 mg/L(as CaCO3); Total Alkalinity - 378 mg/L (as CaCO3) ; Total Dissolved solids– 1371 mg/L (calculated); Calcium– 118 mg/L (as Ca); Magnesium– 51 mg/L (as Mg); Total Iron– 0.02 mg/L (as Fe); Chloride– 677 mg/L (as Cl); Sulphate– 142 mg/L (as SO4); Fluoride – 0.52 mg/l as F; Nitrate in mg/l (as N) – Not Detected; Phosphate – 0.35 mg/L (as PO4).

206. An attempt was made to obtain the groundwater details using the tube well database of Water Resources Board. However, there are no tube wells within Mannar Island in the database and those that located in the mainland were not considered as those do not reflect the project area well. In addition, NAQDA has recently conducted field tests for a nearest existing dug well (Coordinates: 8.967744N, 79.894336E) and results are: pH - 8.4; Salinity - 13ppt; Total Hardness - 900mg/l.

207. There are no shallow or deep groundwater usage in the project area as there is virtually no activity in the project area because of the non-availability of productive lands. This area is close to sea and there are no settlements hence no dug wells or agri-wells are seen in the project area. However, in the future, human settlement is possible in lands nearby, particularly on the where the existing military camp is located. Wells may come into use, both shallow and deep, as the geological formation is of aquifer type. Therefore, it is important that groundwater contamination is avoided or minimized. It is necessary to establish the groundwater quality parameters, for shallow and deep sources, prior to the commencement of the project.

e. Coastal Environment

208. The coastline south of the Mannar Island is exposed to the swell and the SW monsoonal waves but the propagation of such waves towards the coastline is restricted due to the presence of shallow near shore areas in the Gulf of Mannar. However, significant levels of sand transport northwards were evident at several locations in the area. The coastline of the Mannar Island is mainly characterized by sandy beaches and in view of its orientation, the coastline on the southern side is exposed to the swell. Significant levels of sediment activity were evident on the eastern and western edges of the island.

75

Figure 4.1-3: Admiralty Chart showing Bathymetry

f. Air and Noise

209. No recorded data are available on air quality in or around the project site, although the absence of heavy industry in the town should ensure that air quality is reasonably good. Exhaust emissions from vehicles along the South Bar road and motorized boats sailing along the navigation channel between Mannar Island and the mainland are the only source of emissions of carbon monoxide and certain other pollutants such as SOx, NOx and hydrocarbons but the coastal location means that winds are relatively strong, which would ensure effective dispersion. During dry seasons, dust level of the surrounding area could be elevated due to wind erosion of dried up sand dunes.

210. The proposed project site is located in unpopulated area where surrounded by the coastal area and the observed noise level is fairly low. Main noise sources are the sea waves and the continuously blowing winds over the shrub areas. No considerable number of vehicle movements along the South Bar road or train movement which would have generated noise. Located far from the town centre, Mannar railway station is not a busy station compared to other main railway stations in Sri Lanka. Ambient noise levels which were recorded along the proposed power line are available and the noise level recorded near the Mannar railway station was 49.0 dB (Environment Assessment Report-Volume 1, February 2014, 220/132 kV Mannar-Nadukuda Transmission Line, Green Power Development and Energy Efficiency Improvement Investment Program).

76

4.1.2 Ecological resources

a. Coastal and Marine Ecology

211. South bar has a broad beach and is bordering Gulf of Mannar in the south and coastal lagoon tidal flat area between Mannar Island and the main land in the southeast. The intertidal flats are formed bare mud and sand, drained by the flood tidal water. They are highly productive and are therefore a very important part of an intertidal ecosystem. Many animals simply live on top of the sediment surface, where they can move around in search of food. These include starfish, sea cucumbers, worms, crustaceans and bivalves. There are no hard substrates and seagrass are show scanty distribution in the shallow sea area of Gulf of Mannar but rich seagrass are found where in the coastal lagoon. The coastal sea is shallow and sandy / muddy and rich in various pelagic and demersal shore species. This diversity of marine environment with rich fish resources has been the basis for a long and strong tradition of fishermen from west and northwest coast migrate to Southbar during southwest monsoonal season. Marine species recorded in the area is given in the Table below.

Table 4.1-1: Marine species recorded in the area

Bottom set gillnet, Trammel net

Beach seines Small-mesh

gillnets Medium mesh gillnet

Aris sp Aris sp Caranx sansun Megalaspis cordyla

Alectis indicus Megalaspis cordyla

Strongylura sp Gnathanodon speciosus

Upeneus vittatus Therapon puta Dussumieria acuta Chirocentrus sp

Therapon puta Himantura uarnak Hilsa kelee Lactarius lactrius

Siganus oramin Cynoglossus sp Sardinella sp Sphyraena sp

Siganus sp Stolephorus indicus

Nematalosa nasa Scomberomorus guttatus

Siganus javus Thryssa sp Cypselurus sp Scomberomorus sp

Himantura uarnak Gazza sp Pellona sp Sarda orientalis

Portunus pelagicus Leiognathus sp Rastrelliger kanagurta

Scomberoides sp Lactarius lactrius

Drepane punctate Terapon sp

Plectorhinchus sp Otolithes sp

Lethrinus sp Sepia sp

Liza sp Dasyatis sp

Sillago sihama

Epinephelus sp

Dasyatis sp

Himantura sp

Source: FI Division

212. There are number of wetlands of regional and national importance found in the project area. Most of the lagoons are important for fisheries because the young stages of many shrimp and fish spend much of their early life history in protected shallow waters such as these. They

77

also attract migratory birds, particularly flamingos, ducks and some shore birds. The wetlands and lagoons in the Northern Province are given in Appendix 2. Out of which, there are 3 such wetlands / lagoons located in the CADEC site and their key features are given in Table 4.1-2.

Table 4.1-2: Key Features of the Wetlands / Lagoons in the Project Areas

Ref No. Wetland / Lagoon Key features

38 Vankalai, Periya kalapuwa and Mannar Causeway

8,350 ha brackish to saline complex of tidal lagoons, mangrove swamps, salt marshes and extensive intertidal mudflats. Great importance for large waterbirds, ducks, shorebirds, gulls and terns.

39 Adam’s Bridge A chain of about 20 small islands with associated sand banks and intertidal mudflats. A wintering area for shorebirds, gulls and terns.

40 Palk Bay and Vidaththalthivu Lagoon

70 km of coastline; Vidaththalthivu lagoon 1,300 ha. Extensive intertidal mudflats, sand banks and mangrove swamps. Important area for migratory shorebirds and waterfowls.

Source: National Wetland Directory of Sri Lanka, 2006

213. The lagoons around Mannar are also used for provide anchorage for fishing vessels. Compared to other lagoons in the country, those around the project area are somewhat less disturbed by anthropogenic activities. However, the wetlands of are threatened by destruction of mangroves, severe pollution and in-filling; reclamation of land for agriculture and aquaculture, and pollution by pesticides.

214. The NARA has carried out a study during the Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment - Northern Province (2014) to assess status of the coastal and marine environment. Appendix 2 shows the identified existing coastal and marine conservation areas and Table4.1-3 outlines the key findings of the study relevant to the CADEC site area.

Table 4.1-3: Key Findings of Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment

Habitat type / Location

Description

Coral reef

Vankalai-Arippu-Silavaturai

The Vankalai-Arippu-Silavaturai stretch of coastline showcases several excellent fringing coral reefs. These comprise large patch corals with branching and table corals. The corals at the Pearl Bank Reef (N8° 46.26' E79° 52.95'), located 5.9km from Doric House, are in pristine condition but now lacking in associated species. Closer to shore is Ailavaturai Reef (N8° 44.84' E79° 55.3'), located 2.5km from shore. South of this is Silavaturai Reef (N8° 41.4' E79° 56.72') accessible from shore for snorkeling.

Mangroves

Mannar The major mangrove patches in the stretch belongs to fringing mangroves. Mainland fringing and island fringing mangroves are the type of mangroves observed in Mannar. Major mangroves areas bordering to the coast of Gulf of Mannar are found in the areas Achchankulam, Nrivillukulum, Vankalai and north of the Mannar town (Kanankottiko).

A patch of nearly 100 m widemangrove belt was observed at Achchankulam area and major species of mangroves are Sonneratia cassowaries and Avicennia marina observed beyond 50 m. Rare mangrove species Pemphis acidula is also present. It is observed that Prosopsis juliflora the thorny woody tree has become invasive in most of the coastal areas of Mannar. Compared to mainland fringing mangroves from Achchankulum to Vankalai the island fringing mangrove in Mannar has low productivity.

Sea Grasses

78

Source: Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment of the Northern Province of Sri Lanka, 2014

b. Terrestrial Ecology

215. Different ecological habitats identified in project site and surrounding area are given in Figure 4.1-4. The project site and surrounding area are subjected to tidal influence. During high tides the area get inundated with saline water and during low tides the area get exposed. Tides are semi-diurnal in nature. Spring and neap tides can be observed according to the lunar cycle. Very sensitive different coastal habitat types were identified in project site as well as in surrounding area.

A – Mangroves habitat, B - Mixed thorn scrub jungles habitat, C- Tidal mudflat habitat, D- Project area, E- Saltmarsh habitat

Figure 4.1-4: Existing natural habitats in the project and surrounding area

Mannar Most productive sea grass beds were encountered in the shallow coastal areas of Mannar (38.9 g/m2 of biomass; Pahalawattaarachchi). Most common sea grass species found in the shallow bays of Mannar Sea is Enhalus acaroids. Other species common to the area are Cymodacea rotundata, C. serulata, Syringodium isotifolium, Halodule pinifolia, H. uninervis and Halophila ovalis.

Seaweeds

Mannar Seaweeds were associated with Enhaulus beds in Mannar coast. Mostly, Gracilariafound to be associated with sea grasses. Brown algae Sargassum spp, Turbinaria dominated all over the Northern coast.

79

Major habitat types observed in the project site and their importance

216. According to the Figure 4.1-4, the main habitat types identified in the project area are saltmarsh, tidal mudflats and mixed thorn scrub jungles.

Saltmarsh

217. Salt marshes arise in an area which is influenced by tides. The arid climate that prevails in this area contributes to high soil salinities resulting from high evapo-transpiration rates. Such areas are occupied by salt-tolerant herbaceous plant species that are characteristic of salt marsh vegetation. Plant diversity in salt marshes therefore is relatively low. Extensive meadow of saltmarsh species such as Halosarcia indica and Salicornia brachiata were observed in this habitat (Plate 4.1-3).

218. Salt marshes act as an important habitat and feeding grounds for coastal aquatic and migratory birds. During high tide, when the saltmarsh gets inundated, “lab lab” algal mats start floating and during day- time due to their photosynthesis, these marsh waters become oxygen- rich. Salt marshes with algae form the habitat for the juveniles of a number of fish and shellfish, particularly Chanos chanos (milk fish), fry of which are collected in large numbers for pond aquaculture. This phenomenon was reported in the south bar area too (Thayaparan & Chakrabarty, 1984). Further, they are rich carbon sinks and playing a critical role in global carbon sequestration.

Plate 4.1-3: Extensive Saltmarsh bed of nearly threaten species; Halosarcia indica and Salicornia brachiata

Tidal mudflats

219. Mudflats are sedimentary inter-tidal habitats created by mud deposition in low energy coastal environments, particularly in sheltered areas during the low tidal season. Most of the sediment within a mudflat is within the intertidal zone, and thus the flat is submerged and exposed approximately twice daily (Plate 4.1-4).

220. Tidal flats support a large number of invertebrates, such as mussels, bivalves and other molluscs, which are harvested as food. Further this habitat act as a feeding grounds to migrant birds, most of which use tidal flats during stopovers while they are migrating. Tidal flats enrich nutrients in coastal waters. The cyanobacteria in tidal flats have the capacity to trap atmospheric nitrogen into a form that other organisms found in these areas can use. Much of this escapes in the surrounds and the daily ebb and flow of the tides takes these nutrients into coastal waters.

80

Mixed thorn scrub jungles

221. Mixed thorn scrub jungles are found intermixed with dry evergreen forests. Major vegetation strata can be observed within this habitat are the impenetrable thorny shrub layer, isolated canopy trees and herbs (Plate 4.1-5). This habitat is dominant with dense vegetation of Acacia panifrons, Acacia eburnea, Phoenix pusilla, Salvadora persica, Prosopis juliflora, Cassia auriculata, Dichrostachys cinerea and Aloe vera.

222. Dense thorny vegetation existing in this habitat makes it excellent cover against erosion or 'desertification' caused by the strong winds prevailing in the area. This habitat especially can trap finer particles of soil, and sand blown away from the habitats that occur towards the sea, which contributes to the building up of the soil layer. The seeds that are carried by the wind to this habitat help to convert it into a late succession ecosystem (thorn forest). Thorn scrub jungles provide a complex habitat with many niches that support a diverse assemblage of fauna through the provision of feeding, breeding and resting areas.

Plate 4.1-4: Tidal mudflat, water receiving during the high tide

Plate 4.1-5: Mixed thorn scrub jungles

Major habitat types observed in the surrounding area and their importance

223. In addition to the habitat types observed in the project area, the extensive mangrove habitat was recorded in the surrounding area (Figure 4.1-4).

Mangroves

224. Mangrove plant communities which live between the sea and the land, in areas which are flooded by tides for part of the time. Mangroves make up one of the world’s most unique ecosystems because they thrive where no other trees can survive. They are also among the world’s most productive ecosystems and provide humans with many services. Avicennia marina is more abundant as a mono-specific species towards inland (Plate 4.1-.6). Further, Excoecaria agallocha was recorded along with Avicennia marina mangrove patches (Plate 4.1-7).

225. This ecosystem act as nurseries and breeding grounds for many commercially important fish and shellfish and play a critical role in carbon sequestration, attenuating floods and trapping pollutants. Moreover, they protect the shoreline. Mangrove plants, which are adapted uniquely to

81

regular movement of tides (i.e., to withstand the force of the tides) are, therefore, also able to withstand stronger forces of waves and wind energy that occur with extreme weather events. Further, they enrich nutrients in coastal waters. Decaying organic matter from mangroves is broken down into free nutrients that are washed away to the sea. This serves to enrich coastal food webs, and with it, coastal fishery production.

Plate 4.1-6: Avicennia marina mangrove patch.

Plate 4.1-7: Excoecaria agallocha in Avicennia marina mangrove patch.

Existing flora and fauna within the project site and surrounding area

Flora

226. Floristic diversity of the proposed project area is very low in the proposed project site. Total numbers of 10 plant species including three nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area (Table 4.1-4). Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (5) followed by herbaceous species (3) and shrubs (2) (Table 4.1-5). Further, about 90 % of the recorded flora species are natives and about 10% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. Plant species recorded during the field study are listed in Table 2 with necessary information.

Table 4.1-4: Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Project Area

Type of Flora No of Conservation Status

Endemic Native Exotic Species CR EN VU NT

Tree 5 0 0 0 1 0 5 0

Shrub 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0

Herb 3 0 0 0 2 0 2 1

Climbers or Creepers 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total 10 0 0 0 3 0 9 1

% 90% 10%

CR - Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable, NT - Near Threatened

82

227. The three nationally near threatened (NT) plant species in IUCN national conservation status; Salvadora persica (Plate 4.1-8), Halosarcia indica and Salicornia brachiata were observed at several locations within the project site.

Table 4.1-5: Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area

HA – Habitat, T – Tree, S – Shrub, H – Herbaceous, C – Climber or Creeper, TS – Taxonomic Status, N – Native, I – Introduced or Exotic, NCS – National Conservation Status, NT – Near Threatened, S– Saltmarsh, Sc – Mixed thorn scrub jungles, T – Tidal mudflats

228. Floristic diversity of the proposed project area is very low in the surrounding area. Total numbers of 9 plant species including two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area (Table 4.1-6). Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (5) followed by herbaceous species (2) and shrubs (2) (Table 4.1-7). Further, all the recorded flora species are natives to the country. Plant species recorded during the field study are listed in Table 4 with necessary information.

Table 4.1-6: Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Surrounding Area


229. The two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species in IUCN national conservation status; Halosarcia indica and Salicornia brachiata were observed at several locations within the project site. Further, an invasive plant; Antigonon leptopus was also recorded (Plate 4.1-9).

Family Flora Local name

Habitat Ts S Sc T NCS GCS

Aloaceae Aloe vera Komarika H I +

Amaranthaceae Halosarcia indica Kotanai H N + NT

Amaranthaceae Salicornia brachiata

H N + NT

Fabaceae Acacia eburnea Cockspur Thorn

S N + LC

Fabaceae Dichrostachys cinerea Katu andara

S N + LC

Fabaceae Cassia auriculata Ranawara T N + LC

Euphorbiaceae Excoecaria agallocha Tala-Kiriya T N + LC LC

Arecaceae Phoenix pusilla Walindi T N + LC

Salvadoraceae Salvadora persica Maliththan T N + NT

Fabaceae Acacia planifrons

T N + LC



Tree 5 0 0 0 1 0 5 0

Shrub 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0

Herb 2 0 0 0 2 0 2 0


Total 9 0 0 0 3 0 9 0

% 100% 0%

83

Table 4.1-7: Details of Floral Species Recorded in the Surrounding Area

HA – Habitat, T – Tree, S – Shrub, H – Herbaceous, C – Climber or Creeper, TS – Taxonomic Status, N – Native, I – Introduced or Exotic, NCS – National Conservation Status, NT – Near Threatened, S – Saltmarsh, Sc – Mixed thorn scrub jungles, T – Tidal mudflats, M – Mangroves

Plate 4.1-8: A well-grown nearly threaten species; Salvadora persica within the

scrub forest

Plate 4.1-9: An invasive plant; Antigonon leptopus wasj recorded in the surrounding

area

Number and species of tree that exceed 30cm DBH within the project site

230. Only 5 number of trees that exceed 30cm DBH of 2 different species are recorded within the project site. The list of trees with the locations is given below.

Family Flora Local name

Habitat Ts S Sc T M NCS GCS

Amaranthaceae Halosarcia indica Kotanai H N + NT

Amaranthaceae Salicornia brachiata

H N + NT

Fabaceae Acacia eburnea Cockspur Thorn

S N + LC

Fabaceae Dichrostachys cinerea

Katu andara

S N + LC

Avicenniaceae Avicennia marina

T N + LC

Fabaceae Cassia auriculata Ranawara T N + LC

Euphorbiaceae Excoecaria agallocha

Tala-Kiriya T N + + LC LC

Arecaceae Phoenix pusilla Walindi T N + LC

Fabaceae Acacia planifrons

T N + LC

Polygonaceae Antigonon leptopus C I +

Solanaceae Solanum virginianum

Katuwel-Batu

H N + LC

Apocynaceae Calotropis gigantea Wara S N + LC

84

Table 4.1-8: Number and species of tree that exceed 30cm DBH within the project site

Latitude Longitude Flora Number DBH

8.967083 79.890028 Salvadora persica 2 140 cm, 75 cm

8.966278 79.889833 Excoecaria agallocha 1 45 cm

8.966278 79.889833 Salvadora persica 1 70 cm

8.966306 79.890222 Excoecaria agallocha 1 60 cm

Fauna

231. Northern coastal areas from Vankalai to Kokilai, with extensive lagoons, mudflats, sand-flats, seagrass beds and shallow shores, are among the most important areas for migrating water birds in Sri Lanka. This area regularly records greater number of birds, compared with the other areas in the south-east, which also records higher number of species.

232. There are three flying routes across India and the Bay of Bengal through which migrating birds come to Sri Lanka as shown in Figure 4.1-5. The Western Route: from the northern and north-western parts of the world along the western coastal line of India, then towards the extreme south of India, which is common point and then fly across this coast and arrive in Sri Lanka mostly across this coastal line between Mannar and south coast; The Eastern Route: migrant birds take this route initially from Europe, West Asia including western Siberia, and from the western regions of Himalaya including Kashimir, enter the island through Jaffna Peninsula; Andaman Islands Route: falls across the Andaman Islands in the Indian Ocean and birds enter through the North-Eastern coast of Sri Lanka.

Source: Sirilaka Kurullo, Kotagama et al, 1998

Figure 4.1-5: Main Bird Migration Routes across the Subcontinent

85

233. Each year the migratory season commences in October and ends in April – May in the following year. Birds of note found in the project area include the following:

Indian Reef Heron (Egretta gularis schistacea) with two morphs (grey and white) occurs in very small numbers along the coast, particularly in Jaffna Peninsula;

Greater Flamingo (Phoenicopterus roseus) is the only member of the Flamingo family found in Sri Lanka and inhabits lagoons on the peninsula and islands;

The most common migrating ducks are Pintail (Anas acuta) and Garganey (Anas querquedula); and Widgeon (Anas penelope) is also found;

Common waders include Oystercatcher (Haematopus ostralegus), Black-winged Stilt (Himantopus himantopus), Avocet (Recurvirostra avosetta);

Common gulls include Great Black-headed Gull (Ichthyaetus ichthyaetus) and Lesser Black-headed Gull (Larus fuscus);

Caspian Tern (Hydroprogne caspia) is most common along the north-west coast of the island, between Puttalam and Jaffna.

234. The Vankalai sanctuary is situated close to the project site as well as to the surrounding area (Figure 4,1-6). The reliable information available on avifauna for the Mannar wetlands which include the PA and PIA is the information available for Vankalai. Vankalai Sanctuary is the 4th Ramsar site in Sri Lanka and has been declared in July 2010. It is 4,839 hectares. This Ramsar site consists of several ecosystems which range from arid-zone thorn scrubland, arid-zone pastures and maritime grasslands, sand dunes, mangroves, salt marshes, lagoons, tidal flats, sea-grass beds and shallow marine areas. Due to the integrated nature of shallow wetland and terrestrial coastal habitats, this sanctuary is highly productive, supporting high ecosystem and species diversity. The distance between Vankalai sanctuary and project site at South bar is 1.2 kms. The mudflats, mangrove areas and salt marshes are of same ecological significance.

Plate 4.1-6: Location of Vankalai Sanctuary and the proposed CADEC site

235. According to IUCN (2016) and CEB (2016), the Vankalai sanctuary and the wetlands where located around the project area within the Mannar Island is inhabited by a large number of water bird species, including annual migrants travelling on the Central Asian Flyway, which use this area as an entry point to Sri Lanka, major wintering site as well as staging point before they exit from Sri Lanka. More than 30% of the birds recorded in Sri Lanka have been recorded from this region. This region generally harbours more than 20,000 water birds during the migration season that spans from September to April. The area is also inhabited by some of the rarest species of birds recorded in Sri Lanka such as Anas poecilorhyncha (Spot-billed Duck), Anas strepera (Gadwall), Sarkidiornis Melanotos (Comb Duck).

86

236. Further, Vankalai Sanctuary and Mannar Island supports number of species of birds that are restricted to the northern region of Sri Lanka or recorded seldom outside the northern region of Sri Lanka such as Calidris canutus (Red Knot), Recurvirostra avosetta (Pied Avocet), Dicrurus macrocercus (Black drongo), Lanius schach (Long-tailed Shrike), Streptopelia decaoto (Eurasian Collared-dove), Francolinus pondicerianus (Grey Francolin), Milvus migrans (Black Kite), Phoenicopterus roseus (Greater Flamingo), Anas penelope (Eurasian Wigeon), Anas clypeata (Northern Shoveller), Anas crecca (Common Teal), Haematopus ostralegus (Eurasian Oystercatcher), Calidris tenuirostris (Great Knot), Dromas ardeola (Crab-plover), Larus ichthyaetus (Great Black-headed Gull) and Sterna dougalli (Roseate Tern). This area also supports more than 1% of the total population of at least three species of water birds Phoenicopterus roseus (Greater Flamingo), Anas penelope (Eurasian Wigeon) and Limosa limosa (CEB, 2016).

237. The wetlands of Mannar provides excellent feeding and living habitats for a large number of waterbird species, including annual migrants, which use this area also for landfall (on arrival in Sri Lanka) in the Mannar region, and a last staging point during their exit from Sri Lanka.

Table 4.1-9: Summary List of bird species recorded in coastal wetlands in Mannar as listed in CEB (2016)

Family Scientific name English name TS NCS FOGSL CBC 2014

Accipitridae Elanus caeruleus

Black-wing Kite BrR NT 1 1

Accipitridae Pernis ptilorhyncus

Oriental Honey-buzzard

BrR/ WV

NT 1 1

Ardeidae Nycticorax nycticorax

Black-crowned Night heron

BrR NT 1 1 1

Charadriidae Charadrius alexandrines

Kentish Plover BrR & WV

VU 1 1 1

Charadriidae Charadrius dubius

Little Ringed Plover BrR & WV

VU 1 1 1

Columbidae Columba livia Rock Pigeon BrR CR 1 1

Columbidae Streptopelia decaocto

Eurasian Collard Dove

BrR NT 1 1 1

Falconidae Falco peregrinus

Peregrine/ Shaheen Falcon

BrR/ UCWV

VU 1 1

Laridae Sterna saundersi

Saunders’s Tern BrR CR 1

Phasianidae Francolinus pondicerianus

Grey Francolin BrR NT 1 1

TS - Taxonomic Status, NCS - National Conservation Status, FOGSL - Field Ornithology Group of Sri Lanka; CBC - Ceylon Bird Club, 2014 - Present survey, VCWV - Very Common Winter Visitor, UCWV - Uncommon Winter Visitor, RWY - Rare Winter Visitor, BrR - Breeding resident, WV - Winter Visitor, WVa - Winter Vagrant, SU - Status Unknown, CR – Critically Endangered, NT – Near Threatened, VU – vulnerable

238. Threatened species: The major legislation relating to wildlife in Sri Lanka is the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance (Chapter 567 of 1937) and its amendment Act No. 49 of 1993 and Act No. 22 of 2009, administered by the Department of Wildlife Conservation (DWC). This

87

was created primarily for the purpose of protecting terrestrial biodiversity and has provision for the declaration of protected areas.

239. The Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment, 2014 has compiled information pertaining to the threatened species in the Northern Province. The list of threatened species and their locations in the Northern Province are presented in Table 4.1-10.

240. In the Province, 22 species of fauna have been identified as threatened in the Red List of threatened species as reported in 2007.35 Out of which 15 species are recorded within and surrounding areas of the proposed project.

Table 4.1-10: Threatened Species in the Northern Province

No. Species Location District

1 Labeo lankae Giants Tank Mannar

2 Macrognathus aral Giants Tank Mannar

3 Wallago attu Giants Tank Mannar

4 Anguilla nebulosa Mulliyan Jaffna

5 Lissemys punctata Mannar Mannar

6 Ophisops leschenaultii Mullaittivu / Jaffna Mullaitivu / Jaffna

7 Mabuya bibronii Mullaittivu Mullaitivu

8 Gongylophis conica Kandavalai Jaffna

9 Echis carinatus Mannar / Iranaitivu Mannar / Jaffna

10 Francolinus pondicerianus Jaffna Jaffna

11 Cursorius coromandelicus Delft Island Jaffna

12 Sterna sandvicensis Talaimanaar / Point Pedro Mannar / Jaffna

13 Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus Murunkan Mannar

14 Scotophilus heathii Point Pedro, Elephant Pass Jaffna

15 Felis chaus Mullaitivu / Elephant Pass Mullaitivu / Jaffna


241. During time of site visit, only Bos indicus (Cattle) (Plate 4.1-20), Acridotheres tristis (Common Myna), Equus asinus (Feral Donkey) (Plate 4.1-21) and Corvus splendens (House crow) were observed. No migratory bird species were recorded during the field ecological study. But, the footprints of birds and animals on tidal mudflats were observed (Plate 4.1-22).

35 While a more updated Red List of fauna and flora for Sri Lanka was produced in 2012 (Weerakoon, D. and D. S. A. Wijesundara. January 2012. The National Red List 2012 of Sri Lanka; Conservation Status of the Fauna and Flora), this reference states that in many cases the status of species and populations in the North is not well known.

88

Plate 4.1-20. Cattle observed within the project area

Plate 4.1-21. Feral donkey observed within the project area

Plate 4.1-22: Foot prints of bids observed within the project area

c. Protected Areas

242. Wildlife protected areas are managed by DWC under the Flora and Fauna Protection Ordinance (FFPO). There are 13 wildlife protected areas in the Northern Province coastal districts under 3 different conservation status namely; National parks, Nature reserves and sanctuaries (Appendix 2.12.2-2). Nature Reserves are not allowed for public to see and study wildlife, however, scientific studies are encouraged under the supervision of DWC. In Nature Reserves, traditional human activities are allowed to continue. Sanctuaries are areas where habitat protection is conducted in parallel with human activities, and they may include both government and privately owned land. It is not necessary to obtain a permit for entering into such areas. However, human activities within sanctuaries are regulated by the FFPO. Protected Wildlife Areas in the Region is given in the Table below.

89

Table 4.1-11: Protected Wildlife Areas in the Region

Protected Wildlife Area Date declared Extent (ha) Approx. distance from the site (km)

National Parks

Madu Road 2015.06.22 16,367.36 27

Adam's Bridge 2015.06.22 18,990 17

Nature Reserves

Vedithalathivu 2016.03.01 29,180 3.2

Sanctuaries

Yodha wewe 24.09.1954 4,330.1 17

Vaunikulam 21.06.1963 4,856.2 45

Vankalai 08.09.2008 4,839 0.2

Source: DWC

243. Important Bird Areas (IBA) - potential RAMSAR Sites – have been identified by Bird Life International, many of which are important breeding and feeding areas for threatened bird species. In which, there are 6 of 70 such sites in Sri Lanka located in Northern Province. Those are, 1. Jaffna Lagoon (14,912 ha); 2. Araly South - Ponnalai (550 ha); 3. Kayts Island - Mandativu (900 ha); 4. Amaipaddukkai (500 ha); 5. Periyakalapuwa Mouth – Vankalai (800 ha); Giant Tank (2,500 ha). Further, a list of sites to be declared as Special Management Areas under the legal provisions of the Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act 49 of 2011 is given below.

Table 4.1-12: Potential Special Management Areas in Northern Coast

District Site

Mullaitivu Nanthikadal Lagoon

Nai Aru Estuary

Jaffna Manalkadu Dunes

Jaffna Estuary (town area)

Thondaimanaru Lagoon

Kankesanthurai and Keeramalai coastal area

Mandativu, Delft, Nainativu Islands

Karainagar (including Casuarina beach) coastal area

Navali Coastal Area

Mannar Gulf of Mannar

Thalaimannar coastal area

Silavathurai, Arippu and Aruvi Aru coastal area and Bay of Kondachchi

Source: Coastal Zone and Coastal Resource Management Plan, 2016

90

4.1.3 Social and Cultural Resources

a. Demography: Population, Gender, ethnicity & Religion

244. According to the data from the Mannar Town DS office, the total population as per the year 2016 of the area is 72,110 in 19,629 families. The Mannar Town DS is of 216.94 sq km having a population density of 332 per sq km. The data indicates that from 2011 to 2016, even though there has been an increase in the population density from 2012 to 2013, all other years there has been a decrease. In Southbar GN where the project site is located, there are 3 villages having a total population of 1,804 in 493 families.

245. The Mannar Town DS data of 2016 indicates that the female population is relatively higher than the male population which is 50.7%. The Southbar GN is represented by 51.16% by female population where males are 48.84%.

246. In 2016, Mannar Town DS; ethnicity wise, majority of the population is Tamil representing 58.9%, 40.9% Moors and 0.01% Sinhalese. Religion wise 42.6% is Roman Catholic, 41.09% Muslim, 13.9% Hindu, 2.4% Christian and 0.01% Buddhist.

b. Socio-economics

247. As per the 2016 statistics, there are 14,329 houses in the Mannar Town DS where only 10,699 houses were considered as permanent houses. There are 1,474 semi-permanent and 3,156 temporary houses. In Southbar GN where the project is located, only 407 houses are recorded out of which 260 houses are permanent houses, 38 and 109 semi-permanent and temporary houses respectively.

248. In Mannar Town DS, it is recorded in 2016 that the majority of families earn an average monthly income below 3,000/- and in Southbar GN where the project is located, the majority of the families earn an average monthly incomes of Rs.5,000/- - to 10,000/-. The income distribution pattern of the area is given in table 4.1-13 below.

Table 4.1-13: The income distribution pattern

Division

Number of Families

Below Rs.3,000/-

Rs.3,000/- to Rs.5,000/-

Rs.5,000/- to Rs,10,000/-

Above Rs.10,000/-

Mannar Town DS 4,162 4,024 4,003 5,380

Southbar GN 20 154 198 107

249. In 2016, 33.88% of the total population of Mannar Town DS is engaged in employment or income generating activities. Out of which the majority is engaged in fishing related activities which is 35.3% (8,617 persons). 22.81% is engaged as skilled and unskilled labour category work. Thirdly 26.1% of the population is engaged in either business or self-employment. Government employees are consisting of 8.83% of the workforce. 55% and .15% is engaged in agriculture related activities and NGO engagement respectively. 869 of the total population are engaged in foreign employment in various countries.

91

c. Cultural & Archaeological

250. There used to be a tourist industry on Mannar Island, mainly centered on the ferry service between Talaimannar Pier and Danuskody and Chennai in India. Large numbers of people used the service to travel between Sri Lanka and India. Tourists generally passed through Mannar, but some visited the few attractions on the island, including St Lucia’s Church at Palimunai, the Martyr’s Church at Peaslai, Mannar Dutch Fort built by the Portgese in 1560 and rebuilt by the Dutch in 1696, and the ancient baobab tree in Mannar, dating from the 15th century. In the main land 2 famous religious places are located, namely, the Temple of Thirukketheeswaram near the ancient port of Manthai and the Madu Church which is considered as a center for pilgrimage and place of devotion for both Tamil and Sinhalese Catholics in Sri Lanka.

251. Out of 64 archaeological sites in Mannar District, 12 are situated in Mannar Island. They are Dutch Fort of Mannar (site 19), Baobab Tree (site 20), District Secretariat office of Mannar (site 21), St. Mary’s Church (site 22). However, none of these sites are located at close proximity to the proposed project site.

4.1.4 Economic Development

a. Land use

252. Mannar Town DS is of 21,694 ha in area out of which 13,489.8 ha (62.18%) are agricultural land and 8,204.2 ha (37.82%) consist of resident area, water bodies and other land according to the 2016 statistics.

b. Agriculture and Livestock

253. The main land use of the agricultural land is used for cultivation of perennial crops consisting of palmyra (55.6%), coconut (15.7%) and Cashew (1.43%). Highland crops are of 11.59% and paddy 15.68% of the total agricultural land area.

254. Even though palmyra is considered as the major perennial crop in the area, paddy cultivation also has importance in the area. There are 2,066.8 ha of land utilized as major tank fed and 48 ha of rain fed land used for paddy cultivation. The total production of paddy in 2015/2016 Maha season was recorded as 8,840 MT and 2016 Yala season as 1,656 MT.

255. In 2016 there are 23 number of farmer organizations consisting of 2,365 number of members of farmer organizations in 2,519 farm families.

256. According to the available information, in year 2016, 2,490 families are traditional livestock farmers in Mannar Town DS. They own about 7,078 neat cattle, 700 buffaloes, 4,548 goats and 74,000 poultry. The milk production for the year 2016 as recorded is 419,000 liters. The population is actively involved in rearing livestock and producing of milk, meat and eggs sufficient to meet the division demand and surplus milk, beef and mutton are exported to other districts.

c. Fisheries

257. Mannar Town DS has 87 km of marine coastline from Thalaimannar to Pallimunai. According to 2016 information, there are 5,779 fishing families with a fishing population of 22,345 out of which only 5,257 is considered as active fisherman which is 23,53% of the fishing population . Fishing is an important economic activity of the people of the division where majority of

92

population is engaged in fishing related activities. Most of the fishermen are at Thalaimannar, Pesalai, Thalvupadu, Panankaddu kottu and Pallimunai areas.

258. There are only 23 landing centers available in the Mannar Town DS. None mechanized fishing craft’s fishing activities are still in operation using 526 boats. Also 1,446 out boat motor fishing crafts are available.

259. The total fish production in year 2016 is 16,308.8 MT which is within the average annual production over the last 6 years. The fresh fish production in coastal fisheries in Mannar Town DS in 2016 is highest is Pesalai fisheries division having 7 fish landing centers with a production of 4,726,402 kg, secondly Mannar fisheries division having 6 fish landing centers with a production of 3,158,949kg and Erukkalampiddy fisheries division having 6 fish landing centers with a production of 2,439,379 kg annually.

260. From the 2016 statistics, the available number of Co-op societies is 62 out of which 19 societies fall under fisherman Co-operative Societies category with 6,647 members.

261. The main problems faced by the fishing community are use of prohibited fishing equipment, unavailability of deep sea fishing gear, unavailability of multiday boats and habour facilities, lack of knowledge of modern fishing technology, etc.

d. Industry

262. According to the statistics of Mannar Town DS, there are 554 functioning units engaged in 47 different industries and service providers in year 2016 with a total labour force of 2,356.

263. Three large scale industries are recorded in 2016 engaged in salt production, garments and rice mills with a skilled labour force of 942 and an unskilled labour force of 32. There are 9 medium scale industries engaged in ice production, handloom products, jewelry, food items, cement blocks, boats, furniture, sea leech and crab fattening. 307 skilled labourers and 148 unskilled labourers are engaged in these industries.

264. Cottage industries are also considered as an income generator for families. 161 number of industries are recorded in 2016 having a labour force of 279 of which 271 is skilled and 8 unskilled. Among the small and cottage industries are drying of fish, Icing of fish, carpentry , Palmyra leaves based Industries, palmyra jam and dried palmyra root.

265. Service sector comprise of 286 industries with a work force of 627 with 561 skilled labour and 66 unskilled labour.

e. Infrastructure

266. Electricity facility is available for 12,833 houses and a further requirement of 1,810 houses is observed in year 2016. In the project location of Southbar GN division, 418 houses enjoy electricity facility while a further requirement of 61 houses is recorded. The major tariff category is domestic being 72.16% of total consumers, secondly commercial tariff category 25.72%. 1.7% and .42% under religious and industrial tariff category respectively.

267. In 2016, there are 3,610 common, open and tube wells benefiting 11,166 families and 5,831 pipe line connections benefiting 23,324 families. There is a further requirement of 733 common, open and tube wells which will benefit 2,853 families and pipe line connections of 2,279

93

to benefit 9,070 families. The Southbar GN where the project is located has 1 common well, 8 open wells benefiting 29 families and 398 pipe line connections benefiting 1592 families. The GN division has a further requirement of 115 pipeline connections which will benefit another 450 families.

268. The A14 highway, which runs north-west from Medawachchiya through Mannar and to Talaimannar at the north-western tip of the island, is the only road connection between Mannar and the mainland. It is thus a vital artery in terms of the economy of the area and is of strategic importance to the Government. There is also a rail link that runs alongside the highway.

269. Total length of “A”, “B” and “C” class roads are 54 km, 11.2 km and 87.11 km respectively in Mannar Town DS as at 2016 where the Road Development Authority is responsible for the maintenance work, etc. of these. “D” class roads consist of 22.75 km in length. Most of these “D” class local authority roads are surfaced with gravel and many are in need of repair, whereas most of the larger roads are tarred and in a relatively good condition.

270. According to the Mannar Town DS, in the year 2016 there are 4 national schools and 37 provincial schools. With respect of hospital facilities as per Office of the Regional Director of Health Services, Mannar, there are 15 medical institutions in the Mannar Town DS in year 2016. There are 4 hospitals including the Mannar General Hospital with a total bed strength of 460. The other 11 institutions are mainly primary medical care units, campaigns and others.

4.1.5 Natural Disasters

271. Entire Northern Province was considered for the discussion of the natural disasters as local level details are rarely available. Special reference for the areas of each aquaculture subproject is given in the respective Sub Chapter wherever the data is available. Past records of disaster incidents from year 1974 to date were obtained from the Disaster Management Center’s database: Disaster Information Management System in Sri Lanka which could be accessible through the web link www.desInventar.lk. According to the database, years and the number of events recorded in Mannar Town DSD are given in the following Table 4.1-14.

Table 4.1-14: Natural Disasters Recorded in DSD

Disaster Category Mannar Town

Floods 2000 November

2008 March

2008 November

2010 May

2010 November

2011 December

2014 December

2015 November

2015 December

2016 May

Cyclone -

Gale -

Strong Winds 2010 November

2013 May

2017 December

Droughts 2014 August

94

a. Cyclones and Flood

272. During the months of October to January with the North-East Monsoon period, cyclonic activities and depressions in the Bay of Bengal bring heavy torrential rains to the project area in some years. The tracks of cyclonic storms experienced in the country are shown in Appendix 2.6 and it clearly depicts the vulnerability of the area for cyclonic storms.

273. The most recent cyclone which caused severe flooding was the Cyclone Nisha which swept through the Jaffna peninsula in November 2008 bringing with it very high rain fall. The cyclonic wind had a speed of 80-85 km/h during its peak period. The condition lasted for six days and the Jaffna Metrological Station has recorded 765.5 mm rainfall. The amount of rainfall that was received during the six days is the highest rain fall ever recorded in Jaffna. On 25 November 2010, the district has recorded 389.8 mm. The previous highest figure for a single day rain fall was 211.8 mm and was recorded in 25 September 2001.

274. The groundwater level has reached saturation level and the ponds and tanks have started overflowing and the flood water had spread to villages and towns making the flood water level to rise to three to four feet height during the peak flooding time and the domestic dug wells are polluted by the overflowing flood water. Extensive damages have been caused to the residents, highways, roads, causeways, telecommunication and electricity networks. The entire paddy cultivation area is submerged under flood water and nearly half the total acreage paddy crop is totally lost and more or less compelled to abandon. A large number of houses, school buildings, public institutions and commercial places are partially damaged or fully damaged.

b. Seismology

275. Although Sri Lanka has been considered as aseismic, the available records of the seismic events that have occurred during the last four centuries suggest that the island is situated in a region where seismicity is quite high. Even though Sri Lanka is not situated close to any plate margin or any active faults, the plots of the epicenters of the earthquakes reported to have occurred during the last two centuries show that the island is located in a seismically active region of the Indian Ocean.

276. Some of the earthquakes that have occurred in Sri Lanka, or close to the coastal areas of the island, in the past have been recorded by international earthquake recording networks (e.g. US Geological Survey Earthquake Database). However, no proper records of these earthquakes are available in Sri Lanka.36

277. Historical records reveal that over 60 tremors have been felt in Sri Lanka over the past centuries (Error! Reference source not found.2.7). They are caused either by seismic activity occurring within the country, or by tectonics outside Sri Lanka in the Indian Ocean.

278. According to the available historical earthquake data, several earthquakes within their epicenters within the country occurred in the past. However, almost all the major earthquakes during the last century have occurred in the Indian Ocean, especially in the regions east,

36 Earthquake Catalog for Stable Continental Regions, USGS - https://earthquake.usgs.gov/data/scr_catalog.txt

95

southeast, south and southwest off Sri Lanka. Some of the historical earthquakes occurred in and around Sri Lanka are shown in Table 4.1-15.

Table 4.1-15: Some of the Historical Earthquakes in and around Sri Lanka

Date Longitude Latitude Magnitude Description

14.04.1615 Na na >6.5 (?) Damaged Colombo Fort; 2000 dead

09.02.1823 80.0 7.0 5.7 Epicenter east of Colombo


03.07.1867 79.6 12.0 5.7 -

01.1882 81.2 8.6 6.3 Epicenter near Trincomalee


07.08.1939 77.5 4.0 5.5 Epicenter south-west, Southern Coast, Sri Lanka

30.02.1973 84.3 7.1 5.9 Epicenter east, eastern coast, Sri Lanka

Source: U.S. Geological Survey Data Base; Abeykoon 1996; Bansal and Gupta, 1998

279. In summary, two types of earthquakes have been felt in Sri Lanka: (i) earthquakes that occur outside Sri Lanka; (ii) earth tremors that have an origin within the country. The first type of earthquakes is related to present-day plate tectonics taking place in the Indian Ocean, while those occurring in Sri Lanka seem to be the results of movements along the faults and fracture lineaments in the country caused by the nearly N-S compression acting on Sri Lanka landmass.

c. Tsunami

280. The tsunami that hit Sri Lanka on 26 December 2004 caused the worst devastation from a natural disaster in the country's history. Northern and Eastern coast of Jaffna peninsula were badly affected by the tsunami; this includes the villages in the coasts in Vadamarachchi East and Vadamarachchi North divisions. The damage to the eastern coast of peninsula was higher than that of northern coast. The division affected in Kilinochchi District were Pachchilapillai, Kandawali and Poonakary.

Table 4.1-16: Damages due to Tsunami

District Affected Families

Displaced Families

Deaths Injured Missing Damaged Houses

Completely Partially

Jaffna 14,767 10,827 2,640 1,647 540 6,084 1,114

Killinochchi 2,297 407 560 670 0 246 -

Mulaithivu 6,745 6,007 3000 2,590 421 5,033 424

Source: National Disaster Management Centre

281. Damages on houses, health, education, and infrastructure such as ground water, electricity, transportation and livelihoods such as fishery, agriculture were severe in the affected area. Reconstruction works were commenced soon after the disaster with the assistance of international and local funds.

282. The process of developing the tsunami hazard profile used a deterministic approach together with numerical simulations to assess the level of threat posed to Sri Lanka by eight plausible earthquake scenarios in major subduction zones in the Indian Ocean (tsunamigenic geophysical scenarios). The analysis covered maximum offshore tsunami amplitudes (wave heights); tsunami arrival times; maximum near shore amplitudes (wave heights); and mapping of

96

the distribution of the tsunami hazard inclusive of the probable extent of onshore inundation. A seismic event similar to that of the Indian Ocean tsunami of December 26, 2004 with a magnitude between 9.1–9.3 originated in the Sumatra-Andaman subduction zone was considered as the ‘worst-case’.

283. Because of its location on the west coast, Mannar was largely unaffected by the Asian tsunami of December 2004, which caused such extensive damage on the east coast of Sri Lanka.

d. Storm Surge

284. Much of the damages in coastal areas are often recorded as a result of cyclone induced storm surge causing inundation of low-lying onshore lands. DMC’s Disaster Profiles provide composite maps of peak surge heights corresponding to different cyclone scenarios with an estimated recurrence interval. The map shows north and east coasts are more prone to the cyclone induced storm surge hazard with the north-western coastline including the coastal areas of Mannar and Jaffna peninsulas are particularly exposed.

e. Sea-Level Rise

285. Disaster Profiles developed by Disaster Management Centre (DMC) of Sri Lanka provides predictions of sea-level rise for entire Sri Lanka. This profile provides information on the sea-level rise both in the inundation due to coastal erosion and submergence of coastal lands from increased sea-level. Inundation due to predicted sea-level rise in 25, 50, 75 and 100 year periods are based on a computer model simulating the inundation based on the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) report of 2007. The sea water level increase due to tidal waves and an adjustment for the change of sea-level since the establishment of the datum have been superimposed on the IPCC prediction of the sea-level rise. Both the inundation due to coastal erosion and submergence of coastal lands from increased sea-level have been considered in mapping. Appendix 2 shows the sea-level rise map for Mannar Island area.37

4.2 Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility in Mannar district


a. Climate

286. Musali division where the mud crab hatchery site is proposed is also located within Arid Zones of Sri Lanka and for this area, rainfall throughout the year is between 1,000 - 1,250 mm. According to the zoning data of Department of Agriculture, the project area lies in agro-ecological regions of Low Country Dry Zone - DL4. The area experiences heavy rains from middle of the October to first quarters in the month of December, during North-East monsoonal season. The records from Murukkan Meteorological Station (Station ID: 01MN0356; Coordinates: 8.83N, 80.05E) for 10 years (2008 - 2017) indicate that the average annual rainfall in this period was 91.16 mm.

37 Sea-level rise maps for northern coastal area are available in

http://www.dmc.gov.lk/hazard/hazard/Sea%20Level%20Rise.html.

97

287. An air temperature is recorded as daily averages of 28.08 °C. Relative humidity is lower than inland because of the sea breezes. Wind speed varies from around 3.5 to 10 km/h, being generally highest in the north-east monsoon. Climate records are given in Appendix 3.


288. The land area of the Musali Division is relatively flat and is of low elevation. Towards the interior, the land is gently undulating favoring the storage of rain water in several small tanks that provide the majority of the irrigation for the arable land. There are 3 main rivers drained through the Musali Division at their matured stage and finally discharge to sea within the coastal zone between Wilpattu National park and Arippu. Along the coast, there are sand dunes and towards Giant tank, the land scape is changing to slightly undulating terrain with elevations rising up to 65 m MSL.The proposed project site and its area in vicinity are generally flat and the elevation of this area varies between 1.0 and 2.0 m above MSL.

289. Sri Lanka is divided in to 3 major lithotectonic units, namely, highland Complex (HC), Wanni Complex (WC) and Vijayan Complex (VC). The entire Mannar district lies within the Wanni Complex geologically. However, except for eastern part, the rest of the district is covered by Miocene to Quaternary sediments cover that is resting on the Wanni Complex rocks. The proposed project area consist mainly of quaternary – recent and pleistoceme deposits of beach sand: fine sandy wash deposits with shell fragments, dune sand and alluvium: sand, silt or clay. Miocene limestone is present beneath these deposits. Towards further interior, superficial deposit of ferruginised gravel: discontinuous caps and sand ferruginised gravel and red beds: reddish mixture of haematised dune and beach sand with heavy minerals, forming low broad ridges are occurred.

290. Geology of the area consist of formations during the Holocene period, which are generally unconsolidated material consisting of clay, silt, and sand. According to the Water Resources Board database, bore-hole data obtained previously in Kondachchi area indicate sand, silt, clay and various mixtures of those at the surface underlain by highly fractured limestone; rock level at which limestone was found in Mannar varied, but was found at a depth of 18m at the borehole location. Similar conditions could be expected at the proposed site. Borehole stratigraphy is given in the following Table 4.2-1 (Full report is given in Appendix 4).

Table 4.2-1: Details of the Borehole at Kondachchi

Depth (m) Type of rock

0-0.5 Top Soil

0.5-1.2 Clayey Sand

1.2-3.95 Sandy Clay

3.95-6.95 Sand

6.95-9.95 Coarse Sand

9.95-10.95 Hard Clay

10.95-12.95 Medium Sand

12.95-13.6 Gravely Sand

13.6-14.65 Rock & Limestone

14.65-21 Limestone

Source WRB

98

Source: GSMB

Figure 4.2-1: Geology map of the area of mud crab hatchery site

291. Six major soil groups have been identified in the District. In the center of the district, there is dark clay (Grumusols) which are ideally suited for paddy cultivation. Towards the interior there is the well - drained deep Red Yellow Latosols and Reddish Brown Earths. These are suitable for perennial crops as well as for the seasonal crops. Proposed project area consist mainly of regosols on raised beaches, splits and dune sands, solonized solonetz and solonchaks.


292. There are 3 perennial rivers passing though the division. Those are Aruvi aru (Matwatu oya), Kal aru and Uppu aru (Moderagam aru). The proposed mud crab subproject site is located between 2 river basins about 12 km south to the Aruvi Aru outfall and 5 km north to the Kal Aru outfall. Aruvi Ara basin’s catchment area is 3,246 km2. Average rainfall in the area is calculated as 1290.1 mm. This basin’s discharge volume to the sea is 192 MCM. Kal Ara basin’s catchment area is 210 km2. Average rainfall in the area is calculated as 1186.1 mm. This basin’s discharge volume to the sea is 66 MCM.

293. There are two larger irrigation tanks namely Kokkupadayan and Akaththimurippu and other 50 medium sizes Water tank in the division. These tanks are entirely dependent on water from the perennial river, Aruvi aru. Those tanks help to farmers for Maha and Yala cultivation. Kondachchi tank is the nearest scheme and there are several abandoned small tanks in its cascade.

99

294. The surface water bodies around the project area are the sea and water holes and seasonal streamlets (Plate 4.2-1). There are several “Thonas” (coastal streamlet / water holes) observed north and south of the site. Generally, these stream segments are seasonal. Thonas formed among the dune depressions and low lying areas. Water gathers in these depressions by storm surges and by monsoon rains. During the monsoon rains, storm water runoff from the interior flows to the sea through these streamlets. The low lying area around these streamlets gets inundated, however, this water is logging only for one to three months after the rainy period. It is evident that there are some low lying areas within and around the proposed mud crab subproject site which will require attention on drainage aspects during detailed design stage.

Coastal stream let north to the site Streamlet south to the site

Plate 4.2-1: Water bodies around the mud crab sub project site

Plate 4.2-2: Low lying areas near the mud crab sub project site

d. Groundwater

295. Aquifer type found in this part of the country is identified as deep confined aquifers. The Miocene age sedimentary limestone is highly faulted and it separates the aquifer into a series of isolated blocks thus forming a number of separate groundwater basins. (C.R. Panabokke). The

100

Miocene limestone of this area provides two quite large aquifers on the mainland to the east and south-east of Mannar, shown in Figure 4.2-2. The Kondachchi groundwater basin to the south begins at 15 m below ground level and has an average thickness of 45 m. The Murunkkan basin which is already used by NWSDB for the present Mannar water supply system, begins at around 5 m below ground level and has an average thickness of 162 m. However this Murunkan basin has no relevance with respect to the sub project area.

Source: Hydro-geological map of Sri Lanka (IFS 1986)

Figure 4.2-2: Groundwater Map of the area

296. Geo-chemically the area is classified as Calcium-Chloride in terms of groundwater. There are no primary data on the availability and quality of groundwater in this area but could be inferred from the data available in the adjacent areas. An attempt was made to obtain the groundwater details using the tube well database of Water Resources Board. The area has not much boreholes as no ongoing or future industrial activities. The location of the borehole nearest to the site is in Konadachchi GND dated 21.02.2011 and the results are given in the below Table and the full report is given in Appendix 4. In addition, NAQDA has recently conducted field tests for a nearest existing dug well (Coordinates: 8.690189N, 79.959289E) and results are: pH – 7.8; Salinity - 10ppt; Total Hardness - 490mg/l.

101

Table 4.2-2: Groundwater quality of the nearest borehole of the WRB database

Parameter Value Parameter Value

Appearance Clear Ca (mg/l) 77.7

Colour (Hezan Unit) 0.8 Mg (mg/l) 70.6

Temperature (0C) 25.00 Fe (mg/l) 0.10

Turbidity (NTU) 1.00 Cl (mg/l) 905.0

pH 7.1 SO4 (mg/l) 206.0

E.C. (µs/cm) 3450.0 F (mg/l) 0.70

Total Hardness (mg/l) 485.0 Salinity (ppt) 108.00

Total Alkalinity (mg/l) 596.0 Nitrates (mg/l) 0.90

TDS (mg/l) 2277.0

PO4 (mg/l) 0.7

297. There are no shallow or deep groundwater usage in the project area. This area is close to sea and there are no dug wells or agri-wells seen in the project area. Even in the future, with a possible increase in human population in the lands nearby, particularly in the Vijaya Gammanaya, usage of groundwater is most unlikely. However, due to any activity causing groundwater pollution will result in change of the soil characteristics and it may have further impacts on the ecology. Therefore, it is important that groundwater contamination is avoided or minimized. It is necessary to establish the groundwater quality, for shallow and deep sources, prior to the commencement of the project.


298. The coastline south of the Mannar Island is exposed to the swell and the SW monsoonal waves but the propagation of such waves towards the coastline is restricted due to the presence of shallow near shore areas in the Gulf of Mannar. However, significant levels of sand transport northwards were evident at several locations in the area. According to Musali DS, the coastal belt from South Bar to Silavathurai is heavily damaged by coastal sea erosion. This is said to be due to the rough sea condition during south west monsoon among other reasons. In some places, as long as 50 m have been eroded over the last 30 years. However during the field observations, it was evident that heavy erosion in coastline further south from Silawathurai. Plate 4.2-3 shows the erosion observed in the beach north of the proposed site.

102


299. In contrast, the coastal stretch in front of the proposed site seems to be highly dynamic. Past aerial imagery of last decade shows a drastic sand accretion and land built up as shown in Plate 4.2-4. Further discussion on this is given in Chapter 6.

Plate 4.2-3: Observed coastal erosion Plate 4.2-4: Land built up due to accretion

103

f. Air and Noise

300. Availability of air quality or noise data in or around the project site are not available. However, the site is located in a rural environment with no industrial or any major activity. Exhaust emissions from vehicles along the Kayakkuli fish landing site road and motorized boats sailing in the near shore are the only existing sources of carbon monoxide and certain other pollutants such as SOx, NOx and hydrocarbons. But being a coastal location, winds are relatively strong, which would ensure effective dispersion. During dry seasons, dust level of the surrounding area could be elevated due to wind erosion of dried up sand dunes.

301. The proposed project site is located at an aerial distance of 500 m from the Vijaya Gammanaya which has 85 houses but less than 5% of it is populated at present. Kayakkuli fish landing site is a busy place during busy hours, and located 450 m away from the site. So that, no noticeable noise level observed due to human activities. Main noise sources are the sea waves and the continuously blowing winds over the shrub areas.



302. Silavthuari reef is located about 3 km from the shore and is found north of Kayakkuli. Reefs are rich in biodiversity and thus many people depend on reef fishing and ornamental fish collection on Silavathurai reef. The sea around Kayakkuli is shallow muddy/sandy and rich in sea grass beds. Most common sea grass species found in the area is Enhalus acaroids. Other species common to the area are Cymodacea rotundata, Cymodacea serulata, Syringodium isotifolium, Halodule pinifolia, Halodule uninervis and Halophila ovalis. Fishing in Kayakkuli is focusing on blue swimming crabs, holothurians and small pelagic species. Many animals in soft-sediments burrow into the sediment. These include many worms, crustaceans and molluscs such the bivalve Laternula eliptica. The main species of Mannar districts include small pelagic and large pelagic species, demersal fishes and prawns and others such as sea cucumber, chanks, lobsters, ornamental fish etc. The fishing for sea cucumber, chanks, lobsters and ornamental fish are seasonal and limited to non-monsoonal season and performed with SCUBA and skin diving mainly by migratory fishermen. Fishing for pelagic resources are made with gillnets and beach seins wile demersal finfish and non-finfish with bottom set gillnets, trammel nets and traps. Marine species recorded in the area is given in the Table below:

104

Table 4.2-3: Marine species recorded in the area


Traps Beach seines Small-mesh

gillnets Medium mesh gillnet

Aris sp Aris sp Aris sp Caranx sansun Megalaspis cordyla

Alectis indicus Upeneus vittatus Megalaspis cordyla Dussumieria acuta Chirocentrus sp

Therapon puta Therapon puta Therapon puta Hilsa kelee Lactarius lactrius

Siganus oramin Siganus oramin Cynoglossus sp Escualosa thoracata Sphyraena sp

Siganus sp Siganus sp Thryssa sp Sardinella sp Scomberomorus guttatus

Siganus javus Holothuria scabra Gazza sp Nematalosa nasa Rastrelliger kanagurta

Himantura uarnak Portunus pelagicus Leiognathus sp Cypselurus sp

Portunus pelagicus Penaeus indicus Lactarius lactrius Pellona sp

Penaeus indicus Gerres sp Terapon sp

Drepane punctate Liza sp Otolithes sp

Platax sp Terapon sp Sepia sp

Plectorhinchus sp Sillago sihama Dasyatis sp

Coris sp Otolithes sp

Lethrinus sp Penaeus sp

Liza sp

Sillago sihama

Epinephelus sp

Otolithes sp

Penaeus sp

Dasyatis sp

Himantura sp Source: FI Division data

303. There are no lagoons within Musali Division and only estuaries of Aruvi Ari and Modaragam Aru are present, not within the proximity of the proposed site. The NARA has carried out a study during the Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment - Northern Province (2014) to assess status of the coastal and marine environment. Appendix 2 shows the identified existing coastal and marine conservation areas around the project site and biological features of coral reefs, pearl oyster beds and sea grass meadows and marine tourism activities such as boating, windsurfing, and scuba diving have been identified. Table4 outlines the key findings of the study relevant to the Kayakkuli site area.

105




304. Different ecological habitats identified in project site and surrounding area are given in Figure 4.2-4. Main habitat types identified in the project area are scrub jungle and grasslands. In the surrounding area scrub jungle, grasslands, sandy beach and a isolated patch of mangroves were observed. A total numbers of 28 plant species including an endemic, an endangered, a vulnerable and one nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded within the projet area. Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is low. A total number of 14 faunal species were recorded during the field survey. The project site as well as project influencing area falls within the animal movement pathways of the animals of Wilpattu National Park (located 10.5 km from the boundary of the project site)


Description

Coral reef

Vankalai-Arippu-Silavaturai

The Vankalai-Arippu-Silavaturai stretch of coastline showcases several excellent fringing coral reefs. These comprise large patch corals with branching and table corals. The corals at the Pearl Bank Reef (N8° 46.26' E79° 52.95'), located 5.9km from Doric House, are in pristine condition but now lacking in associated species. Closer to shore is Ailavaturai Reef (N8° 44.84' E79° 55.3'), located 2.5km from shore. South of this is Silavaturai Reef (N8° 41.4' E79° 56.72') accessible from shore for snorkeling.

Mangroves

Mannar A patch of nearly 100 m widemangrove belt was observed at Achchankulam area and major species of mangroves are Sonneratia cassowaries and Avicennia marina observed beyond 50 m. Rare mangrove species Pemphis acidula is also present. It is observed that Prosopsis juliflora the thorny woody tree has become invasive in most of the coastal areas of Mannar.

Sea Grasses

Mannar Most productive sea grass beds were encountered in the shallow coastal areas of Mannar (38.9 g/m2 of biomass; Pahalawattaarachchi). Most common sea grass species found in the shallow bays of Mannar Sea is Enhalus acaroids. Other species common to the area are Cymodacea rotundata, C. serulata, Syringodium isotifolium, Halodule pinifolia, H. uninervis and Halophila ovalis.

Seaweeds

Mannar Seaweeds were associated with Enhaulus beds in Mannar coast. Mostly, Gracilariafound to be associated with sea grasses.

106

A – Sandy beach vegetation, B - Grassland, C- Scrub jungle, D- Mangrove patch, E- Project area



305. As indicated in the Figure 4.2-4 the main habitat types identified in the project area are scrub jungle and grasslands.

Scrub jungle

306. Mixed thorn scrub jungles are found intermixed with dry evergreen forests. Major vegetation strata that can be observed within this habitat are the impenetrable thorny shrub layer and isolated canopy trees and herbs (Plate 4.2-5). This habitat is dominated by dense vegetation of Syzygium cumini, Acacia panifrons, Acacia eburnea, Dichrostachys cinerea, Ziziphus mauritiana, Caesalpinia bonduc, Azadirachta indica, Phoenix pusilla, Salvadora persica, Lantana camara, Cassia auriculata, Salacia reticulata, Flueggea leucopyrus, Acacia leucophloea, Azima tetracantha, Calotropis gigantea, Toddalia asiatica, Cassine glaucam Grewia orientalis, Tamarindus indica, Abrus precatorius and Manilkara hexandra.

307. Scrub vegetation existing in this habitat makes it excellent cover against erosion or 'desertification' caused by the strong winds prevailing in the area. This habitat can trap finer particles of soil. Scrub jungle provides a complex habitat niches that support a diverse assemblage of fauna through the provision of feeding, breeding and resting areas.

107

Plate 4.2-5: Impenetrable thorny shrub layer and isolated canopy trees and herbs

Grassland

308. Extensive grasslands were observed in many places within the project area. Dominant grass species is Imperata cylindrica and species Fimbristylis feruginea was also observed (Figure 4.2-6). These grasslands stabilize the soil, as they produce mat-like vegetation cover, while the roots of these grasses hold the soil together, preventing erosion. Further, they act as efficient filters and trap surface runoff.

Plate 4.2-6: Grassland


309. In addition to the habitat types observed in the project area, sandy beach and a mangrove patch were recorded in the surrounding area (Figure 4.2-4).

Sandy beach vegetation

310. Beyond the direct impact of waves and tides, densely growing creepers, comprising mainly of Ipomoea pes-caprae, was observed. These creepers help to consolidate the surface sand by restricting wind induced erosion and preventing removal of sand by sea water. Beyond the carpet

108

of creepers, a zone of low shrubs occurs on the more stabilized sand and sand dunes. In these habitats the dominant plant species observed include Ipomoea pes-caprae, Scaevola taccada, Spinifex littoreus, Wedelia biflora, Clerodendrum inerme, and Calotropis gigantea (Plate 4.2-7).

Mangroves

311. A mangrove patch was observed in the surrounding area consisting of Lumnitzera racemosa, and Excoecaria agallocha. Further, Thespesia populnea, a mangrove associate was recorded within this habitat (Plate 4.2-8). Mangrove is one of the world’s most unique ecosystems and are also among the world’s most productive ecosystems. However the diversity and the extent of this patch is very low.

Plate 4.2-7: Sandy beach vegetation Plate 4.2-8: Lumnitzera racemosa Mangrove patch

Existing flora and fauna within the project and surrounding area

Flora

312. Total numbers of 28 plant species including an endemic, an endangered, a vulnerable and one nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the project area (Table 4.2-5). Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (13) followed by shrubs (7), herbaceous species (6) and Creepers (2) (Table 4.2-5). Further, about 89% of the recorded flora species are natives and about 7 % of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. Plant species recorded during the field study are listed in Table 4.2-6.

109

Table 4.2-5. Summary of the Floral Species Recorded during the Study in Project Area

Type of Flora No of Conservation Status Endemic Native Exotic

Species CR EN VU NT

Tree 13 0 0 1 2 1 12 0

Shrub 7 0 0 0 0 0 6 1

Herb 6 0 1 0 0 0 5 1


Total 28 0 1 1 2 1 25 2

% 3.6% 89.3% 7.1%

Key: CR - Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable, NT - Near Threatened

313. A nationally near threatened (NT) plant species; Salvadora persica (GPS location - 8.688556N, 79.951194E) (Plate 4.2-9), an endangered plant species; Salacia reticulata (GPS location - 8.688583N, 79.951778E) (Plate 4.2-10), an endemic species; Cassine glauca (GPS location - 8.688833N, 79.951861E) and a vulnerable plant species; Manilkara hexandra (GPS location - 8.688333N, 79.951944E) were observed within the project site. Further, invasive species; Lantana camara and Chromolaena odorata were recorded within the project site.


Family Flora Local name habitat Ts NCS GCS

Fabaceae Abrus precatorius Olinda C N LC

Vitaceae Cissus quadrangularis Heressa C N LC

Cyperaceae Fimbristylis feruginea

H N LC LC

Hippocrateaceae Salacia reticulata Kotala hibutu H N EN

Poaceae Spinifex littoreus Ravans moustache H N LC

Rutaceae Toddalia asiatica Kudu miris H N LC

Poaceae Imperata cylindrica Illuk H N LC

Fabaceae Acacia eburnea Kaludai S N LC

Salvadoraceae Azima tetracantha Katuniyanda S N LC

Fabaceae Caesalpinia bonduc Kumburu S N LC

Apocynaceae Calotropis gigantea Wara S N LC

Euphorbiaceae Flueggea leucopyrus Katupila S N LC

Malvaceae Grewia orientalis Wel-Mediya S N LC

Verbenaceae Lantana camara Gandapana S I

Fabaceae Acacia leucophloea Keeriya T N LC

Fabaceae Acacia planifrons Umbrella Tree T N LC

Meliaceae Azadirachta indica Kohomba T N

Fabaceae Bauhinia racemosa Maila T N LC

Fabaceae Cassia auriculata Rana-wara T N LC

Celastraceae Cassine glauca Neralu T E LC

Fabaceae Dichrostachys cinerea Andara T N LC

110

Family Flora Local name habitat Ts NCS GCS

Ebenaceae Diospyros ovalifolia Kunumella T N LC

Sapotaceae Manilkara hexandra Palu T N VU

Arecaceae Phoenix pusilla Walindi T N LC

Salvadoraceae Salvadora persica Maliththan T N NT

Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini Madan T N LC

Rhamnaceae Ziziphus mauritiana Masan T N LC

Asteraceae Chromolaena odorata H I

Key; HA – Habitat, T – Tree, S – Shrub, H – Herbaceous, C – Climber or Creeper, TS – Taxonomic Status, N – Native, I – Introduced or Exotic, NCS – National Conservation Status, NT – Near Threatened

Plate 4.2-9: A nearly threaten species; Salvadora persica within the scrub forest

Plate 4.2-10: An endangered species; Salacia reticulata within the scrub forest

Plate 4.2.11: An invasive plant; Lantana camara was recorded in the project area

Plate 4.2-12: Syzygium cumini dominating the scrub jungle

111

314. Total numbers of 35 plant species including an endangered, a vulnerable plant species and two nationally near threatened (NT) were recorded during the field ecological survey within the surrounding area (Table 4.2-7). Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (17) followed by shrubs (9), herbaceous species (3) and Creepers (3) (Table 4.2-7). Further, about 91.4 % of the recorded flora species are natives and about 5.7% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. Plant species recorded during the field study are listed in Table 4.2-8 with other crucial information.




Tree 17 0 0 1 2 1 15 1

Shrub 9 0 0 0 0 0 8 1

Herb 6 0 1 0 0 0 6 0


Total 35 0 1 1 2 1 32 2

% 2.9% 91.4% 5.7%

Key: CR - Critically Endangered, EN - Endangered, VU - Vulnerable, NT - Near Threatened

315. An endangered plant species; Salacia reticulata, a vulnerable plant species; Manilkara hexandra and two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species; Salvadora persica and Lumnitzera racemosa (GPS location - 8.689111N, 79.951222E and 8.689222N, 79.951278E) were observed within the surrounding area.


Family Flora Local name Habitat Ts NCS GCS



Asteraceae Wedelia biflora Moodu-Gam-Palu H N LC

Celastraceae Cassine glauca Neralu T E LC

Combretaceae Lumnitzera racemosa

T N NT

Convolvulaceae Ipomoea pes-caprae Bin Thamburu C N LC

Cyperaceae Fimbristylis feruginea

H N LC LC

Ebenaceae Diospyros ovalifolia Kunumella T N LC


Euphorbiaceae Excoecaria agallocha

T N LC

Fabaceae Acacia leucophloea Keeriya T N LC

Fabaceae Bauhinia racemosa Maila T N LC

Fabaceae Tamarindus indica Siyambala T I

Fabaceae Abrus precatorius Olinda C N LC

Fabaceae Acacia eburnea Kaludai S N LC


112


Fabaceae Acacia planifrons Umbrella Tree T N LC

Fabaceae Cassia auriculata Rana-wara T N LC


Goodeniaceae Scaevola taccada Takkada S N LC

Hippocrateaceae Salacia reticulata Kotala hibutu H N EN

Lamiaceae Clerodendrum inerme Wal Gurenda S N LC

Malvaceae Grewia orientalis Wel-Mediya S N LC

Malvaceae Thespesia populnea Suriya T N LC


Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini Madan T N LC

Poaceae Spinifex littoreus Ravans moustache

H N LC

Poaceae Imperata cylindrica Illuk H N LC


Rutaceae Toddalia asiatica Kudu miris H N LC



Sapotaceae Manilkara hexandra Palu T N VU



Key: HA – Habitat, T – Tree, S – Shrub, H – Herbaceous, C – Climber or Creeper, TS – Taxonomic Status, N – Native, I – Introduced or Exotic, NCS – National Conservation Status, NT – Near Threatened


316. There are 42 number of trees that exceed 30cm DBH of 4 different species are recorded within the project site. The list of trees with the locations is given below.


Latitude Longitude Flora Number DBH (cm)

8.688747 79.950858 Syzygium cumini 4 55-65

8.688747 79.950858 Ziziphus mauritiana 3 43-60

8.688667 79.951139 Acacia planifrons 1 135

8.689278 79.951694 Acacia planifrons 1 165

8.688583 79.951778 Syzygium cumini 7 40-50

8.689972 79.951694 Syzygium cumini 5 35-47

8.691389 79.950833 Syzygium cumini 20 40-60

8.688333 79.951944 Manilkara hexandra 1 107

113

Fauna

317. Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is low. A total number of 14 faunal species were recorded during the field survey as indicated in Table 4.2-10.

Table 4.2-10: Summary of the Faunal Species Recorded During the Study in both Project Area and Surrounding Area

Taxonomic Group Total

Number of Species

No of Endemic Species

Conservation Status No of Exotic/Feral

Species CR EN VU NT

Birds 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

Butterflies 4 0 0 0 0 0 0

Dragonflies 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Mammals 5 0 0 0 0 0 2

Reptiles 3 0 0 0 0 0 0

Land Snails 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Total 14 0 0 0 0 0 0

Key: CR – Critically Endangered, EN – Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, NT – Near Threatened

318. The details of faunal species recorded in the proposed project area are given in Table 4.2-11.

Table 4.2-11: Details of Faunal Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area and Surrounding Area

Family Fauna Local name TS NCS GCS

MAMMALS

Sciuridae Funambulus palmarum Squirrel Native LC

Leporidae Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Native LC

Hystricidae Hystrix indica Ittewa Native LC LC

Tragulidae Moschiola meminna Meminna Native LC LC

Suidae Sus scrofa Wal Ura Native LC LC

BUTTERFLIES

Pieridae Appias albina Common albatross Native LC

Pieridae Eurema hecabe Common Grass Yellow Native LC

Nymphalidae Euploea core Common crow Native LC

Nymphalidae Parantica aglea

Glassy tiger Native LC

BIRDS

Corvidae Corvus splendens House crow Native LC LC

Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret Native LC

Reptiles

Agamidae Calotes calotes Green garden lizard Native LC

Varanidae Varanus bengalensis Talagoya Native LC LC

Varanidae Varanus salvator Kabaragoya Native LC LC

Key: CR – Critically Endangered, EN – Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, NT – Near Threatened

114

Animal movement pathways

319. The project site as well as project influencing area falls within the animal movement pathways of the Wilpattu National Park. According to the evidence available from the community, and evidence observed (Plate 4.2-13) during the field survey Elephant (Elephas maximus maximus), Gona (Rusa unicolor), Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus inornatus), Kaballewa (Manis crassicaudata) and Leopard (Panthera pardus), do not reside in project area but cross the border of the Wilpattu National Park and proceed to the project area as well as to the project influencing area. However, they return to the National park.

Plate 4.2-13: Elephant dung within the project area indicating there movements in project area

320. No migratory bird species were recorded during the field ecological study and this area is not important for migratory birds. No turtles were recorded during the field ecological study and the discussions with local coastal communities revealed that this area is not a turtle breeding area.

c. Protected Areas

321. The division of Musali situated to the north of the Wilpattu National Park consists of a collective of forest areas known as the Wilpattu North Forest Complex. These have been declared so, giving due consideration to the ecological importance and the ecosystem services they provide. According to the Musali DS, by 2017, the forest cover within the division was 32,497 km2 which is equal to 71% of the total land area. After the conflict situation, displaced people were relocated in their original lands. However with the population growth, there is continuous pressure on forest cover from human activities and encroachments. There are allegations that deforestation is taking place in the Wilpattu National Park as well as in the surrounding forests.

322. A study has analyzed the spatial and temporal changes of forest cover using remote sensing technology during a 27 year period expanding from 1988 to 2015 for a selected study area mostly including the Musali Division (R. Ramya et al, 2016). The analysis shows that a significant net reduction in forest cover by 8.5% can be observed during the study period. The

115

area had deforested by 699.3 ha and 1365.3 ha from 1988 to 2010 and 2010 to 2015 respectively which is 12% of forest cover of 1988 (Figure 4.2-5). The areas highlighted in red colour are the deforested area which is increasing over the years. The rate of deforestation is 31.79 ha/year in the interval of 1988 - 2010 and 273.06 ha/year in the interval of 2010 - 2015.

Source: R. Ramya et al, 2016

Figure 4.2-5: Change detection of forest cover in the surrounding area of the project

323. In 2017, the Government, as powers vested by Section 3A of the Forest Conservation Ordinance (Chapter 451), issued a gazette notification declaring 5 forest areas bordering Wilpattu, as a conservation forest reserve (Extraordinary Gazette 2011/34 of 24 March 2017). Under the notice, 40,030.525 ha of forest area belonging to Mavillu, Weppal, Karadikkuli / Marichchakatti, Wilaththikulam and Periyamurippu forest reserves were declared as the Mavillu Conservation Forest (Figure 4.2-6). With respect to the proposed project area, the road stretch between 32.0 km to 40.3 km of the B403: Arippu – Marichchikattu Road demarkates the boundary of the Mavillu Conservation Forest with at deviations at palces where communities are settled newly. The aerial distance from the site to the boundary of this forest is about 1.2 km.

116

Source: The Sunday Times, 02.04.2017

Figure 4.2-6: Mavillu Conservation Forest

324. Protected wildlife areas declared under the Flora and Fauna Protection Ordinance (FFPO) which are located within Northern Province are given in Appendix 2 and are relevant to the proposed project site area within Mannar District and Puttalm Districts are given in Table 4.2-12. List of sites to be declared as Special Management Areas under the legal provisions of the Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act 49 of 2011 is given below.

Table 4.2-12: Important Protected Wildlife Areas in the Region

Protected Wildlife Area Date declared Extent (ha) Approximate distance from the site (km)

National Parks

Madu Road 22.06.2015 16,367.360 26.0

Adam's Bridge 22.06.2015 18,990.000 44.0

Wilpattu 25.02.1938 131,667.100 10.5

Nature Reserves

Vedithalathivu 01.03.2016 29,180.000 30.0

Sanctuaries

Yodha wewe 24.09.1954 4,330.100 18.6

Vankallai 08.09.2008 4,839.000 22.4

Willpattu North 25.02.1938 632.000 13.2

Bar Reef marine sanctuary 03.04.1992 30,669.900 26.0

Source: DWC

Table 4.2-13: Potential Special Management Areas relevant to the project area

District Site

Mannar Gulf of Mannar

Thalaimannar coastal area

Sillavathurai, Arippu and Aruvi Aru coastal area and Bay of Kondachchi


117



325. The data from the Musali DS office indicates that the total population as per the year 2016 of the area is 29,421 in 8,066 families. It is evident that from 2011 to 2016, each year the population has increased over the years at an average of 1.07% per year. Almost all of the population of Musali DS was displaced in year 2008 due to the civil war and they started to resettle again from year 2009. By the end of year 2016, the people of Musali DS were almost resettled in their native places. The Musali DS is of 47,422.7 ha having a population density of 64.18 per sq km. There are 30 villages and 20 GN divisions in Musali DS.

326. The data of 2016 indicates that the male population is relatively higher than the female population which is 50.31%.

In 2016, Musali DS; ethnicity wise, majority of the population was Moors representing 83.11% where 16.15% is Tamils and 0.73% Sinhalese. Religion wise 83.11% was Muslim, 15.09% Roman Catholic, 1.11% Hindu and 0.29% Buddhist.

b. Socio-economics

327. As per the 2016 statistics, there is a total of 8,066 families resettled in 4,015 houses and 4,051 in temporary shelters in the Musali DS. With the support from the government, NGOS and INGOs, the division intends to cover its housing requirement of 50.12% in the coming years. In Kondachchi GN where the project is located, from the total 801 resettled families, only 364 houses are recorded as permanent houses and the rest of 437 are temporary shelters.

328. As per the available information from the Musali DS for year 2016, majority of the families has earned an average monthly income of Rs.5,000/- to 10,000/-. In Kondachchi GN where the project site is located the majority of the families earn an average income of Rs.2,500/- to 5,000/. The income distribution pattern is given in Table 4.2-14 below.

Table 4.2-14: The income distribution pattern

Division

Number of families

Less than Rs.2,500/-

Rs.2,500/- - 5,000/-

Rs.5,000/- - 10,000/-

More than Rs.10,000/-

Musali DS 1,502 2,188 2,198 2,178

Kondachchi GN 86 129 124 111

Source: Divisional Secretariat, Musali, 2017

329. In 2016, 33.88% of the total population of Mannar Town DS is engaged in employment or income generating activities. Out of which the majority is engaged in fishing related activities which is 35.3% (8,617 persons). 22.81% is engaged as skilled and unskilled labour category work. Thirdly 26.1% of the population is engaged in either business or self-employment. Government employees are consisting of 8.83% of the workforce. 55% and .15% is engaged in agriculture related activities and NGO engagement respectively. 869 of the total population are engaged in foreign employment in various countries.

118

c. History and archaeology

330. There used to be a tourist industry on Mannar Island, mainly centered on the ferry service between Talaimannar Pier and Danuskody and Chennai in India. Large numbers of people used the service to travel between Sri Lanka and India. Tourists generally passed through Mannar, but some visited the few attractions on the island, including St Lucia’s Church at Palimunai, the Martyr’s Church at Peaslai, Temple of Thirukketheeswaram near the ancient port of Manthai, Mannar Dutch Fort built by the Portgese in 1560 and rebuilt by the Dutch in 1696, and the ancient baobab tree in Mannar, dating from the 15th century.

331. Out of 64 archaeological sites in Mannar District, 12 are situated in Mannar Island. They are Dutch Fort of Mannar (site 19), Baobab Tree (site 20), District Secretariat office of Mannar (site 21), St. Mary’s Church (site 22). However, none of these sites are located at close proximity to the proposed project site.

332. There are many areas in Mannar of remarkable archaeological value. . In the project area, most of the high priority archaeological, historical and cultural sites are located within the coastal zone. They are listed in Error! Reference source not found.4.2-15 below.

Table 4.2-15: Important Archaeological, Historic and Cultural Sites in the Project Area

** Protected Monument; A – Archaeological Value; H – Historical Value; C – Cultural Value

Source: Coastal Zone management Plan - 2006, Coast Conservation Department


a. Land use

333. In 2016, Musali DS is of 56,813 ha in area out of which 66.72% is natural open and dense forest and forest plantations. Urban land are of 13.24%, Agricultural land is 9.46%, the rest is shrub land, grass land, wetlands and water bodies which is about 10.7% of the total area.


334. The land in Musali DS is most suitable for agriculture related developments. During the last 5 years, it was indicated that 75% of the agricultural paddy land had been renovated for the use of paddy cultivation. Under agricultural land 4.41% is used for paddy cultivation and secondly cashew trees are grown in 3.12% which majority of the agricultural land is used for. The rest of the agricultural land is used for palmyra, coconut and other crops.

335. There are 2,505 ha of land utilized for paddy cultivation. The total production of paddy in 2014/2015 Maha season was recorded as 17,284 MT and 2015 Yala season as 3.096 MT.

No Place GN Division Importance

Mannar District

24 Mannar Dutch Fort* Thoddaveli (194) H/C

25 Thiruketheeswaran Temple* Thiruketheeswaran (86) H/C

26 Dutch Fort Arippu (198) A/H

27 Ruins of Governors Bungalow* Arippu (198) A/H

119

336. In 2016 there were 29 number of registered farmer organizations consisting of 18,208 members in 4,169 farm families.

According to 2016 information from Musali DS, regarding livestock, there are 14,043 neat cattle, 9,652 goats, 39,870 poultry and 460 ducks in the division. The milk production for the year is 503,490 liters. Even though they are engaged in livestock rearing activities, the population faces problems such as poor production of milk due to lack of milky cows, lack of facilities to in the field of animal husbandry, lack of milk storage facilities, poor market linkage, etc.

c. Fisheries

337. Resettlement activities have caused fluctuation between number of fishing families and active fishermen in Musali division. Fisheries sector of Musali DS and the Mannar District as a whole was severely affected by the conflict situation. Large number of boats, fishing gears and other equipment were damaged. The infrastructure facilities related to fisheries activities were also completely damaged. The fishing sector started blooming again under the assistance of Mahinda Chinthana and wadakinvasantham programme.

Musali Division has 30 km of marine coastline from Arippu to Mullikkulam. According to Mannar Town DS in 2016, there are 1,224 fishing families with a fishing population of 4,672 out of which only 1,297 is considered as active fisherman which is 27.76% of the fishing population. Most of the fishermen are at Arippu, Mullikulam, Saveriyarpuram and Marichchcikatty Pallimunai areas. In Kondachchi GN where the project site is located, there are 184 fishing population in 77 fishing families. As per the records of 2016 there are only 55 active fishermen in the GN.

338. In 2016, none mechanized fishing craft’s fishing activities are still in operation where 117 boats were available. Also 540 out boat motor fishing crafts are available in The Musali DS out of which 12 boats available at Kondachchi GN.

339. Small scale of inland fisheries is active in Musali DS as there are a large number of irrigation tanks available in the division. Approximately 150 MT of fish is been produced annually without any type of assistance from both NGOs and Government. It is also noted that there are suitable lands for inland fishing development activities such as prawn culture, crab fattening and milk fish culture but only a few are engaged in these type of activities.

340. Deep sea fishing is done at the west part of Musali in Indian Ocean. With regard to dried fish production, it is considered as an important economic activity among the fishing community as it gives a considerable extent of income to them.

341. From the 2016 statistics, the available number of fishermen Co-op societies is 11 with 1,307 members. There is 1 fishermen’s Co-operative society in Kondachchi GN with 56 members.

342. The main problems faced by the fishing community are use of prohibited fishing equipment, unavailability of deep sea fishing gear, unavailability of multiday boats and habour facilities, lack of knowledge of modern fishing technology, poor performance of the fishing co-operative societies, etc.

d. Industry

343. No large scale industries were recorded in 2016. There are 2 small and medium scale industries in operation having 28 skilled labourers and 1 unskilled labourer.

120

344. Cottage industries are also considered as an income generator for families. 6 numbers of functioning industries were recorded in 2016 having a labour force 16 skilled. Among the small and cottage industries are drying of fish, Icing of fish, carpentry, Palmyra leaves based Industries, Palmyra jam and dried Palmyra root.

345. The industrial base development potential and availability of resources in Musali DS is fish for sale of fish, icing of fish, dried fish, etc., prawn for sale of prawn, Crabs for sale of crabs and crab processing, sea cucumber for sale of, rice for paddy and rice packing, cashew for sale, palmyra for winnowing and mats, etc. With respect of Kondachchi GN where the project is located, the area has potential to grow cashew, pearl fisheries, sea shells and Muthurai and Palai trees for furniture.

346. According to the Musali DS, SME activities and industrial based services are in progress. The main type of industry is dairy production with 267 industries to employ 267 skilled labourers and 53 unskilled labourers. Secondly stone quarry with 68 industries to employ 28 skilled labourers and 51 unskilled labourers. Thirdly sea food centers in 34 industries to employ 34 skilled labourers and 40 unskilled labourers. The others type of industries are rice mills, carpentry, textile and dress, mixture production, hardware, etc. which intend to employ 182 skilled labourers and 218 unskilled labourers.

e. Infrastructure

347. As per the Ceylon Electricity Board of Vavuniya, electricity consumption for 2016 is seen as; the major tariff category was domestic being 93.90% which is 4,138 houses of total consumers, secondly commercial tariff category 5.63% of 218 commercial buildings and 0.82% and 0.34% respectively under religious and industrial tariff category which is 36 religious places and 15 industries.

348. In 2016, there were 1,018 common, open and tube wells benefiting 10,637 families and 5 pipe line connections benefiting 2,088 families. The Kondachchi GN where the project is located has 7 common wells, 18 open wells benefiting 624 families and 1 pipe line connection benefiting 458 families. Still 85% of the households on the Musali DS lack the access to safe water as most of the families obtain water from unprotected water sources. Based on the location, the requirement and the availability of safe water differ across GNs. While there is reliable ground water resource in the middle of the region such as in Pandareweli, Poonochchikkulam and Methenveli GN divisions, water resources in coastal divisions is almost unsafe to drink. The ground water in the southern part of the division such as Marichchukkaddy area is only available as deep as 50 feet from the surface level. In the GNs around the North East region such as Maruthamadhu, Veppankulam and Potkreny also has the water available as 50 feet deep from the surface level.

349. Total length of “B” class and “C” class roads were 37.5 km and 16.5 km respectively in Musali DS as at 2016 where the Road Development Authority is responsible for the maintenance work, etc. of these. “D” class roads consist of 245.5 km in length. Most of these “D” class roads are under the Musali Pradeshiya Sabha which are surfaced with gravel and earth where many are in need of repair, whereas most of the larger roads are tarred and in a relatively good condition.

350. All schools in the Musali DS is under the administrative control of Mannar educational zone. According to 2016 statistics, the population of students in the Musali DS is 3,372 in 25 schools having 259 teachers. The student-teacher ratio is given as 1:13.

121

351. As per Office of the Regional Director of Health Services, Mannar, there is 1 divisional hospital, 2 primary medical care units and the MOH office, Musali in the Musali DS as per year 2016. The total bed strength in the divisional hospital and the primary medical care units are 23. Apart from the above health institutions, campaigns related to ani-dengue, community dental health, maternal child health nutrition and services, immunization programs and other programs take place in the DS.


352. General description on natural disasters of the entire Northern Province based on the previous records and literature is given in Section 4.1.5. Past records of disaster incidents from year 1974 to date were obtained from the Disaster Management Center’s database: Disaster Information Management System in Sri Lanka which could be accessible through the web link www.desInventar.lk. According to the database, years and the number of events recorded in Musali DSD are given in the following Table 4.2-16.

Table 4.2-16: Natural Disasters Recorded in DSDs

Disaster Category Musali

Floods 2010 November

2010 December

2011 January

2012 October

2012 December

2014 December

Cyclone -

Gale -

Strong Winds 2007 June

2010 May

2015 October


2016 March

2016 October

2017 January

353. Disaster hazard maps relevant to the proposed project area on Sea Level Rise, Storm surges and Tsunami inundation prepared by Disaster Management Centre are given in Appendix 2.

4.3 Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities in Mullaitivue


a. Climate

354. The sub project area receives comparatively low annual rainfall and it is constricted to period from around November to February. Main rainfall governing season for the project area is north – east monsoon with the effect of north – east winds which exists from November to February. Other than this, the area receives a considerable amount of rainfall during months of

122

September and October with the effect of Second Inter Monsoon. During this period there is a possibility of experiencing minor cyclones to this area of the country. The period from May to September is generally dry and there is a dry wind flow over the area. However localized sporadic rainfall events are possible during this period due to the effect of local convections.

355. According to the zoning data of Department of Agriculture, the project area lies in agro-ecological regions of Low Country Dry Zone – DL3. The area experiences heavy rains from middle of the October to first quarters in the month of December, during North-East monsoonal season. The records from Mannar Meteorological Station (Station ID: 01MN0356; Coordinates: 8.83N, 80.05E) for 8 years (2008 and 2011 - 2017) indicate that the average monthly rainfall in this period was 134.04 mm.

356. Relative humidity is lower than inland because of the sea breezes. Wind speed varies from around 3.5 to 10 km/h, being generally highest in the north-east monsoon. Climate records are given in Appendix 3.


357. The entire Mullaitivu district is located within the first peneplains of the Island. The terrain of the area is flat and slightly undulating and includes a coastal plain, 1 - 2km in width along the 70 km long Mullaitivu coast line. Specifically, the sub project area of Maritimepattu is also flat, and the elevation varies from sea level to 36.5 m MSL towards the interior. This topographical plain leads to areas being vulnerable to flooding. A large part of the Martimepattu Division is under forest cover of 361.4km2 (49.6% of the land). There are also four large lagoons, namely Chalai, Nanthikadal, Nayaru and Kokkulai,

358. The geology of the area mainly consists of alluvium: sand, silt or clay including paddy clay and ferruginized gravel: discontinuous caps and sandy ferruginous gravel is occurred towards the inland. In the sub project site area, lagoonal deposits: organic rich dark brown-black silt and clay, silt and fine sand with shell fragments is found in the banks of the lagoons. Dune sand and beach sand: fine sandy wash deposits with shell fragmebts are occurred in the site.

359. Major soil types found within the district are Reddish Brown Earths and Low Humid Glay Soils. Red Yellow Latosol Soils are mainly suitable for paddy, scrub, mixed home gardens and for forest plantations. Particularly, in the proposed site, Solodized Solonetz and solonchaks; flat terrain.is occurred.

123

Source: GSMB

Figure 4.3-1: Geology map


360. The hydrological system of the Northern part of the Maritimepattu Division consists of the sea, lagoons, small to medium scale streams and tanks. Chalai and Nanthikadal, Kokkulai and Nayaru, are the major four lagoons in the area. There are several streams that flow towards the northeast direction. Most of the seasonal streams and tanks are active during the northeast monsoon. Three main rivers drain and connect with the two lagoons namely Pali aru and Maruthaipilly aru connects with Chalai lagoon while Per aru connects with Nanthikadal lagoons before reaching the sea. The rivers are,

Per Aru: Catchment Area - 374 Km2; Discharge volume to the sea - 168 MCM Pali Aru: Catchment Area - 84 Km2; Discharge volume to the sea - 38 MCM. Maruthaipilly Aru: Catchment Area - 41 Km2; Discharge volume to the sea – 18 MCM

361. With respect to the proposed sea cucumber sub project, Chalai and Nanthikadal lagoons are important as the site is located at the coastal belt between the two lagoons parallel to the water body connecting each other. Between the beach and the water body connecting 2 lagoons, there is a low lying area which may act as a flood retention area.

124

Connecting Water body Dried-up areas of the water body

Plate 4.3-1: Water body connecting Chalai lagoon and Nanthikadal lagoon

d. Groundwater

362. According to a study carried out to find the aquifer characteristics from Paranthan to Nayaru in part of Mullaithivu and Kilinochchi districts (UGC Bandara, 2015), there are three main sandy confined aquifer zones are present with different aquifer parameters. They are Nandikadal, Pudukudirippu and Nayaru basins. Nandikadal basins is also divided to two sub basins namely Nandikadal- north basin and Nandikadal- Mulliyaweli basin. There are no primary data on the availability and quality of groundwater in this area but could be inferred from the data available in the adjacent areas. An attempt was made to obtain the groundwater details using the tube well database of Water Resources Board. The particular area has no boreholes due to the unavailability of industrial activities. The locations of the boreholes nearest to the proposed site are in Mullaitivu South (9.25000 N, 80.81528 E) and Malligaitheevu (80.70960N, 9.30280E) GND and the results are given in the below Table and the full report is given in Appendix 4. In addition, NAQDA has conducted field tests for a nearest existing dug well (Coordinates: 9.342172N, 80.747531E) and results are: pH - 8.4; Salinity - 9ppt; Total Hardness - 780mg/l.

Table 4.3-1: Recorded groundwater quality of the nearest boreholes

Parameter Mullaitivu

South Malligaitheevu Parameter

Mullaitivu South

Malligaitheevu

Appearance Turbid Clear Mg (mg/l) 5.9 24.1

Colour (Hezan Unit) 357.0 1.0 Fe (mg/l) 0.90 0.12

Temperature (0C) 0 26.20 Cl (mg/l) 27.6 107.0

Turbidity (NTU) 34.20 0.16 SO4 (mg/l) 10.0 5.0

pH 5.4 7.6 F (mg/l) 0.00 0.10

Field E.C. (µs/cm) 5800.0 - Salinity (ppt) 0.10 0.28

E.C. (µs/cm) 206.0 509.0 Nitrates (mg/l) 10.00 0.88

Total Hardness (mg/l) 43.7 174.0 PO4 (mg/l) 1.1 1.85

Total Alkalinity (mg/l) 40.9 191.0 Na (mg/l) 23.80 -

TDS (mg/l) 136.0 250.0

K (mg/l) 1.10 -

Ca (mg/l) 7.7 29.8

Source: WRB

125

363. The proposed project is located at a close proximity to two villages – Valayanmadam and Ampalawanapokkanai. Existing wells are not used for drinking due to undesirable hardness levels. But are used for other purposes such as washing and agriculture by the community. Therefore, it is important that groundwater contamination is avoided or minimized. It is necessary to establish the groundwater quality, for shallow and deep sources, prior to the commencement of the project.


364. The northeastern coast of the country is exposed to the NE monsoonal wind generated waves. During the period of December-February, the eastern coast experiences wind generated sea waves approaching from a northeasterly direction. These waves are likely to be high due to the existence of unhindered wind fetch. During the period of May-September, swell waves could be expected from a southeasterly direction due to the effect of refraction. These waves are relatively weak and associated with long periods. During the two inter-monsoon periods, the wave climate is characterized by both sea and swell wave features. Depending on the dominance of the wave state, the overall wave climate may incline either towards the sea wave state or the swell wave state. Bathymetry details are given in Figure 4.3-2.


126

f. Air and Noise

365. The proposed location is adjacent to residential areas of Valayanmadam and Ampalawanapokkanai villages. Recent data for air quality and noise levels are not available for in or around the project site. Absence of industrial activities in the area ensure that air quality is reasonably good. Exhaust emissions from vehicles along the village roads and motorized boats sailing in the near shore area the only potential sources of carbon monoxide and certain other pollutants such as SOx, NOx and hydrocarbons. But being a coastal location, winds are relatively strong, which would ensure effective dispersion. During dry seasons, dust level of the surrounding area could be elevated due to wind erosion of dried up sand dunes.

366. There no noticeable noise generating activities in the area. The residential areas adjacent to the project site are not densely populated. Main noise sources are the sea waves and the continuously blowing winds over across the coastal line.



367. In Valayanmadam area where the subproject is proposed, there are no hard substrates or sea grasses about 3 km from the shore. The shallow seabed is more sandy and muddy and gradually sloping towards deeper depth. Soft bottom is inhabited by burrowing animals such as worms, snails, clams, shrimps and crabs and among others burrowing gobies (Amblygobius sp) are relatively common in the area. Hemirhamphus sp., Nematalosa and Mugil cephalus are common in pelagic zone. Valayanmadam is a beach seine fishing area. Mostly migratory fishermen from west coast are seasonally engaged in beach seine fishing. However, fishing was not conducted in this area over 30 year during the war period.

Table 4.3-2: Marine Species recorded in the area


Traps Beach seines Small-mesh

gillnets Medium mesh

gillnet

Aris sp Aris sp Aris sp Strongylura sp Megalaspis cordyla

Alectis indicus Upeneus vittatus Megalaspis cordyla Dussumieria acuta Chirocentrus sp

Upeneus vittatus Therapon puta Therapon puta Hilsa kelee Lactarius lactrius

Siganus oramin Siganus oramin Cynoglossus sp Sardinella sp Sphyraena sp

Siganus sp Siganus sp Stolephorus indicus Nematalosa nasa Rastrelliger kanagurta

Himantura uarnak Portunus pelagicus Thryssa sp Pellona sp

Portunus pelagicus Penaeus indicus Gazza sp

Penaeus indicus Liza sp Leiognathus sp

Scomberoides sp Terapon sp Lactarius lactrius

Drepane punctate Sillago sihama Terapon sp

Plectorhinchus sp Otolithes sp Otolithes sp

Lethrinus sp Penaeus sp Sepia sp

Liza sp Dasyatis sp

Sillago sihama

Dasyatis sp

Himantura sp

Source: FI Division

127

368. Appendix 2 shows the wetlands and lagoons in the Northern Province as presented in National Wetland Directory of Sri Lanka, 2006. There are 4 wetlands / lagoons located in the north-east coastal area. The site is located in the coastal land belt between Chalai and Nanthikadal lagoons. The key features the 4 wetlands are given in Table 4.3-3.


Ref No.

Wetland / Lagoon

Key features Approx. distance from the site (km)

7 Chundikkulam Lagoon

13,500 ha large brackish lagoon with sea grass beds and fringing mangroves. Prawn fishing, salt production and cultivation of palmyrah palms in the adjacent areas were common and the lagoon supports a wide variety of waterfowl, notably migratory ducks, shore birds, gulls and terns.

18.5

8 Chalai Lagoon 1,460 ha brackish lagoon surrounded by dense forest, scrubland and some rice paddies. The lagoon has extensive sea grass beds and mangrove swamp. The lagoon attracts a wide variety of water birds including ducks, gulls, terns and other shorebirds.

6.0

A Nanthikadal Lagoon

3,400 ha brackish lagoon The English translation of Nanthi Kadal is "the sea of conches". The lagoon is fed by a number of small rivers, including Per Aru. The town of Mullaitivu is located on land between Nanthi Kadal and the Indian Ocean. As such Nanthi Kadal is sometimes referred to as Mullaitivu lagoon.

2.0

9 Nayaru Lagoon

1,760 ha estuarine lagoon with some mangrove swamps and sea grass beds. A very important wintering area for migratory ducks, shorebirds, gulls and terns.

21.5

369. The NARA has carried out a study during the Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment - Northern Province (2014) to assess status of the coastal and marine environment. Appendix 2 shows the identified existing coastal and marine conservation areas around the project site and biological feature of wading birds and marine tourism activities such as scuba diving, snorkeling and boating have been identified. Table 4.3-4 outlines the key findings of the study relevant to the Valayanmadam site area.




Description

Mangroves

Mullaitivu Major mangrove patches were found in Nanadikadal lagoon which also confronted to the same practice during the civil war. Nayaru and Kokilai are the lagoons with some mangroves (Rhizophora mucronata) in its periphery.

Sea Grasses

Mullaitivu The coast of Mullaitivu was found casted by seagrasses C. rotundata, C. serulata, and S. isotifolium.

128


370. Different ecological habitats identified in project site and surrounding area are given in Figure 4.3-3. The main habitat type identified in the project area is coastal woodlands and the vegetation. In addition to the habitat type observed in the project area, sandy beach creeping vegetation and homestead habitats were recorded in the surrounding area. Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is very low. The project site is not situated within or adjacent to any buffer zones, buffer zones of protected areas, or special areas for protecting biodiversity.

A – Coastal woodlands, B – Sandy beach creeping vegetation, C- Homesteads, D- Project area boundary



371. According to the Figure 4.3-3 the main habitat type identified in the project area is coastal woodlands.

Coastal woodlands

372. Some coastal areas, are covered by vegetation that comprises of an assemblage of trees (Plate 4.3-2). This type of vegetation was observed just behind the seashore vegetation and has a simple structure, consisting of a dense growth of trees, creating continuous canopy cover. The

129

tree canopy is heavily branched, gnarled and shaped aerodynamically to withstand the strong winds from the sea side.

373. The dominant vegetation types observed in this habitat includes; Borassus flabellifer, Azadirachta indica, Salvadora persica, Cassia auriculata, Syzygium cumini, Ficus benghalensis, Ziziphus mauritiana, Phoenix pusilla, Catharanthus roseus, Cissus quadrangularis, Capparis brevispina, Solanum virginianum and Calotropis gigantea. Further, this habitat is modified with a replantation of Cocos nucifera and Anacardium occidentale.

Plate 4.3-2: Coastal woodlands habitat


374. In addition to the habitat type observed in the project area, sandy beach creeping vegetation and homestead habitats were recorded in the surrounding area (Figure 4.3-3).

Sandy beach creeping vegetation

375. Beyond the direct impact of waves and tides, a carpet of densely growing creepers, comprising mainly of Spinifex littoreus (Maha Ravana Revula) and Ipomoea pes-caprae (Muhudu Bin Thamburu) (Plate 4.3-3). This vegetation type has a very simple structure and species composition. Often, pure populations of Spinifex littoreous provide shelter in the highly unstable seashore, which is exposed to a heavy blowing. Occasionally, other creepers occur in small patches between the clumps of Spinifex littoreous. These creepers help consolidate the surface sand by restricting wind induced erosion and preventing removal of sand by sea water.

Homesteads

376. Home Gardens are agroforestry-based land-use systems where multipurpose trees and shrubs are found in close association with perennial or annual agricultural plants near human dwellings (Plate 4.3-4). Home gardens are characterized by multi-storied structures with mixed but compatible species. such as Cocos nucifera (Pol), Borassus flabellifer (Tal), Areca catechu (Puwak), Mangifera indica (Amba), Carica papaya, Punica granatum, Azadirachta indica (Kohomba), Moringa oleifer (Murunga), Musa x paradisiaca (Kesel), Citrus aurantifolia, Psidium guajava, Syzygium samarangense, Murraya koenigii, Pandanus amaryllifolius, Plumeria obtuse, Jasminum sambac and Hibiscus rosa-sinensis.

130

Plate 4.3-3: Sandy beach creeping vegetation in the surrounding area

Plate 4.3-4: Homestead in the surrounding area


Flora

377. Floristic diversity of the proposed project area is very low. Total numbers of 16 plant species including two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area (Table 4.3-4). Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (10) followed by herbaceous species (3), shrubs (2) and creepers (1) (Table 4.3-5). Further, about 68.7% of the recorded flora species are natives and about 31.3% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. Plant species recorded during the field study are listed in Table 4.3-6 with necessary information.



Species CR EN VU NT

Tree 10 0 0 0 1 0 7 3

Shrub 2 0 0 0 1 0 2 0

Herb 3 0 0 0 0 0 1 2


Total 16 0 0 0 2 0 11 5

% 68.7% 31.3%


378. The two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species in IUCN national conservation status; Salvadora persica (GPS locations - 9.343444 N, 80.747694 E and 9.343472 N, 80.747611E), and Capparis brevispina (GPS location - 9.343194 N, 80.747667 E) (Plate 4.3-5) were observed within the project site.

131


Family Flora Habitat Ts NCS GCS

Anacardiaceae Anacardium occidentale Cashew T I

Apocynaceae Catharanthus roseus Minimal H I


Arecaceae Borassus flabellifer Tal T I

Arecaceae Cocos nucifera Pol T I


Capparaceae Capparis brevispina Wal-Dehi S N NT

Fabaceae Mimosa pudica Nidikumba H I

Fabaceae Cassia auriculata Ranawara T N LC


Moraceae Ficus benghalensis Maha Nuga T N LC

Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini Dhang T N LC



Solanaceae Solanum virginianum Katuwel-Batu H N LC


HA – Habitat, T – Tree, S – Shrub, H – Herbaceous, C – Climber or Creeper, TS – Taxonomic Status, N – Native, I – Introduced or Exotic, NCS – National Conservation Status, NT – Near Threatened

Plate 4.3-5: A nearly threaten species; Capparis brevispina within the project area

379. Floristic diversity of the surrounding area is very low. Total numbers of 29 plant species including two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area (Table 4.3-6). Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (19) followed by herbaceous species (6), shrubs (2) and climbers (2) (Table 4.3-7). Further, about 44.8% of the recorded flora species are natives and about 55.2% of the recoded flora

132

species are exotic to the country. Plant species recorded during the field study are listed in Table 4.3-8 with necessary information.



Species CR EN VU NT

Tree 19 0 0 1 0 0 7 12

Shrub 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 0

Herb 6 0 0 0 0 0 2 4


Total 29 0 0 0 0 0 13 16

% 44.8% 55.2%


380. Manilkara hexandra, nationally vulnerable (VU) plant species in IUCN national conservation status was observed in the surrounding area.


Family Flora Local name Habitat Ts C S H NCS GCS

Anacardiaceae Anacardium occidentale Cashew T I +

+

Anacardiaceae Mangifera indica Mango T I

+

Apocynaceae Catharanthus roseus Minimal H I +

Apocynaceae Calotropis gigantea Wara S N +

LC

Apocynaceae Plumeria obtuse Araliya T I

+

Arecaceae Borassus flabellifer Tal T I +

+

Arecaceae Cocos nucifera Pol T I + + +

Arecaceae Phoenix pusilla Walindi T N +

LC

Caricaceae Carica papaya Gas Labu T I

+

Convolvulaceae Ipomoea pes-caprae Bin Thamburu C N

+

LC

Fabaceae Mimosa pudica Nidikumba H I +

+

Fabaceae Cassia auriculata Ranawara T N +

LC

Malvaceae Hibiscus rosa-sinensis

S I

+

Meliaceae Azadirachta indica Kohomba T I +

+

Moraceae Ficus benghalensis Maha Nuga T N +

LC

Musaceae Musa x paradisiaca Kesel H I

+

Myrtaceae Syzygium cumini Dhang T N

+ LC

Myrtaceae Psidium guajava Pera T I

+

Myrtaceae Syzygium samarangense Jambu T I

+

Oleaceae Jasminum sambac Jasmine T I

+

Pandanaceae Pandanus amaryllifolius Ramba H I

+

133

Family Flora Local name Habitat Ts C S H NCS GCS

Poaceae Spinifex littoreus Ravans moustache

H N

+

LC

Punicaceae Punica granatum Delum T I

+

Rhamnaceae Ziziphus mauritiana Masan T N +

+ LC

Rutaceae Murraya koenigii Karapinch T N

+ LC

Rutaceae Citrus aurantifolia Dehi T I

+

Sapotaceae Manilkara hexandra Palai T N

+ VU

Solanaceae Solanum virginianum Katuwel-Batu H N +

LC

Vitaceae Cissus quadrangularis Heressa C N +

LC

HA – Habitat, T – Tree, S – Shrub, H – Herbaceous, C – Climber or Creeper, TS – Taxonomic Status, N – Native, I – Introduced or Exotic, NCS – National Conservation Status, NT – Near Threatened, S– Saltmarsh, Sc – Mixed thorn scrub jungles, T – Tidal mudflats, M – Mangroves, C– Coastal woodlands, S- Sandy beach creeping vegetation, H- Homesteads




Latitude Longitude Flora Number DBH

9.343472 80.747611 Azadirachta indica 2 60-80 cm

9.343444 80.747694 Azadirachta indica 1 67cm

9.343667 80.747083 Azadirachta indica 1 63cm

9.342861 80.747806 Borassus flabellifer 2 140-180cm

9.342611 80.747472 Borassus flabellifer 4 125 - 133cm

9.342722 80.747722 Borassus flabellifer 10 95-130 cm

9.343556 80.7465 Ficus benghalensis 2 160-180cm

9.342667 80.747444 Ficus benghalensis 1 460 cm

9.343167 80.74775 Syzygium cumini 1 135 cm

Fauna

382. Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is very low. A total number of 10 faunal species were recorded during the field survey as indicated in Table 4.3-10.

134


Taxonomic Group Total Number of

Species



Species CR EN VU NT

Birds 2 0 0 0 0 0 0



Mammals 3 0 0 0 0 0 2

Reptiles 1 0 0 0 0 0 0


Total 10 0 0 0 0 0 2

CR – Critically Endangered, EN – Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, NT – Near Threatened


Table 4.3-11. Details of Faunal Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area and Surrounding Area


MAMMALS

Bovidae Capra aegagrus hircus Goat Introduced

Bovidae Bos indicus Cattle Introduced


BUTTERFLIES

Pieridae Appias albina Common albatross Native LC

Pieridae Eurema hecabe Common Grass Yellow Native LC

Nymphalidae Euploea core Common crow Native LC

Nymphalidae Parantica aglea

Glassy tiger Native LC

BIRDS


Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little Egret Native LC

Reptiles

Agamidae Calotes Green garden lizard Native LC

384. No migratory bird species were recorded during the field ecological study. This was confirmed by the field interviews with fishermen and the community. No turtles were recorded during the field ecological study and the discussions with local coastal communities also revealed that turtles are not observed in the area and this area is not a turtle breeding area

135

c. Protected Areas

385. Protected wildlife areas declared under the Flora and Fauna Protection Ordinance (FFPO) which are located within Northern Province are given in Appendix 2 and are relevant to the proposed project site area within Mullaitivu Districts are given in Table 4.3-12. List of sites to be declared as Special Management Areas under the legal provisions of the Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act 49 of 2011 is given below.

Table 4.3-12: Protected Wildlife Areas in Mullaitivu


National Parks

Chundikulam 22.06.2015 19,565.33 18.5

Nature Reserves

Nayaru 24.01.2017 4,464.35 21.5

Nandikadal 24.01.2017 4,141.67 2.0

Sanctuaries

Kokilai 18.05.1951 1,995 36.0

Source: DWC

Table 4.3-13: Potential Special Management Areas relevant to the project area

District Site

Mullaitivu Nanthikadal Lagoon

Nayaru Estuary




386. According to the data from the Maritimepattu DS office, the total population as per the year 2016 of the area is 42,204 in 12,321 families. The DS is of 71,826.37 ha having a population density of 27.4 per ha. The data indicates that from 2012 to 2016, the population has increased at an average of 1.8%. The project site is located in Mullivaikkal West GN while Ambalavanipokkanei GN is also in the vicinity. In Mullivaikkal West GN there is a total population of 1,020 in 336 families and in Ambalavanipokkanei GN there is a total population of 1,128 in 334 families as per 2016 data. A general increase of population is observed in both the GNs except in Ambalavanipokkanei GN a decrease is seen from 2015 to 2016. There are 219 villages and in the Mullivaikkal West where the project is located there are 5 villages with a total area of 16.14 sq. km. In Ambalavanipokkanei GN, there are 12 villages within a total area of 51.60 sq. km.

387. The data of 2016 indicates that the female population is relatively higher than the male population in the Maritimepattu DS as a whole and in both Mullivaikkal West GN and Ambalavanipokkanei GN. The gender wise data is given in Table 4.3-14 below.

136

Table 4.3-14: Population of the area

Division Male Female

Number % Number %

Maritimepattu DS 20,685 49.01% 21,519 50.99%

Mullivaikkal West GN 465 45.59% 555 54.41%

Ambalavanipokkanei GN 556 49.29% 572 50.71%

Source: Maritimepattu DS Office

388. In 2016, Maritimepattu West DS; ethnicity wise, majority of the population is Tamil representing 78.98% of the total population. 19.4% are Moors, 1.54% are Sinhalese and 0.08% are Burger. In both Mullivaikkal West GN and Ambalavanipokkanei GN, all the population are Tamil.

389. Religion wise majority of the population is Hindu. Below Table 4.3-15 illustrates the details of the population categorized under the religion.

Table 4.3-15: Ethnic and Religious composition of the area

Division Hindu Roman Catholic Christian Islam Buddhist

No % No % No % No % No %

Maritimepattu DS 27,856 66 3,716 8.8 2,386 5.6 8,186 19.4 60 .14

Mullaitivu West GN 890 87.3 30 2.9 100 9.8 - - - -

Ambalavanipokkanei GN 1034 91.7 68 6.0 26 2.3 - - - -

Source: Maritimepattu DS Office

b. Socio-economics

390. It was recorded in Maritimepattu DS office, 2016 that the average family income in 3,147 families is less than Rs.1,500/- per month. 5,729 families earn an average income of between Rs.1,500/- – 5,000/-, where only 3,445 families earn an average income of over Rs.5,000/- per month.

391. In 2016, 5.08% of the total population if Maritimepattu DS is engaged in employment in the government, semi-government, NGO’s and private sector which is 2,144 in number while the unemployed labour force is 7,886 who are with GCE O/lL qualification and above which is 18.69% of the total population of Maritimepattu DS.


392. According to Department of Archaeology, there are 4 Archaeological Protected Monuments located in Maritimepattu DSD. Those are Kalikkadu ruins of buildings with ancient stone pillars, Kumarapuram Sri Chithravelaudam Murugan Kovil ruins with stone pillars Naiththikkaikulam ruins with hillock of chaitya and Mullaitivu Fort in Mullaitivu Town. The fort at Mullaitivu was built by the Dutch in 1715. It was rebuilt during the British occupation of the island. The exact location of the fort has been lost in time but remains of a massively thick ancient brick structure in the premises of the newly built Mullaitivu District Secretariat building is thought to be part of a building in this lost fort.

137


a. Land use

393. Maritimepattu DS is of 71,826.37 ha in area out of which 30,750.93 ha (42.81%) is natural forests land (dense and open forest) and forest plantation, 9,724.89 ha (13.54%) is agricultural land and 7,588.23 ha (10.56%) is urban land. The rest of the land consist of scrap and grass land, wetlands, water bodies, barren lands, sandy area, rocks and other land according to the 2016 statistics.


394. According to the Maritimepattu DS 2016 data, when agricultural land of 9,724.89 ha is considered, 66.06% of the area is utilized for paddy cultivation (6,424.33 ha). Coconut is grown in 14.2% (1,380.54) of the agricultural land. Sparsely- chena crops are of 12.4% (1,206.24 ha) of the agricultural land. Rest of the land used as agricultural land is utilized for highland crops, mixed tree and other perennial crops, cashew and palmyrah.

395. Maritimepattu DS is divided in to 4 agrarian service centers; Mulliyawalai, Kumulamunai, Alampil and Kokkuthoduvai.

396. It is evident that paddy is considered as the major crop cultivated having an importance in the area. There are 1,613 ha of paddy land asweddumized using major irrigation. 846 ha using minor irrigation and 2,717 ha rain fed. The total production of paddy in 2016 Maha season was recorded as 10,510 MT and 2016 Yala season as 6,148 MT. A clear increase of production is evident over the last years in paddy in the Maritimepattu DS.

397. According to the Maritimepattu DS, in 2016 there were 47 number of farmer organizations consisting of 5,474 farm families. No farm organizations are recorded in Mullivaikkal West. In Ambalavanipokknei 1 farm organization is recorded having 100 farm families in it.

398. In Maritimepattu DS, the 2016 data indicates that in 2015/2016 Maha season and 2016 Yala season, ground nut has yielded an average of 700 kg/Ac and 950 kg/ac as the main subsidiary food crop of the area. Other than that green gram and black gram is also cultivated in the 2015/2016 Maha season while only green gram is cultivated in 2016 Yala season.

399. There are 56 tanks in the Maritimepattu DS out of which only 39 tanks are working tanks as at 2016.

400. According to the available information, in year 2016, there are about 15,626 neat cattle, 3,042 buffaloes, 2,334 goats, 145 pigs and 105,000 poultry in the Maritimepattu DS division. The milk production both from cows and buffalos are 2,550 liters per day.

c. Fisheries

401. According to Maritimepattu DS in 2016, there are 4 fishery inspector divisions; Nyuru, Mullaitivu Town, Mullaitivu North and Kokulai having 3,800 fishing families of which there are 4,809 active fishermen spread over the 27 fishing villages in the area.

402. There are 30 fish landing centers available in the Maritimepattu DS. There are 2 type of fishing crafts available which are 1,045 fiber glass boats and 246 theppam.

138

403. From the 2016 statistics of Maritimepattu DS, the available number of Fisheries Co-operative societies is 29. In Mullivaikkal West there are 37 members and in Ambalavanipokkanei there are 88 members registered under these co-operative societies.

d. Industry

404. No large scale industries are recorded in 2016. There are 2 medium scale industries and 214 small scale industries. Cottage industries are also considered as an income generator for families and 7 number of industries were recorded in 2016. Trade service sector comprise of 54 retail sale centers and 7 whole sale centers.

405. Total length of “A” class, “B” class. “C” class and “D” class roads are 27.78 km, 62.47 km, 92.79 km and 2.42 km respectively in Maritimepattu DS as at 2016 where the Road Development Authority is responsible for the maintenance work, etc. of these. The “A” class and “B” class roads are all national highways category. Most of the “C” class and “D” class roads are surfaced with gravel.

406. According to the Maritimepattu DS office, in the year 2016 there are 31 schools. Total of 8,403 students are recorded having 567 teachers which is a student: teacher ratio of 14.82. There are 4 hospitals including the Mullaitivu General Hospital with a total bed strength of 322. The other 20 institutions are gramodaya health centers in Maritimepattu DS as at 2016 where 1 is located at Ambalavanipokkanei GN.


407. General description on natural disasters of the entire Northern Province based on the previous records and literature is given in Section 4.1.5. Past records of disaster incidents from year 1974 to date were obtained from the Disaster Management Center’s database: Disaster Information Management System in Sri Lanka which could be accessible through the web link www.desInventar.lk. According to the database, years and the number of events recorded in Maritimepattu DSD are given in the following Table 4.3-16.


Disaster Category Maritimepattu

Floods 1993 December

2004 December

2008 November

2010 November

2011 November

2012 October

2014 December

2015 November

2016 May

Cyclone -

Gale -

Strong Winds 2013 September

2014 January

2015 December

2017 May

139

Disaster Category Maritimepattu

2017 June

2017 July

2018 March

Droughts 2012 July

2014 August

2016 April

2016 October

2016 December


4.4 Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility in Jaffna District


a. Climate

409. The area where the seaweed subproject is proposed and its surrounding area agro-climatically fall into low country dry zone of Sri Lanka. The records from Jaffna Meteorological Station (Station ID: 01MN43413; Coordinates: 8.98 N, 79.92 E) for 10 years (2008 - 2017) indicate that the average annual rainfall in this period was 1318.57 mm. The district receives the highest rainfall (around 80 to 85%) by North East monsoon season (December-February), and the rest is experienced during Second Inter Monsoon (October to November). During this period, there is a possibility of experiencing minor cyclones as well. A small amount of rain is received during the South West monsoon/ Yala season (May to September) period and is generally dry. Wind velocity is relatively high during the month of May and June. High temperature, relative humidity, wind velocity and its direction are the important factors determining post population dynamics and crop performance in the area. According to the zoning data of Department of Agriculture, the project area lies in agro-ecological region of Low Country Dry Zone - DL3.

410. Air temperatures are highest in the months of March-June, reaching daily averages of 32.94 °C, and lowest between December-February, where the average falls to 22.14 °C. Relative humidity is lower than inland because of the sea breezes. Wind speed varies from around 4.5 to 13.7 km/h, being generally highest in the north-east monsoon. Climate records are given in Appendix 2.


411. The Valikamam West Division where the sea weed sub project is proposed has a coast line of about 12 km of which approximately 4 km faces the Indian Ocean (Palk Straight) and the rest faces the Jaffna lagoon. The topography of the division is low and relatively flat. The terrain is even and rises gradually from the sea coast to the interior to a height of about 3 m MSL.

412. Geological units exposed in the Jaffna area are part of a sequence of tertiary aged rocks which rests on a basement of Precambrian crystalline rocks. Out of the 3 geological structures occurred in this part of Jaffna peninsula, the project area consists of beach sand: fine sandy wash deposits with shell fragments. Other geological structures within the area are, yellow and brown

140

sand: medium–grained sub–rounded sand in the interior and lagoonal and estuarine deposits: organic–rich dark brown-black clay, silt and fine sand with shell fragments facing the Jaffna lagoon. Geology map of the area is given in Figure 4.4-1.

413. In the western side of the northern coast of the peninsula is covered with Regosols on recent beach and dune sands. Cacic red-yellow latosols is found in in the interior. Soils on recent marine calceous sediments is occurred facing the Jaffna lagoon extending towards south. Soil map of the Northern Province is given in Appendix 2.

Figure 4.4-1: Geology map of the area


414. There are no perennial streams in Jaffna peninsula. But there are several seasonal streams, natural ponds, water holes and man-made storage “tanks” (normally created by building earth bunds across streams). The Thondaman aru, Uppu aru and Valukkai aru have been converted to hold freshwater. These are also major devices for rain water harvesting and rain water detention increasing of groundwater level.

415. In the Valikamam West Division, Valukkai Aru is a seasonal river which flows along the eastern boundary which is having a catchments area of about 90 km2. It is dried up during most part of the year except during the NE monsoons and is untapped for any other useful purpose. Water for cultivation is obtained from wells by lift irrigation and well water in most residential areas are brackish. There are many Kulams or Ponds in the division which are now mostly silted, constructed primarily to provide lift irrigation and for the purpose of recharging the aquifers. The

141

most important of these ponds in the division are Araly Periya Kulam and Ponnalai Kulam each covering an area nearly of 30 ha.

416. With regard to the locality of the project site, there are low lying areas in the surrounding of the site. Left side of the existing access road, slopes towards the lagoon and right side area slopes towards the sea. During heavy rains, water gets accumulated in these areas and flows along the depressions to the sea and to the lagoon. The stagnated water appears as small surface water bodies. However, this water is available only for one to three months after the rainy period.

d. Groundwater

417. During the previous study of Hydrogeochemical Characterization of Jaffna’s Aquifer Systems in Sri Lanka (IWMI, 2013), spatial distribution maps for biannual variation of different parameters of groundwater were developed. According to the study, Chullipuram West area shows pH range of 8.0-8.5 and other parameters, EC (uS/cm): 1500-2500 (in January) and 3500-8000 (in July; Cl- (mg/l): 200-1200 (in January) and 1200-3000(in July); NO3

- (mg/l): <5 (in January and July); NO2

- (mg/l): <0.01 (in January and July); Phosphates (mg/l): 0.3-2 (in January) and <0.3 (in July); Ca2+ (mg/l): 100-240 (in January) and <100 (in July); HCO3

- (mg/l): 150-300 (in January) and 100-1400 (in July); CO3

2- (mg/l): 30-50 (in January) and ,30 (in July).

418. There are no primary data on the availability and quality of groundwater in this area but could be inferred from the data available in the adjacent areas. An attempt was made to obtain the groundwater details using the tube well database of Water Resources Board. The particular area has no boreholes due to the reason of unavailability of industrial activities. The location of the borehole nearest to the proposed site are in Moolai GND (9.74576 N, 79.93771 E) and the results are given in the below Table and the full report is given in Appendix 4. In addition, NAQDA has conducted field tests for a nearest existing dug well (Coordinates: 9.775247N, 79.921950E) and results are: pH - 8.1; Salinity - 11ppt; Total Hardness - 730mg/l.

Table 4.4-1: Recorded groundwater quality of the nearest boreholes

Parameter Value Parameter Value

Turbidity (NTU) 3 Mg (mg/l) 66

pH 7.5 Fe (mg/l) 0.03

Field E.C. (µs/cm) 3680 Cl (mg/l) 769.3

E.C. (µs/cm) 3423 SO4 (mg/l) 146

Total Hardness. (mg/l) 900 F (mg/l) 0.06

Total Alkalinity (mg/l) 406 Salinity (ppt) 1.76

TDS (mg/l) 1716 NO3 Nitrate (mg/l) 1.2

Ca (mg/l) 242 PO4 (mg/l) 0.3

Source: WRB

419. This area is close to sea and there are no settlements except a coast guard point and some temporary fishing huts. Hence no dug wells or agri-wells are seen in the project area. However, in future, activities such as aquaculture may emerged and groundwater wells may come into use, both shallow and deep. Therefore, it is important that groundwater contamination is avoided or minimized. It is necessary to establish the groundwater quality parameters, for shallow and deep sources, prior to the commencement of the project.

142


420. The currents are monsoonal in character. During the SW monsoon (May to September) the general direction of flow through Palk Straight is NE from the Gulf of Mannar. This flow reverses during the NW monsoon (December to January). Bathymetry details are given in Figure 4.4-2.


f. Air and Noise

421. No recorded data are available on air quality in or around the project site, although the absence of heavy industry or many inhabitants in the area should ensure that air quality is reasonably good. Only the exhaust emissions from vehicles along the Chullipuram West fish landing site access road and motorized boats sailing are the present sources or pollution of carbon monoxide and certain other pollutants such as SOx, NOx and hydrocarbons. But in the coastal environment where the winds are relatively strong, which would ensure effective dispersion. During dry seasons, dust level of the surrounding area could be elevated due to wind erosion of dried up sand dunes.

143

422. There are no settlements except a coast guard point and some temporary fishing huts and the observed noise level is fairly low. Main noise sources are the noise generated during active hours of the fish landing site, sea waves and the continuously blowing winds over the shrub areas.



423. Chullipurum is a coastal fishing area, and is bordering Palk Strait from North. The near shore seabed is shallow and sandy and no coral reef or seagrass beds are recorded within 500 meters from the shore. Water depth remain less than 4 feet about 0.8 km from the shore. The sand grains are coarse with many dead coral and molluscan shell pieces. Fine silt is mixed with the upper layer of sand. The overall colour of the sandy bottom is a combination of white, brown and grey. Although dead shells of several species of gastropod and bivalve molluscs are presented no living shells are recorded in shallow sea. Fishing is conducted in deeper depths mainly with traps targeting blue swimming crabs, shrimps, fish and skates where seagrass beds are reported in patches. Chullipurum is one of the fish landing site proposed to develop landing facilities through this project.

424. Appendix 2 shows the wetlands and lagoons in the Northern Province as presented in National Wetland Directory of Sri Lanka, 2006. The Jaffna lagoon is located between main land of the Jaffna Peninsula and the Kytes and Karainagar islands. The sea weeds subproject is located near the northern boundary of the lagoon. The key features the Jaffna wetland are given in Table 4.4-2.


Ref No. Wetland / Lagoon Key features

3 Wetland of Jaffna Peninsula

20,000 ha of shallow sea bays, intertidal mud flats, mangrove swamps, saline marshes and a large shallow lagoon.

Source: National Wetland Directory of Sri Lanka, 2006

425. The NARA has carried out a study during the Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment - Northern Province (2014) to assess status of the coastal and marine environment. Appendix 2 shows the identified existing coastal and marine conservation areas and Table outlines the key findings of the study relevant to the area.

144

Table4.4-3: Key Findings of Integrated Strategic Environmental Impact Assessment



426. Different ecological habitats identified in project site and surrounding area are given in Figure 4.4-3. Biogeographically, the proposed project area lies in the Low Country Dry Zone. Floristically it lies in the Coastal and Marine Belt Floristic Zone. The soil and water resource of the area are both related to the lime stone geology of the land. The project site is not situated within or adjacent to any buffer zones, buffer zones of protected areas, or special areas for protecting biodiversity.


Description

Mangroves

Jaffna

Mangroves found near the major islands. Major species found was Avicennia marina while isolated plants of other mangroves such as Rhizophora mucronata could see around the islands. Mangroves have been cut for the purpose of security reasons, hence most of the patches were short in stature. The biggest mangrove patch could be located near the Mandativu islands. The west end of Jaffna Peninsula (Kayts Island), Uppuaru lagoon and Chalai lagoon comprise of important mangrove stands.

Sea Grasses

Jaffna Extensive sea grass beds are distributed in the shallow coastal bays, such as Thondamanar, Kurikadduwan, Pungudutivu, Mandaitivu and the Jaffna lagoon. H. ovalis, C, serulata and C. rotundata were the major species found.

Seaweeds

Northern coast

Gracilariafound to be associated with sea grasses. Brown algae Sargassum spp, Turbinaria dominated all over the Northern coast.

145

A – Navy point, B – Fishermen hut, C- Sandy beach vegetation, D- Palmyra dominated coastal scrubland, E- Replanted Thespesia populnea patch, F- Project area



427. The main habitat types observed in the project area is given in Figure 4.4-3 the main habitat type identified in the project area is Palmyra dominated coastal scrubland. Further, there is a replantation of Thespesia populnea (Plate 4.4-1).

Palmyra dominated coastal scrubland

428. The arid climatic conditions of the area have enabled the successful spread of Borassus flabellifer (Palmyrah) in some vegetation pockets. Among the palmyrah trees, are some other scattered trees species, such as Azadirachta indica, Casuarina equisetifolia, Cascabela thevetia, Cocos nucifera, Morinda coreia, Leucaena leucocephala and Thespesia populnea. Below this layer, small shrubs, climbers and herbaceous species, such as Dichrostachys cinerea, Caesalpinia bonduc, Calotropis gigantean, Cissus quadrangularis, Flueggea leucopyrus, Phoenix pusilla, Azima tetracantha, Lantana camara, Cyperus stoloniferus, Solanum trilobatum, Tephrosia purpurea, Wattakaka volubilis and Cynodon dactylon can be observed (Plate 4.4-2).

429. The vegetation existing in this habitat makes it excellent cover against erosion or 'desertification' caused by the strong winds prevailing in the area. This habitat especially can trap finer particles of soil. Further it provides a complex habitat with many different niches that support a diverse assemblage of fauna through the provision of feeding, breeding and resting areas.

146

Plate 4.4-1: Replanted Thespesia populnea

patch with Dichrostachys cinerea strata in front

Plate 4.4-2: Palmyrah dominated coastal

scrubland


430. In addition to the habitat type observed in the project area, sandy beach vegetation was recorded in the surrounding area (Figure 4.4-3). Further, there is a replantation of Thespesia populnea (Plate 4.4-1). In addition a Navy camp and five huts of fisherman were observed. It is noted that there are small scale seaweed farming sites adjoining surrounding area.

Sandy beach vegetation

431. Beyond the direct impact of waves and tides, densely growing creepers, comprising mainly of Ipomoea pes-caprae and Spinifex littoreus, are present. These creepers help to consolidate the surface sand by restricting wind induced erosion and preventing removal of sand by sea water. Beyond the carpet of creepers, a zone of low shrubs occurs on the more stabilized sand. In these habitats the dominant plant species observed include Ipomoea pes-caprae, Spinifex littoreus, Caesalpinia bonduc, Lantana camara, Tephrosia purpurea and Calotropis gigantea (Figure 4.4-3).

Plate 4.4-3: Sandy beach coastal vegetation

147


Flora

432. Total numbers of 21 plant species including two invasive species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area (Table 4.4-4). Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (10) followed by shrubs (5), herbaceous species (4) and Creepers (2) (Table 4.4-4). Further, about 71.4 % of the recorded flora species are natives and about 28.6% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. Plant species recorded during the field study are listed in Table 4.4-5 with necessary information.


Type of Flora No of Conservation Status Endemic

Native Exotic

Species

CR EN VU NT

Tree 10 0 0 0 0 0 5 5

Shrub 5 0 0 0 0 0 4 1

Herb 4 0 0 0 0 0 4 0


Total 21 0 0 0 0 0 15 6

% 71.4% 28.6%


433. Two invasive plant species; Lantana Camara (GPS location - 9.776111N & 79.913611E, 9.775833N & 79.913889E, 9.775556N & 79.913611 and 9.775556N & 79.913333E) (Plate 4.4-4), and Leucaena leucocephala (GPS location - 9.775833N, 79.913611E) (Plate 4.4-5), were observed within the project site.

Plate 4.4-4: Invasive Lantana camara with Azadirachta indica

Plate 4.4-5: Invasive plant species; Leucaena leucocephala within the project

site

148




Apocynaceae Wattakaka volubilis Anguna C N LC

Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Ruha H N LC

Cyperaceae Cyperus stoloniferus

H N LC LC

Solanaceae Solanum trilobatum Welbatu H N LC

Fabaceae Tephrosia purpurea Pila H N LC








Apocynaceae Cascabela thevetia yellow oleander T I

Casuarinaceae Casuarina equisetifolia Kasa T I



Fabaceae Leucaena leucocephala Ipil T I

Rubiaceae Morinda coreia Ahu T N LC




434. Total numbers of 19 plant species including an invasive species; Lantana Camara were recorded during the field ecological survey within the surrounding area (Table 4.4-6). Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (8) followed by shrubs (5), herbaceous species (4) and Creepers (2) (Table 4.4-6). Further, about 79% of the recorded flora species are natives and about 21% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. Plant species recorded during the field study are listed in Table 4.4-7 with necessary information.

149



Species CR EN VU NT

Tree 8 0 0 0 0 0 5 3

Shrub 5 0 0 0 0 0 4 1

Herb 4 0 0 0 0 0 4 0


Total 19 0 0 0 0 0 15 4

% 79% 21%








Casuarinaceae Casuarina equisetifolia Kasa T I

Convolvulaceae Ipomoea pes-caprae Bin Thamburu C N LC

Cyperaceae Cyperus stoloniferus

H N LC LC


Fabaceae Tephrosia purpurea Pila H N LC





Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Ruha H N LC

Poaceae Spinifex littoreus Ravans moustache H N LC

Rubiaceae Morinda coreia Ahu T N LC







150


Latitude Longitude Flora No DBH (cm)

9.775556 79.913611 Azadirachta indica 2 60

9.775556 79.913333 Azadirachta indica 2 70-83

9.776111 79.913889 Borassus flabellifer 6 124-170




9.776111 79.913611 Casuarina equisetifolia 2 120-160

9.775833 79.913611 Cocos nucifera 4 90-125

9.776111 79.913611 Thespesia populnea 4 70-118






Fauna

436. Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is very low. A total number of 11 faunal species were recorded during the field survey as indicated in Table 4.4-9.


Taxonomic Group Total Number of

Species



Species CR EN VU NT

Birds 3 0 0 0 0 0 0



Mammals 2 0 0 0 0 0 2

Reptiles 1 0 0 0 0 0 0


Total 11 0 0 0 0 0 1

CR – Critically Endangered, EN – Endangered, VU – Vulnerable, NT – Near Threatened


151

Table 4.4-10: Details of Faunal Species Recorded in the Proposed Project Area and Surrounding Area


MAMMALS

Canidae Canis familiaris Feral Dog Native LC


BUTTERFLIES

Nymphalidae Acraea violae Tawny costor Native LC

Nymphalidae Danaus genutia Common tiger Native LC

Pieridae Appias libythea Striped Albatross Native LC

Pieridae Eurema hecabe Common grass yellow Native LC

Pieridae Catopsilia pyranthe Mottled emigrant Native LC

BIRDS

Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Native LC


Cuculidae Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel Native LC

Reptiles

Agamidae Calotes Green garden lizard Native LC

438. No migratory bird species were recorded during the field ecological study and this area is not important for migratory birds. No turtles were recorded during the field ecological study and the discussions with local coastal communities revealed that this area is not a turtle breeding area.

c. Protected Areas

439. Protected wildlife areas declared under the Flora and Fauna Protection Ordinance (FFPO) which are located within Northern Province are given in Appendix 2 and are relevant to the proposed project site area within Jaffna District are given in Table 4.4-11. List of sites to be declared as Special Management Areas under the legal provisions of the Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act 49 of 2011 is also given below.

Table 4.4-11: Protected Wildlife Areas with in Jaffna District


National Parks

Chundikulam 2015.06.22 19,565.33 61.0

Delft 2015.06.22 1,846.28 38.9

Nature Reserves

Nagar kovil 2016.03.01 7,882 31.0

Sanctuaries

Paraithivu Island 18.05.1973 97.1 16.4

Source: DWC

152

Table 4.4-12: Potential Special Management Areas in Northern Coast

District Site

Jaffna Manalkadu Dunes

Jaffna Estuary (town area)

Thondaimanaru Lagoon

Kankesanthurai and Keeramalai coastal area

Mandativu, Delft, Nainativu Islands

Karainagar (including Casuarina beach) coastal area

Navali Coastal Area


153


440. -Valikamam West DS is one of the 325 Divisions of Jaffna District consisting of 9 GS Divisions. Valikamam West Pradeshiya Sabha area is divided into four sub units; Chulipuram, Vaddukkoddai, Chankanai and Araly.

441. According to the data from the Valikamam West DS office, the total population as per the year 2015 of the area is 48,319 in 14,707 families. The Valikamam DS is of 47.3 sq km having a population density of 1,021.5 per sq km. There are 80 villages in the DS division. The DS data indicates a decrease in the population from 2010 to 2012 and an annual increase afterwards. In Chullipuram West GN Division where the project site is located, the total population is 2,213 in 713 families. The population density of the GN is 822 per sq km.

442. The data of 2015 indicates that the female population is relatively higher than the male population in the Valikamam West DS which is 51.99%. The Chullipuram West GN is represented by 53.41% by female population where males are 46.59%.

443. In 2015, in Valikamam West DS as a whole and in Chullipuram West GN, ethnicity wise majority of the population is Tamil. Religion wise in Valikamam West DS 93.46% is Hindu, 3.67% Christian, 2.85% Roman Catholic and .02%% Buddhist and Muslim while in Chullipuram West 97.88% is represented by Hindus and the rest were Roman Catholic.

b. Socio-economics

444. It is recorded in 2015 in Valikamam West DS as a whole and in Chullipuram West GN where the project is located, majority of the families earn an average income less than Rs.2,500/- per month. The income distribution pattern is given in Table 4.4-13.

Table 4.4-13: Family income levels of the area

Division

Number of Families

Below Rs.2,500/-

Rs.2,500/- to

Rs.5,000/-

Rs.5,000/- to

Rs,10,000/-

Above Rs.10,000/-

Valikamam West DS 8,476 2,602 1,278 2,351

Chullipuram West GN 461 88 65 99

Source: Valikamam West District secretariat Office

445. As said by the Valikamam West DS office, in 2015 the majority of the population based on the educational qualification consists of Grade 9 qualified persons which is 9,045. There were 806 degree holders and 428 persons who have obtained technical education where 110 graduates are unemployed as recorded in year 2015. The GCE O/L and A/L qualified persons are 6,901 and 3,710 out of which 2,597 and 1,438 are unemployed respectively

446. From 2011 to 2015, each year there has been an increase in the employment rate in Valikamam West DS. In 2015 the total employed persons are recorded as 18,817 of which as a sector majority is employed in the agriculture sector which is 24.67% of the total employed persons. 26.74% of the persons are engaged in other category. Labour sector employment is 16.77%. 1,469 persons which is 7.81% is engaged in the government sector and 1,333 persons which is 7.08% is engaged in the fisheries sector. The rest is occupied as masons, self-employed,

154

private sector, carpentry, etc. The number of persons engaged in foreign employment is recorded as 1,491.

447. It is observed that as per 2015 available information from the Valikamam West DS, 222 persons are unemployed in the fisheries sector. 595 and 778 persons are unemployed in the agriculture and labour sector. The distribution of the skilled and unskilled labour by category is given below in Table 4.4-14.

Table 4.4-14: Details of skilled and unskilled labour

Job category Skilled labour Unskilled labour

Sea food process 23 16

Bakery product 17 38

Carpentry 228 232

Palmyra handicraft 61 -

Goldsmith 57 9

Mason 659 345

Mechanic 53 10

Source – Valikamam West DS Office


448. There are many areas in Jaffna District of remarkable archaeological value. The city of Jaffna has a written history of 2000 years. After the rule of Chola Empire in the Jaffna peninsula the Arya Chakravathi dynasty reigned from 1240 to 1450. Jaffna was occupied by the Portuguese (1617 to 1658) and the Dutch (1658 to 1795) until the British conquest. In the Valikamam West Division where the proposed project site is located only 3 archaeological monuments are present. Those are Chankanai Dutch Church in Chankanai South GND, Dambakola Patuna Sangamiththa monument in Mathagal West GND and St. Thomas' Cathedral (Vaddukoddai Church) in Vaddukoddai South West GND. Out of these 3, only Dambakolapatuna is located in the coastal belt.


a. Land use

449. Valikamam West DS is of 4,730 ha in area out of which 2,883 ha (60.95%) is agricultural land and 1,156 ha (24.44%) consist of homesteads / resident area, sandy, shrubs and jungles (land which cannot be utilized for cultivation due it is sandy and salinity nature) is 3.89% and water bodies and other land is 10.72% according to the 2015 statistics.


450. In Valikamam West DS, the main land use of the agricultural land (2,883 ha) is for paddy cultivation which is 47.07% (1,357 ha). 44.19% (1,274 ha) is used for palmyrah and the rest of the agricultural land is used for highland crops and coconut. The agricultural land area of the Chullipuram West GN is112 ha out of which 79.46% (89 ha) is paddy land and 20.54% (23 ha) is used for cultivation of other crops.

155

451. Agriculture is the major source of income of the families, who are engaged in this sector. Crop production of this area is categorized as intensive cultivation. Paddy and other crops such as vegetables, subsidiary food crops are cultivated in both Maha and Yala seasons. Paddy is cultivated under rain fed condition in Maha season and other crops are cultivated throughout the year with the use of ground water.

452. According to 2015 Valikamam West DS, paddy and highland crops were cultivated in 1290 ha and 170 ha during the 2014/2015 Maha season with paddy having an average yield of 2.8 MT per ha and only 2 ha of highland crops were cultivated during the 2015 Yala season. According to the available data 85 ha of land is used to cultivate paddy in the Chullipuram West GN during the 2014/2015 Maha season.

453. During the Yala season, usually the harvested paddy land is used to cultivate subsidiary crops such as Gingerly, Chilies, Green gram, Onion, Groundnuts, Vegetables, Cowpea, Kurakkan using dug wells to irrigate the land.

454. Valikamam West DS is suitable for the dairy farming, Poultry farming and goat farming. Cattle, Goat, Poultry and other type of birds (turkeys, quills, pigeons) are the main varieties in this area. Livestock is very closely attached to agriculture where Agriculture – Livestock integrated farming system are very famous in this area from ancient time. Most of the people are traditionally having one or two cows, one or two goats and few birds at their premises and also stud goat rearing is a special feature in this area. The people in the DS own about 4,561 cattle, 4,920 goats and 17,095 poultry in the division.

c. Fisheries

455. The coastal region of the Valikamam West DS consists of Araly East, Araly South, Araly West, Ponnalai Centre, Chulipuram West & Chulipuram East GN divisions. There are nine fishing villages where 1,738 families use fisheries as their main livelihood. As of 2015 data there are eight Fishery Co-operative Societies consisting of 1,439 members.

456. There are nine fish landing centers in the Valikamam West DS and the annual fish production is recorded as 671.5 MT in 2015. From 2011 to 2015 a decrease in the fish production is recorded and the details are given in Table 4.4-15.

Table 4.4-15: Fish production of Valikamam West DS

Year Fish Production (MT)

2011 872.00

2012 854.00

2013 728.10

2014 715.92

2015 671.50

Source – Valikamam West DS Office, 2015

457. The fishing activities in the area are divided to deep sea fisheries and lagoon fisheries. Chulipuram Thiruvadinilai area is involved in deep sea fisheries where the activities are carried out using 17 ½’ fiber glass boats and Kaddumaram. The fishing method named “Kalangaddy” has been carried out in the deep seas where this particular method usually practiced in Lagoon fisheries which is a specialty in these areas.

156

458. Ponnalai, Moolai, Vaddukkoddai and Araly areas are located in the Jaffna Lagoon. Excessive traditional fishing methods are being used in these areas. Small kalangaddy and “Prawn cages” are used mainly by the fisherman. Cast nets are also used in small scale.

459. No engine boats are available in Valikamam West DS where 43 motor boats and 223 boats without engines are used in fishing activities.

460. The main issues faced by the fishing community are use of traditional fishing methods rather than modern fishing methods and equipment, lack of anchorage facilities, lack of beacon lights and a lighthouse.

d. Industry

461. According to the Valikamam West DS office, in 2015, no large scale industries exist in the area and 308 small and medium scale industries, 61 cottage type industries and 249 service industries are recorded. These industries are implemented mainly by the government, NGOs and Private Sector.

462. 296 are employed in the cottage type industries and 707 skilled employees and 238 in-skilled employees are recorded in Valikamam West DS in year 2015. There are eight government vocational training centers out of which in Chullipuram West GN, a weaving center is operating as a vocational training center. Other than the government led training centers, four non-government vocational training centers are recorded in the Valikamam West DS.

e. Infrastructure

463. In the Valikamam West DS, as per 2015 available data, electricity facility is available for 11,113 houses and a further requirement of 903 families were observed. Availability of electricity in 624 houses is recorded in Chullipuram West GN with further requirement electricity for 48 more houses. Electricity service is provided by the Ceylon Electricity Board and Pradeshiya Sabhas through sub offices at Vaddukoddai, Chankanai, Araly and Chullipuram.

464. In Valikamam West DS area, there are 34 Schools, one of which is a Private School and with respect of health care facilities, there are two Divisional Hospitals, two Primary Medical Care Units and one Co-operative hospital. The public is mainly dependent on the teaching hospital Jaffna. The MOH office is located in Chankanai GN.

.4.4.5 Natural Disasters

465. General description on natural disasters of the entire Northern Province based on the previous records and literature is given in Section 4.1.5. Past records of disaster incidents from year 1974 to date were obtained from the Disaster Management Center’s database: Disaster Information Management System in Sri Lanka which could be accessible through the web link www.desInventar.lk. According to the database, years and the number of events recorded in Valikamam West DSD are given in the following Table 4.4-16.

157


Disaster Category Valikamam West

Floods 2007 December

2010 November

2005 December

2012 October

2015 November

2017 November

Cyclone -

Gale -

Strong Winds 2010 May

2013 May

2016 April


2017 January


158

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Introduction

a. Aquaculture and food security

467. There are opportunities to be realized in respect of coastal and marine aquaculture including export oriented opportunities. The investments should: (i) reduce the pressure on relevant wild caught stocks; (ii) provide opportunities to rehabilitative wild stocks through restocking, and (iii) provide marine food security in respect of resilience and adaptation to climate change that wild stocks may not have. The investments in aquaculture are provided under output 2. There are some risks, including the supply of wild caught brood-stock.

b. Livelihoods opportunities

468. Investments are required to ensure that livelihoods benefit from the investments including from value added from the processing of fish products. This provides justification for output 3. The justification is reasonable provided that the value added products have a market.

469. Given the presumption of works over no works the following provides analysis of alternative sites for the selection of aquaculture facilities.

c. Aquaculture subprojects

470. Justifications for investment (works option) in aquaculture under NPSFDP are provided in the ten-year Development Policy Framework of the Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Sector 2007-2016 (MFARD, 2007); the mid-term policy framework 2013-2016 which provides a roadmap for 2013 to 2016 (MFARD, 2012); and the 2015 MFARD performance report (MFARD, 2015b). While the ISEA for Northern Province (CEA, DMC, 2014) does not identify particular investments in aquaculture it refers to the fisheries policy framework specified above. Justification is also signaled within the Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC) process under the UNFCCC (MMDE, 2016a; CCS, 2016b).

471. Additional justification is provided in the PPTA produced development plan for aquaculture in the Northern Province (PPTA, 2017q), the four proposed investments in aquaculture (PPTA, 2017r) and the PPTA financial and economic analysis (PPTA, 2017y).

472. Through stakeholder discussion and review of current literature, the two most important issues currently hindering the long-term sustainable development of community based aquaculture in the Northern Province include (i) access to a regular supply of juveniles for culture and (ii) access for farmers to practical technical training to increase skills and knowledge to ensure the viable culture of the commodities. To address these issues access to juvenile commodities through artificial breeding production facilities (hatcheries) and associated technical and managerial skills provided through specific training centers and programs are required to ensure these commodities can be cultured and marketed throughout the Northern Province.

473. The following provides a brief justification for the selection of particular investments. The proposed investments do not include coastal and marine shrimp aquaculture because of the level of existing investments in the sector and concerns about disease.

159


474. The investment is justified in respect of the lack an existing coastal and marine aquaculture training facility in Northern Province. A training facility is needed in the Province to reflect local conditions and to maximize the impact and sustainability of the other aquaculture investments in the Province, both under NPSFDP, and from other sources.

475. Originally, the CADEC was located within the proposed Northern Province Aquaculture Park on State owned land at Vadaththaltivu in the Mannar District. The District Secretary of the District Secretariat/Mannar, by their letter dated 04 May 2017 has given the approval for vesting ten acres of land for the establishment of this facility in the said location. However, it was learnt that the area including the land was already inside the Vidaththaltivu Nature Reserve declared in 2016.03.01 under Fauna and Flora Protection Act. An alternative land was then identified in South Bar, Mannar Town Division. Initial activities of the land acquisition process is now underway.

5.3 Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility

476. The investment is also justified in respect of the lack of an existing facility in Northern Province. The proposal for the investment indicates that the mud crab, Scylla serrata, has been identified as a species with high potential for aquaculture since it is a species that is cultivable, grows fast and is highly acceptable both in the local and export markets. At present Sri Lanka exports mud crab caught from the wild, crab juveniles for fattening and fattened mud crab through aquaculture activities, especially to Singapore.

477. Production of crab from capture fisheries cannot be increased any further, to exploit this market opportunity, since further investment in crab fisheries may result in overexploitation of the natural crab populations and subsequent collapse of the crab fisheries. Therefore, it has been accepted that crab farming is the only viable alternative to increase crab production in the country.

478. Currently, except for one farm in the Mannar district, which commenced activities in 2011 with NAQDA approval, where mud crab fattening activities (2 to 3 weeks at the most) are taking place, commercial scale crab culture (from juvenile stages to adult marketing sizes which takes approximately 7 to 8 months), other than for small scale fattening activities in the Southwestern and Eastern coasts, is not practiced in Sri Lanka.

479. The mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility proposed for NPSFDP funding is the only such facility in the pipeline for Northern Province. Low mud crab hatching rates together with high potential demand mean that even this facility may not be able to keep up with demand. The investment has the added benefit that some of the production can be used to help restore wild stocks in areas where stocks have deteriorated.

480. The mud crab hatchery was originally located on government owned land at South Bar, in the Mannar Town Division adjoining the beach. However this proposal was abandoned as the land is located partly within the Vankalai Sanctuary. Then alternative lands were considered and a government owned land in the Mannar District in a land area called Kayakkuli, Musali Division adjoining the beach was selected. The District Secretary (DS) of the District Secretariat/Musali, by their letter dated 29 May 2017 has given the approval for vesting 5 acres of land for the establishment of this facility in the said location.

160

5.4 Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities

481. Farming sea cucumber is a low input, low cost operation well suited to small scale production. The production of hatchery sourced sea cucumbers will relieve pressure on the wild fishery, allowing wild stocks to rejuvenate and allowing the resource to be sustainable managed in combination with the farmed animals which would decrease the average cost of production and improve the economic return.

482. The investment is otherwise justified on the basis of a requirement for additional capacity in Northern Province. This is especially the case because there is a salinity variation in the North-West coast during certain seasons of the year, which could cause a shutdown period for the hatchery for several months and the production of juveniles may go down. This is the main reason why another location in Mullaithivu was selected, as the variation in salinity in the east coast is minimal. At present, some pens in the Mannar coastal belt are not operating due to lack of juveniles. So, with further expansion, there will definitely be a need for another hatchery in the east coast to counter the shutdown period of the hatchery in the west coast and also to meet the future demand for juveniles by sea cucumber farmers from Mannar to Jaffna coastal areas when envisaged expansion takes place under the ADB project. In addition, it is indicated by the Director General of NAQDA that the annual requirement for sea cucumber seeds is around 8 million and the proposed government hatchery production target is around 0.8m so significant additional capacity is required.

483. The proposed hatchery location will be positioned directly opposite the coastline just south of Mullaitivu, on State owned land. This site has access to clean oceanic water required by the hatchery for these animals. The location has fresh ground water and electricity and is only about half an hour from Mullaitivu town. The DS of the Divisional Secretariat, Maritime Pattu by the letter No. Mu/MPP/DS/Land/Sea cucumber/564 dated 7 February 2017 has assured that this land can be made available for the construction of the sea cucumber hatchery.


484. The investment is justified on the basis of the lack of a similar facility in Northern Province. The proposal indicates demand for germ plasm and associated livelihoods benefits,38 the need to reduce dependency on imported stock due to supply chain and environmental concerns, and the need for a seed bank to rapidly supply farmers during the relatively short/intermittent growing periods.

485. The proposed laboratory location will be positioned directly opposite the coastline of Chulipuram on the Northern coast in the Jaffna district, on government owned land. This site has access to clean oceanic water required by the seaweed culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation unit. The DS of the District Secretariat/Valikamam West, by their letter dated 16 March 2017 has given the approval for vesting two acres of land for the establishment of this facility in the said location.

38 “Of the two companies, Hayleys Agriculture (Pvt) Ltd; has succeeded in creating a pathway for new employment and economic development of poor fishermen in the Northern Province. As Such Kappaphycus alvarezi farming has become a livelihood for the people living in the Mannar Basin. The average monthly production of dry-seaweed of a 3 member family is 1500-2000 kg and their income ranged between $460 to $620 (personal communication, Hayleys)”.

161

5.6 Conclusions

486. Consultations were undertaken at all proposed aquaculture investment sites and there was general support for the proposed investments at these sites (see Appendix 6).

487. The PPTA output 2 due diligence on involuntary resettlement (PPTA, 2017n) indicates that, as per ADB Safeguard Policy Statement, all the aquaculture sub projects are categorized as ‘C’ for both Involuntary Resettlement and Indigenous Peoples.

162

6. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

6.1 Impact identification

488. Prediction of impacts is the most important step of environmental impact assessment. The design, construction and operational phases of a development project will clearly result in a range of changes that will affect the receiving environment. Therefore, the first step is to identify those changes that are likely to occur and the receptors that might be affected. Superimposition of predicted impacts over baseline environmental conditions gives the ultimate environmental scenario.

489. Impacts can be direct or indirect: direct impacts are those that are caused by, and usually concurrent with, the works of the proposed development. They can be either adverse or beneficial. Indirect impacts are those which result, not as a direct consequence of a given development but rather from changes to the environment brought about by the development. They can also be either adverse or beneficial.

490. The identification of impacts was aided by the development and application of a primary assessment tool. This is in a form of a matrix of environmental impacts which was used to screen each constituent activity for all potential interactions with each aspect of the environment. The matrix shows all of the project activities in each phase down the left-hand side and each component of the natural environment across the top. In each case, through a simple coding system, the matrix indicates how the two will interact. This identifies the sources of impact and their nature (Not applicable; Negligible negative impact; Negative impact and Significant negative impact).

491. The purpose of the matrix is determining whether there is any negative impact on each environmental and social aspect likely to be associated with each activity in the project. The detailed analysis of the negative impacts is given.

492. The Impacts Identification Matrices are provided separately for the four aquaculture sites. The matrices are presented in Appendix 5 as follows:

Appendix 5.1. Impact Identification Matrix - CADEC;

Appendix 5.2. Impact Identification Matrix - Mud crab hatchery;

Error! Reference source not found.;

Appendix 5.4. Impact Identification Matrix - Seaweed tissue culture laboratory.

493. The approach on analysis of the nature and scale of the impacts is discussed in Section 6.2: Impact Analysis and Section 6.3 – 6.7: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures provides more information and discussion with relate to the impacts under each environmental and social aspect for each aquaculture development subproject.

6.2 Impact analysis

494. Environmental impacts are categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary impacts are those which are attributed directly by the project. Secondary impacts are those that are induced indirectly and typically include the associated investment and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed action. These impacts arise during the design, construction and operation stages of the project and can be categorized into reversible and

163

irreversible impacts. Reversible and irreversible impacts are further categorized by significance of impact (Not significant, Low, Moderate and High) for identifying best possible remedial (mitigation measures) action to be taken. The impacts identified are also described according to their physical location. The impacts due to the construction and operation of aquaculture development subproject can also be categorized as:

Short term, mainly the impacts during the construction period; Long term, mainly the impacts during the operation period; Permanent, special events mostly one-time impact (for example the loss of marine habitat

due to dredging);

495. Although, in general, number of impacts have been identified according to each environmental aspect, it is necessary at this stage to identify the critical impacts that are likely to occur due to the proposed project in order to control to the level of feasible.

496. Based on the Impacts Identification Matrices of Section 6.1 and Appendix 5 further analysis of the impacts was evaluated according to the location of each impact, its potential significance and duration. Significance and the duration of impacts are judged based on existing environment data, established scientific knowledge and past experience with similar project. The nature and scale of the impacts is then determined in more detail, which summarizes the type of impacts likely to be associated with each activity in the project under each environmental aspect. This forms the basis for the discussion of impacts throughout the following chapter. This discussion under each environmental aspect, considers the impacts first in terms of the project activities, and then in terms of the main baseline parameters, which can be cross-referenced to ensure that all potential impacts are captured.

497. The Section 6.3 – 6.7 describes the suggested actions for the management of adverse impacts of the project in order to avoid, minimize, mitigate or compensate for (in that order of priority) and to assure the positive impacts and enhance them to the extent feasible.

498. During construction, all 4 subprojects will undertake common construction related activities more or less in the same scale. Therefore there are some generic impacts and mitigations which are common to all 4 sites such as marine water quality, air quality, noise and vibration, traffic, waste management, health and safety, climate change aspects etc. Similarly, during operation stage, generic impacts and mitigations involved for aspects such as Health and Safety, etc. The generic impacts and mitigations during pre-construction and construction stage are discussed in Section 6.3.1 and operation stage generic impacts and mitigations are discussed in Section 6.3.2.

499. Then there are site specific pre-construction and construction impacts such as access road, drainage impacts, impacts on terrestrial ecology, marine ecology, fresh water/sea water requirements etc. and site specific operation stage impacts such as fishery activities for each 4 sub projects and are discussed individually in Section 6.4 to Section 6.7.

500. EMP and Mitigation Plan provides the identified impacts indicating the location of each impact, its potential significance and duration and proposes the mitigation measures with identifying the agency that will be responsible for implementing each mitigation measure. These matrices are given in Chapter 7.

501.

164

6.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures - Generic

6.3.1 Pre-construction and Construction Stage

502. Generic impacts and mitigation during Pre-construction and Construction stage that common to all sub projects are discussed below. The relevant EMP and Mitigation Plan is given in Table 7.2-1, Chapter 7.

1. Beach and shoreline

503. All the facilities will require to be constructed a seawater intake, a discharge pipeline for treated effluent is required to be constructed. The construction of such pipelines will involve removal of vegetation, excavation of trenches, pipe laying, construction of manholes and anchoring structures etc. These construction activities could damage the shoreline and pollute the beach if not properly planned and best construction practices are not implemented.

504. During construction above impact to be minimized through;

Restrict the construction related activities - temporary material stockpiles, heavy machineries & equipment movements & vehicular movements - within the project footprint and demarcate the construction boundaries at the beach;

Ensure all water delivery systems (e.g. pipeline) are buried until it enters the facilities boundaries. This is to include both the land and sea sections of the water delivery system. The intake opening will need to be securely anchored, protected screen on the opening to prevent entry (e.g. plastics, finfish) and marked above water to prevent access including a “no go” area. In addition local fishers need to be informed of the location.

Follow the mitigation measures proposed under this sections in 3. Water quality – Marine water, 4: Inland surface water and 9: Waste management below.

505. Improper construction practices and waste management habits by the construction staff will lead pollution of the particular stretch of the beach during construction stage. Mitigation measures proposed under this sections in 9: Waste management to be followed.

2. Drainage & flooding

506. All the projects are located in areas where the rainfall is low compared to the entire country. Significant rainfall is received only in north east monsoon season during December to February. The impact of the potential flooding is minimal to the areas as it is a normal process with the water discharging over land into the sea or into the ground water. However if not adhere to proper site practices during construction, the over land stormwater runoff may get blocked creating short term flood situations in and around the construction site. The following measures are suggested to mitigate inconvenience due to floods:

Do not block the existing drainage paths which run across the project site and its surrounding.

Provide temporary drains with required structures such as culverts in handling stormwater discharge.

165

During construction specially activities such as eartch warks, material stockpiling, construction of the bunds ets, standard environmental mitigation measures that reduce and manage material dispersion (silt traps, cover stockpiles) are to be implemented including standard OH and S requirements for all workers.

3. Water quality – Marine water

An off shore seawater intake pipe and a treated water discharge pipe (near shore - estuarine) will be constructed. Disturbance to the beach and shallow sea bed due to work related to laying of intake and outfall pipes is unavoidable. Land and sea based trenches for both pipelines will be dug by backhoe/sling bucket or water jetting working on the beach at low tide, and mounted on a barge depending on the areas bathymetry and the length of the required pipe line. Creating the trench is not a significant impact in physical terms, but the associated generation of sediment as sand is dug from the trench, should be reduced if possible. All material removed during the trenching is to be used to backfill the site.

Installation of marine pipelines will generate suspended sediment during the construction period and as such pipeline trench and refilling should be done in calm sea conditions, with as much care as is feasible. The deployment of silt traps (surface to sea bed) should be used to confine the suspended material. Once settled the sediment will redistribute naturally throughout the area.

Figure 6.3.3: Typical seawater intake system used in aquaculture industry

The following mitigatory measures are suggested to mitigate marine water quality impacts due to pipelines related constructions:

It is recommended to study the water quality, dilution and dispersion etc. by a qualified coastal engineer during detailed design;

Marine works should be scheduled to occur in the dry season (not the monsoon period) when the sea conditions are calmer to limit the spread of sediment around this operation;

Conduct the excavation, and deposit the excavated material in a controlled manner minimizing the area that is disturbed;

Monitor the turbidity levels due to spread of sediment throughout the trenching operation, and work should be stopped if turbidity levels are high;

166

Deploy silt traps (surface to sea bed) around dredging site/s to confine sediment dispersal reducing area of increased turbidity;

Educate workers on oil /chemical handling and management procedures, provide appropriate supervision;

Take precaution to avoid spillage or leakage of diesel, oils and lubes from construction machinery;

Ensure a buffer zone is in place (100 m minimum) that restricts machinery access and maintenance close to the shore line;

Recover spills / leaks, if any and dispose according to local standards;

Dispose domestic wastes as per the procedure suggested under this section 4. Water quality - Inland surface water and 9. Waste management below;

4. Water quality – Inland surface water

Run-off from stockpiled materials and chemicals from fuels and lubricants during construction works can contaminate downstream surface water quality of the water logging areas and sea. Although the rainfall in this area is not very common, during monsoons, heavy rains are possible. Water will be stagnated over the low lying areas surrounding of the site. The construction contractor will be required to:

Avoid earthworks during monsoon season to prevent the problem of soil run-off

Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets and silt traps are to be deployed around the stockpiles

Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils will be disposed, only designated and permitted disposal areas shall be used;

Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies;

Adopt effective pollution prevention/abatement measures on site: store petrochemical (fuel, oil, etc.) in leak-proof areas with concrete floors, roof & bunds; avoid storing toxins near sensitive sites;

Adopt good site practices to avoid accidental spills and set up contingency plans for immediate removal of any spill;

Mitigation measures for impacts due to wastewater from vehicles, machineries and equipment maintenance and servicing stations include;

Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies;

Store fuel, construction chemicals on an impervious floor, also avoid spillage by careful handling;

Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites;

Locate all vehicles, machineries and equipment maintenance and servicing stations away from surface / ground water bodies;

Wastewater shall not be disposed without meeting the disposal standards of the CEA.

167

Mitigation measures for impacts due surface and ground water contamination due to improper garbage disposal include:

Provide adequate facilities for disposal of sewage and solid waste for workers. The sewage systems shall be properly designed, built and operated so that no pollution to ground or adjacent water bodies/watercourses takes place.

Dispose garbage in a hygienic manner in order to comply with the relevant regulations and guidelines issued by the CEA/LA so that no pollution to ground or adjacent water bodies/watercourses takes place.

Mitigation measures for impacts due to surface and ground water extraction;

Do not extract water from groundwater or from surface water bodies without permission from the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible for arranging adequate supply of water for the project purpose throughout the construction period.

5. Water quality - Groundwater

Impacts on groundwater during construction may occur due to wastewater generated from vehicles, machineries and equipment maintenance and servicing stations; improper garbage disposal. These impacts to be mitigated by adhering the mitigation measures proposed under this section in 4: Water quality - Inland surface water above.

6. Air quality

Handling potentially large quantity of sand during site clearance carries the risk of producing significant amounts of airborne dust. Given dry and windy conditions significant dust may be generated if proper precautions are not taken. Site excavation to create foundations for buildings, trenches for infrastructure, and construction of earth bunds will create dust. In dry weather conditions, dust can be blown from exposed stockpiles, material transportation and site roads and this is a serious public nuisance and could cause respiratory problems for workers and the public. Dust generation can be mitigated through;

Spray water on the road surfaces along which construction vehicles and trucks are travelled to control fugitive dust;

Avoid outgoing trucks to track mud onto public streets during watering;

Loading and unloading bulk cements should be in a closed and vented system;

Cover vehicles transporting earth/dust generating materials during transportation;

Vehicles carrying dusty materials should be washed before leaving the site (washing facilities should be available);

Provide workers with dust masks and training in their usage;

Construct temporary dust barriers (using tarpaulin sheets) along the boundary/construction site as appropriate;

Establish green belt along the boundary of the work sites adjacent to residents as required as a long term mitigation measure;

168

Vehicles generate other forms of air pollution, primarily from the burning of hydrocarbon fuels. As a result, vehicle exhausts release varying amounts of particulate matter (soot and metals), nitrogen oxides, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, sulphur dioxide (especially from diesel fuel) and other toxic components (benzene, acetaldehyde, etc.). These contribute to air pollution locally, and globally (carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide are amongst the major greenhouse gases and contributors to global warming). Mitigation Measure proposed include;

Ensure that contractors adhere to engine maintenance schedules and standards to reduce air pollution;

Ensure that all heavy vehicles, machineries and equipment comply with ambient air quality standards;

7. Noise and vibration

The principal activities during construction are; delivery of construction materials by vehicles: trucks, tippers, tractors, lorries, concrete truck mixers etc.; earth works: excavators, dozers, compactors; compressors etc.; road construction works: rollers, compactors; building construction: concrete mixers, drilling machine, power saw etc. Each of these activities will generate noise leading to impact on the road users, villagers and workers. However, potential impact relating to noise and vibration from these activities can be limited by adopting best practice measures as stipulated here under.

Use appropriate noise reduction devices on all vehicles and machinery used in adjacent to residential areas;

Limit noise generating activities and use of noise generating machineries at night and as such restrict construction activities form 6 am through 6 pm;

Comply with the Schedule III of the National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations No.1 1996, maximum permissible noise levels at boundaries of the land in which the source of noise is located for construction activities: Day Time 75 dB (A) and Night Time 50 dB (A).

Construct noise barrier with a suitable height facing to the road side, residential area and existing fish landing site if applicable;


Workers’ hearing may be impaired by exposure to loud and repeated noise. The following mitigatory measures are suggested to mitigate drainage and flooding impacts:

Contractor Prepare Occupational Health & Safety Plan (OHSP) with measures to protect workers & others who come in contact with construction work;

Ensure OHSP is implemented fully at worksites

Include following aspects related to noise in OHSP:

- Provision and use of appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) including ear protectors when needed;

- Limiting noise exposure to requirements of Sri Lankan law or international standards (whichever provides greater protection)

169

Training in dangers of exposure to repeated/excessive noise and vibration and means of avoidance and reduction

8. Quarry / borrow sites / disposal sites

Considerable amount of quarry material such as rock, rubble, coarse and fine aggregates will be required for the CADEC related construction activities such as building foundations, reinforced concrete structures, ponds and tanks that made out of concrete and road works etc. However, quantifying of the quarry material is not possible at this stage as designes have not been available. These are normally purchased from licensed quarries and the quarry products are transported to the site by using trucks and tippers. There are number of operational metal quarries available in Mannar, Vavuniya, Mullaitivu and Anuradhapura Districts. The map developed during the Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment, 2010 indicates the mineral resources including rock material within the Northern Province (Appendix 2).

Filling material and gravel requirement is also expected to be high as earth will be required for earthen ponds, road works, reclamation and specially for the making of flood protection bunds etc. Even if a large amount of excavated material is suitable for re-use, import of materials is inevitable for most of the projects. These are normally purchased from licensed borrow pits, where the material is excavated by the borrow pit operator and loaded into the contractor’s or supplier’s dump trucks and transported to site. Some borrow pits may also be dug locally by arrangement with landowners and after PIU approval. The possibility of using dredged sand from the Pesalai harbor site should also be considered by the detailed design team.

Following recommendations are made in order to minimize the pressure on natural resources and environmental impacts due to loading, unloading and transportation of rock and filling materials from quarries and borrow areas.

Obtain construction materials for this project only from the existing quarries and borrow areas permitted / licensed by government (GSMB and CEA)

Promote existing quarries to be used as much as possible to source construction materials.

If the contractor proposes to obtain materials from any other sources, e.g. new borrow-pits, prior permission must be obtained from the PIU, landowner, GSMB, CEA and Forest Department, and the environmental impacts of the operation should properly examined and mitigated as necessary. Recommendations for new sites includes;

- No extraction of materials from forest reserves is allowed;

- Obtain recommendations from qualified geotechnical engineer / geologist on the stability of the site and surrounding;

- Assess the quantity which could be extracted without impacting the stability of the site and its surrounding and strictly limit the extraction to the quantity assessed;

- Assess the safety of the community in and around the site premises;

- Prepare a plan to control erosion and sedimentation outflow from the exposed areas with suitable measures such as silt traps, sedimentation ponds, covering exposed areas etc. and implement;

- Prepare drainage management plan considering the terrain of the site and implement;

170

Make efforts to minimize the overall material requirement for the project by adopting various approaches – balanced cut and fill, re-use as much excavated material from this project as possible

Submit to PIU on a monthly basis, documentation (materials quantities with source)

Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites.

Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours.

Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic congestion.

Drive vehicles in a considerate manner.

Coordinate with the Traffic Police for temporary road diversions and for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours.

Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards with information about the nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints, where applicable;

Spoil is soil, rock and other excavated material that is not suitable for re-use in the construction project and must therefore be disposed of. Due to the significant cost advantages over importation of fresh material from quarries, contractors normally re-use as much material as can feasibly be reclaimed. However, being located in a low lying and coastal area, in this project there could be quite large quantities of spoil, if for example the surface sand that is present in some depth over the site, proves unsuitable for construction purposes because of its grain size, salt content, or other properties. All unusable material will be loaded into dump trucks and taken to disposal sites that are approved by the PIU. These would normally include the nearest available dumpsite, any nearby construction areas requiring infill (if the material is suitable), or land on which the owner requires cavities filled, or the elevation raised prior to building. It is recommended to implement a Construction Waste Management Plan (CWMP); include the following measures in the plan;

Reuse as much excavated material in this project as possible;

Find alternative beneficial uses for any unused sand, excavated material for example as infill in other construction works;

Stripping out the trunks and larger branches from trees and shrubs and providing these to the local community free of charge for building or fuel.

All waste/waste sand and vegetation should be covered by secure tarpaulins whenever transported offsite, to prevent material being blown from trucks

Avoid stockpiling any excess spoils at the site for long time. Excess excavated soils should be disposed off to approved designated areas immediately

If disposal is required, the site shall be selected from barren, infertile lands, no/least vegetated areas; site should located away from residential areas, forests, coast, water bodies and any other sensitive land uses

Conduct site clearance and restoration to original condition after the completion of construction work especially along the seawater intake and treated effluent discharge pipeline routes, beach area,; ensure that site is properly restored

171

9. Waste management

507. Improper disposal of construction waste will lead to marine, inland surface and ground water pollution. The following mitigatory measures are suggested to mitigate impacts due to waste generation and disposal:

Ensure that wastes are not haphazardly thrown in and around the project site; provide proper collection bins, and create awareness to use the dust bins.

Implement waste segregation for biodegradables, plastic/polythene, glass, paper and metal etc.

Domestic solid wastes should be properly segregated for collection create a compost pit at workers camp sites;

Hand over the segregated recyclable waste to designated recycling centers / collectors and/or and sold in the local recycling material market

Residual and hazardous wastes such as oils, fuels, and lubricants shall be disposed off in approved disposal sites/third party sources approved by CEA

Prohibit burning of construction and/or domestic waste;

Hand over the segregated disposable waste (i.e. un-reusable / un-recyclable material) to the Local Authority or dispose to a land identified with consultation of CEA and LA or waste collectors for disposal at designated disposal site;

508. Improper disposal of hazardous waste (scheduled waste) including E-waste will lead severe health issue and impact on natural environment. The following mitigatory measures are suggested to mitigate impacts due to hazardous waste includes:

Generation of hazardous waste expected to be minimal;

Management of any hazardous waste (scheduled waste) will be done as per the “Guidelines for the Management of Scheduled Waste in Sri Lanka; in accordance to the National Environmental (Protection & Quality) Regulation No. 01 of 2008”, published by the Central Environmental Authority, 2009;

Hazardous waste will not be mixed with other types of waste and will be handed over to designated collection centers or directly hand over to commercial e-waste processing organizations.

10. Marine Ecology

509. Construction activities will cause site-specific physical disturbance and alteration to the foreshore and shallow water environment and associated marine resources in the area of the pipeline.

510. The proposed pipeline construction activities will have a direct negative impact on the sessile benthic marine resources located within the projects area of impact. However, due to the paucity of sessile flora and fauna in this area and the small footprint associated with the pipeline deployment impacts to these resources in terms of population number and diversity are expected to be very minor and their low biological, biodiversity and subsistence value of these resources.

172

511. For all 4 sites, the foreshore marine environments associated with the pipeline most likely do not possess any critical marine habitats (e.g. mangroves, sea grass), threatened or endangered marine life and as such will not impact the coastal or marine biodiversity nor will it affect the areas ecological functions nor the financial or cultural importance of the area. It is recommended to conduct confirmatory survey to record and identify the species available by a qualified marine ecologist.

512. Impacts are also expected to result in disturbance of resources from suspended sediments and/or rubble during the excavation activities. These impacts will be limited to the duration of these activities and can be managed through deployment of silt/sediment curtain and marine booms to reduce turbidity and contain sediment and fines from dispersing too widely in the water column. As such the impacts derived from the marine scope of works are expected to be minor, localized to the immediate footprint of the works, and easily managed through standard engineering good practice mitigation measures. There are no threats to the areas marine and coastal biodiversity associated with the project. As such the potential impacts of the works on the marine environment are considered to be minor temporary and overall insignificant

513. The following mitigatory measures are suggested to mitigate impacts on marine ecology:

Care to be exercised during pipeline construction - construction activities including the substrate removal, pipeline deployment and sediment replacement to limit the physical disturbance to the designated scope of works.

Access of all construction material entering the coastal and marine environment to be confined to specific areas to reduce impact on sessile flora and fauna in adjacent habitat outside of the designated scope of works.

Ensure that all equipment used for the marine construction activities (land based or barge based) are in sound and well-maintained condition, and free of any leaks of any petrochemical fluids.

All efforts must be made to prevent petrochemical spills. Spill containment equipment is to be kept on hand.

Activities requiring use of mechanical equipment to be coordinated and undertaken during low tide periods whenever practical.

Installation and deployment of floating silt curtains (geo-fabric), marine booms and silt traps/nets around all scope of work areas to reduce impact on neighboring ecology.

Implement proposed mitigation measures proposed under this section in 3: Water quality – Marine water and in 9: Waste management above;

11. Other beach uses

514. In general, sections of these beaches are not commonly used for any particular activity other than fisheries activities. However, access to the beach areas near the construction site should not be disturbed. (Once the land is handed over to the Construction Contractor, access to the land will be prohibited for the public due to safety reasons). The pipelines are to be buried and as such once the construction phase is complete access along the beach will be allowed. It is recommended to adhere following mitigation measures;

Ensure fences are erected around the land based work sites include public signage to prevent access to all non-permitted workers during construction.

The works shall not interfere unnecessarily or improperly with the convenience of public by use and occupation of public or private roads and any other access footpaths to or of properties whether public or private.

173

On completion of the works, all temporary obstructions to access shall be cleared away, all rubbish and piles of debris that obstruct access be cleared to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

12. Road Traffic

515. Traffic situation will be created due to material transportation, heavy machinery and equipment mobilization to and from the site. However, for all sites, the road sections used are not busy and only a marginal increase in traffic is expected and the impact is minimal and mitigable easily. The impacts could be minimize by adopting following traffic control actions;

Keep temporary traffic detour routes free of dust by frequent application of water, if necessary;

Ensure the running surfaces are always properly maintained, particularly during the monsoon so that no disruption to the traffic flow occurs;

Follow the standards for all signs, barricades, pavement markings used for traffic management

e; Inform the public of usage of the roads.

13. Health and Safety

516. Health and Safety requirements in the construction site could be achieved by following local and international guidelines and standards. During construction, following standards and best practices shall be adhered to;

Comply with requirements for the safety of the workmen as per the International Labour Organization (ILO) convention No. 62, No. 167 and Safety and Health regulations of the Factory Ordinance of Sri Lanka to the extent that those are applicable to this construction work;

Contractor to prepare and implement a Health and Safety Plan for the construction activities;

Supply all necessary safety PPE appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, masks, boots to the workers and staff;

Conduct continuous training and awareness programs on health & safety; Provide warning signs and demarcate through tapes cut areas to prevent workers and

resident falling into pits etc.,

517. Following actions are recommended in prevention of Vector Based Diseases, ensure First Aid and Hygiene etc.;

Pay special attention on Dengue control programs imposed by the Ministry of Health; Take necessary actions to prevent breeding of mosquitoes at work sites and labour

camps, etc.; Prevent water stagnation in all areas including gutters, used and empty cans, containers,

tires, temporarily dug pits etc.; Apply approved chemicals to destroy mosquitoes and larvae regularly, throughout the site

if required; Keep all work sites, office and store buildings clean and devoid of garbage to prevent

breeding of pest such as rats and other vectors such as flies;

174

Report any outbreak of infectious disease of importance to the Engineer and the Medical Officer of Health (MOH) or to the Public Health Inspector (PHI) of the area immediately. Contractor shall carry out all instructions issued by the authorities, if any;

Provide a first aid kit at work site as per the regulations; Provide a sufficient number of bathing facilities, latrines and urinals in accordance with the

Health and Safety regulations;

518. Following actions are recommended in prevention of Possible spread of STDs and HIV/AIDS;

Conduct STDs and HIV/AIDS awareness program via an Approved Service Provider with consultation with MOH/PHI to all workers and neighboring communities;

Undertake measures to reduce the risk of the transfer such diseases between and among the Contractors Employees and their families and the local community; Provide for STI and HIV/AIDS screening, diagnosis, counselling, and referral to a dedicated national STI and HIV/AIDS program.

519. With the increase of resident working staff, there may be conflict / tension situations with local community. To control such situations, it is recommended to;

Employ local people in the construction workforce as much as possible;

Ensure contractor, workers and community is aware of the projects GRM and how to use it.

14. Physical Cultural Resources

520. Contractors to be required to pay much more attention to the risk of damaging buried remains that are of archaeological and/or cultural/historical importance, which may not be known about until they are accidentally uncovered during excavation work. Even though the risk of damaging such material is not high, as this is not an area of special historical or archaeological importance, it is recommended contractors to establish a “chance finds procedure”. It provides the procedure in case of such an accidental situation, to stop affected work and notify the appropriate government authority immediately that any such material is discovered, so that the value of the find can be assessed and appropriate action taken.

15. Climate change Considerations

521. All the proposed aquaculture investments are low-lying and relatively close to the shore. The major risk to aquaculture operations, including offshore operations, during the 25-year assessment period is not projected to be from climate change but from extreme weather events such as cyclones with associated storm surge, high winds and high precipitation which can damage infrastructure and adversely affect operations. The same can be said for periods of drought and high temperatures. Climate change will add incrementally to these risks over the next 25 years to an initially small but increasing extent. Factors such as ocean acidification and sea warming will become more significant in terms of the health and ability of wild populations to provide brood stock for aquaculture and also the costs of maintaining water quality in aquaculture facilities.

522. During detailed design, potential climate change risks such as sea level rise, storm surge, cyclone, droughts, precipitation increase, floods will be taken in to my taken into consideration.

175

16. Natural Disaster Considerations

523. Potential disaster risks will be considered during detailed design. Guidelines could be obtained from DMC, the authority which has prepared National hazard profiles for Sri Lanka including for Northern Province. Appendix 2 provides map extracts based on the DMC hazard profiles of the sea level rise and storm surge predictions for each proposed aquaculture site separately.

6.3.2 Operational Stage

524. Generic impacts and mitigation during operational stage that common to all sub projects are discussed below. The relevant EMP and Mitigation Plan is given in Table 7.2-2, Chapter 7.

1. Beach & Shoreline

525. Possible pollution on beach due to improper waste disposal could be mitigated through;

Isolate the adjacent beach area by installing a boundary fence / wall;

Follow the mitigation measures proposed under this section in 3: Water quality – Marine water, 4: Water quality – Inland surface water and 9: Waste management below.

2. Water Quality-Marine Waters

526. The facility comprises with number of seawater ponds and daily wastewater generation. In addition, stormwater runoff from the projects facilities land based operations could be discharged in to the shore area. Mitigation measures suggested are include;

Ensure that wastewater discharge is in compliance with National Standards;

According to the Feasibility Study, the effluent water discharged from the hatchery tanks will be subject to biological purification using aerobic bacteria with continuous aeration to bring it up to the standards specified by the Sri Lanka Standards Institute in terms of BOD and COD of the discharged water. The treated effluent water will be discharged into a soakage pit, however, during detailed designs this will be further investigated

If treated wastewater is planned to be discharged in to the marine water, the discharge water quality shall comply with the National Environmental (Protection and Quality) Regulations, No. 1 of 2008. List III: “Tolerance Limits for Industrial and Domestic Waste Discharged into Marine Coastal Areas”;

Prepare and implement a Storm Water Drainage Plan for the facility land;

Ensure not to contaminate storm water with wastewater generated from the operational activities;

Adhere to the mitigation measures proposed under this section in 6: Waste Management below, to control impacts due to liquid waste, solid waste and sewage disposal;

176

3. Water Quality-Inland surface water

527. The facility includes a number of sea water ponds and daily wastewater generation. In addition, Inland / ground water pollution due to improper disposal of liquid waste, solid waste and sewage can be anticipated. Mitigation measures include;

Treat wastewater in a suitably designed wastewater system to meet National Standards;

If treated wastewater is planned to be discharged in to the inland surface water, the discharge water quality shall comply with the National Environmental (Protection and Quality) Regulations, No. 1 of 2008: List I: Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial Waste into Inland Surface Waters”;

Adhere to the mitigation measures proposed under this section in 6: Waste Management below to control inland / ground water quality impacts due to liquid waste, solid waste and sewage disposal;

4. Water Quality - Groundwater

528. The facility includes a number of seawater ponds and groundwater contamination due to the operational requirements of the project is possible. Also, Inland / ground water pollution due to improper disposal of liquid waste, solid waste and sewage can be possible. Mitigation measures proposed area include;

Construct the tanks and ponds with brick and mortar or reinforced concrete with water proofing in order to prevent water seepage and groundwater contamination;

Treat wastewater in a suitably designed wastewater treatment system to meet National Standards;

If treated wastewater is planned to be discharged in to the land, the discharge water quality shall comply with the National Environmental (Protection and Quality) Regulations, No. 1 of 2008: List II: Tolerance Limits for Industrial Waste Discharge on Land for Irrigation Purposes”; Meet the “Hydraulic Loading Applicable for Different Soils” recommended in same Regulations (For Sandy soils, recommended dosage of settled Industrial Effluents is 225 - 280 m3/hectare/day).

5. Air Quality

529. Possible air quality impacts due to the operational requirements of equipment, vehicles ustilising the facility and potential odour due to ponds / tanks and improper waste management could be mitigated through;

Adhere to the mitigation measures proposed under this section in 6. Waste Management.

Establish and maintain a green belt along the boundary of the proposed facility as applicable;

177

6. Waste Management

530. Improper management of waste generated from various operational activities will lead to marine, inland surface and ground water pollution. It is proposed to adhere to following mitigation measures;

Promote '3 R's - reduction, reuse and recycling for waste minimization,

Implement solid waste segregation in to biodegradables, plastic/polythene, glass, paper and metal etc.

Implement onsite composting;

Hand over the segregated recyclable waste to designated recycling centres / collectors and/or collectors for disposal;

Hand over the segregated disposable waste to the Local Authority or dispose to a land identified with consultation of CEA and LA;

531. Improper management of wastewater generated from operational activities and sewage discharge will lead marine, inland surface and ground water pollution. To mitigate such impacts, following mitigation measures are suggested;

Establish a wastewater treatment system to treat following wastewater streams:

Effluent from the toilets, fecal matter in water (typically low-volume discharge);

Used sea water and freshwater from series of tanks and ponds; and

Effluent from routine cleaning and washing the floors / tanks etc.

532. Improper disposal of hazardous waste (scheduled waste) including E-waste will lead severe health issue and impact on natural environment. Mitigation measures recommended to minimize such impacts include;

Generation of hazardous waste expected to be minimal;

Disposal of any hazardous waste (scheduled waste) will be done as per the “Guidelines for the Management of Scheduled Waste in Sri Lanka; in accordance to the National Environmental (Protection & Quality) Regulation No. 01 of 2008”, published by the Central Environmental Authority, 2009;

Hazardous waste will not be mixed with other types of waste and will be handed over to designated collection centres or directly hand over to commercial e-waste processing / disposal organizations;

7. Marine Ecology

533. Impacts on marine flora and fauna due to wastewater discharge could be mitigated by implement proposed mitigation measures under this section in 2: Water Quality – Marine waters above.

534. Accidental introduction of exotic or invasive species could cause imbalances or disruptions to occur within the natural ecosystem and following actions are proposed to mitigate such impacts.

178

Culturing only locally occurring species, and using only local species also for feed stocks.

Utilization of quarantine system for all organisms entering/leaving the facility and develop hatchery quarantine protocols/guidelines and ensure they are enforced.

8. Health & Safety

Following actions are proposed to ensure the general health and safety of workers and neighboring communities;

Prepare and implement a Health and Safety Plan for the operation activities;

Supply all necessary safety PPE appliances such as safety masks, boots, gloves , to the workers and staff;

Conduct continuous training and awareness programs on health & safety;

6.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures – CADEC


535. Infrastructure to be constructed for the CADEC includes: (i) residential facilities; (ii) training facilities for crab, fin fish, sea cucumber and feed cultivation (algae, rotifer, artemia), fish processing and value added, (iii) cement ponds; (iv) water quality delivery and management systems; (v) road, electricity fencing, and associated infrastructure requirements. Ponds will be constructed with precast concrete dug into the ground. Impacts during construction period will be very common for this type of a building construction site. However, as this training center is located in a comparatively less populated area in Mannar District, most of the social impacts to neighboring communities and business resulting from the construction phase (e.g. noise, vibration and so on) can be considered as minor. Impacts on adjacent beach / shore line and coastal areas, water quality (marine water, inland surface water and ground water), air quality, noise and vibration, waste management, traffic management will be mitigated with standard best construction and environmental practices.

536. Site and the proposed facility specific impacts and mitigation measures are discussed below. The site specific EMP and Mitigation Plan for the CADEC facility for Pre-construction and Construction Stage is given in Table 7.2-3, Chapter 7.


537. The facility will require the construction of a seawater intake and treated effluent discharge pipes system. At the writing of this IEE the final decision on which option will be undertaken had not been made and as such decisions below reflect this. However the facility will require both an intake and discharge pipeline. More deteriorated water quality could be expected at the estuarine section than the main sea. Water flows from the channel connecting the two sides of the Mannar Island through the area where several aquaculture farms including activities such as mud crab fattening and Mannar saltern are located. Due to this the possibility of contamination is high and it is evident that the polluted water is stagnated in the estuarine section. Considering the location features of the estuarine section, 3 options can be suggested for the seawater intake pipe (Figure 6.4-1). In case of water extraction from the nearest waters, i.e. from the estuarine section, the length of the land based pipeline is about 250 m (Option 1). If the decision will be made for a

179

water intake from main sea, the land based pipeline lengths will be about 600 m and 650 m for the Option 1 and Option 2 respectively.

Figure 6.4-1: Options available for seawater intake pipeline

2. Drainage & flooding

538. The proposed CADEC site is located at a triangular shaped low lying land parcel bounded by the railway embankment and the South Bar road. During the monsoon rains, storm water collected within the northern area of the South Bar road to Thaddakadu, left hand side of the Mannar - Thalai Mannar railway track flows through the estuarine waterway. During the rainy season, rainwater is collected and stagnates in the low lying area surrounding the proposed site. It is evident that this low lying area of about 0.2 km2 bound between railway track and South Bar road gets inundated by about 0.5 m during the rainy season. The highest elevation of the area is created by the Railway embankment, which is at 2.7m MSL. It is required to prevent the CADEC site from high floods and therefore an earthen flood protection bund along the boundary of the site is required. This will reduce 10ha of flood retention capacity of the area and potentially increasing flood situations in the surrounding area. During the detailed designs the drainage pattern needs to be assessed and suitable storm water drainage designed to prevent flooding of adjoining lands. The flood waters are undergoes normal process with the water discharging over land into the estuarine or into the ground water.

180

Figure 6.4-2: Reduction in flood retention capacity of the surrounding area

539. The following measures are suggested to mitigate drainage and flooding impacts:

Conduct the flood study during detailed design by a qualified Drainage/Hydraulics Engineer.

Prepare a drainage management plan as a result of the study considering the reduction in flood retention capacity of the area.

Construct the structures if any that require for a proper drainage and establish maintenance procedures for the drainage network.

During construction of the bund/ standard environmental mitigation measures that reduce and manage material dispersion (silt traps, cover stockpiles) are to be implemented including standard OH and S requirements for all workers.

If filling of land is considered as an option, dredged material from the proposed harbor sites may be considered if found to be of suitable property

3. Access roads

540. Access roads, and any improvement and widening of the existing roads will be designed in order to provide safe, reliable and convenient access to the facility, whilst maintaining the safety of other road users and the public at large. Road widths, camber, materials and infrastructure (kerbs, drains, etc.), will be designed with these as key factors, along with cost considerations.

181

541. The main road access to the site is South Bar road through Mannar town. From the South Bar road to the site it is necessary to construct a new access road of about 300 m length of 5 m width. The land around the site is crown land and is not occupied or used for any economic purpose, and the access roads will be located on these areas. The access road traverses via bare sandy land and no sensitive flora in this area. To minimize the damage to the surrounding areas, the contractor should ensure that construction work is done within standard working widths, and that the sites are accessed over existing tracks, rather than driving over undamaged areas. Designs for new roads and improvements to existing roads should include effective drainage, to solve some of the current localized flooding noted by the community and to avoid causing new problems.

4. Terrestrial Ecology

542. Construction activities will cause site-specific physical disturbance and alteration to the foreshore and projects terrestrial environmental and associated flora and fauna. The land areas associated with the CADEC site have been modified (partially cleared) previously and as such the original flora (trees, shrubs and other vegetation) and associated fauna have been altered. The project site consists of mixed thorn scrub jungles habitat, Tidal mudflat habitat and Saltmarsh habitat where disturbances will occur due to the construction of buildings, ponds and new access road section etc. of the proposed facility. The pipelines for seawater intake and treated water discharge will cross a narrow strip of mangrove habitat and however, this disturbance could be avoided.

543. The surveying and demarcation of the Project site boundaries and subsequent construction phase will include the degradation of the local terrestrial ecology (especially flora) through the clearance of the Projects Area (PA) flora and fauna resources. This includes the entire PA, which includes the removal of trees, shrubs and smaller plants. Actual numbers to be removed will be finalized during the implementation phase of the project, however it is recommended that through appropriate planning the number of trees to be removed maybe minimized with the existing vegetation incorporated into the general landscape features of the area.

544. According to the terrestrial ecological survey, the floristic diversity is very low in the proposed project site. Total numbers of 10 plant species including three nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area. Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (5) followed by herbaceous species (3) and shrubs (2). Further, about 90 % of the recorded flora species are natives and about 10% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. The three nationally near threatened (NT) plant species in IUCN national conservation status; Salvadora persica, Halosarcia indica and Salicornia brachiata were observed at several locations within the project site. Only 5 number of trees that exceed 30cm DBH of 2 different species are recorded within the project site. All other trees and plant species present within the PA are predominantly ubiquitous native species, which are highly tolerant of disturbances.

545. During time of site visit, only Bos indicus (Cattle), Acridotheres tristis (Common Myna), Equus asinus (Feral Donkey) and Corvus splendens (House crow) were observed. No migratory bird species were recorded during the field ecological study. But, the footprints of birds and animals on tidal mudflats were observed.

546. There are no endemic or protected species of flora or fauna within the Project Area nor are there any protected areas impacted by the project.

182

547. Following mitigation measures can be suggested for the above impacts;

Measures to be included in the project to ensure minimization of impacts from vegetation removal includes;

Vegetation clearance during surveying and demarcation activities, especially of trees to be minimized where possible;

Under no circumstances is the contractor permitted to fell trees or remove shrubs not required (specified) to be removed;

Construction workers will be informed about general environmental protection and the need to avoid un-necessary felling of trees wherever possible.

Inclusion of trees and other vegetation into the projects landscaping and “green belt” areas where possible.

5 Protected areas

548. The Vankalai Sanctuary is located at a distance about 200 m away from the project area. Therefore it is proposed to obtain recommendations and conditions if any from DWC to be followed during construction of the project. The activities in the surrounding area will be closely monitored by the PIU and the Construction managers.

549. Possible impacts on protected areas due to locations of quarry and burrow sites and transportation of construction materials etc. Mitigation Measures proposed include;

Ensure to select quarry sites and burrow areas having valid permits and licenses such as (IML-Industrial Mining License from GSMB and EPL-Environmental Protection License from CEA etc.) and approvals / clearances from Forest Department and DWC etc.

Adhere to the permit conditions during operation, loading, transportation of quarry / burrow material according construction;

6. Fishing activities

550. Construction work within the shoreline may result in disturbances to the fishers through access to the beach (limited area) and on coastal fishing grounds. This impact can be mitigated through;

Minimize the obstruction to the activities of fishermen (boat movement, landing etc.) due to construction works of sea water intake and any other relevant activities within the shore;

Develop a time chart of construction work and display it for purpose of public information, in close consultation with the representatives of the fishing community;

During detailed designs conduct additional consultations with fisher community to ensure that community activities will not disrupt/disturb the pipelines (intake and discharge) area (50 m either side) and water intake area (25 m2). There may be a need to identify a zone where activities are restricted. Community awareness and information is required.


551. Training facility includes a number of seawater ponds and associated tanks systems used for teaching purposes and as such wastewater is generated on a daily basis. Wastewater derived

183

from the facility will have increased nutrient levels, changes in dissolved oxygen and increased flocculants and sediment much of which is a result of feeding and waste products of the cultured organism. However, the quantity of this wastewater is not significant with compared to the other aquaculture investments under this project specially Mud crab hatchery and Sea cucumber hatchery. A wastewater treatment system will be designed to ensure discharged effluent water complies with National Standards and all wastewater generated from the facility will enter this system. The waste water system is yet to be designed, however will require the removal of solids and treated to reduce nutrient levels. The resulting water discharged need to be of similar biochemical parameters as the water entering the system. Regular monitoring shall be conducted to ensure the discharge water quality during operation of the wastewater treatment plant. Consideration for the inclusion of a specifically designed quarantine facility to allow isolation of organisms being brought into the system and/or removed is recommended. Sterilization (UV) and high levels of filtration should be included in this system.

552. The investment will, eventually provide significant environmental benefits in respect of reducing pressure on wild stocks of the species being cultivated and release of hatchery spawned specimens to help restore these wild stocks.

553. The EMP and Mitigation Plan for the CADEC facility for Operational Stage is given in Table 7.2-2, Chapter 7. Most of the mitigation activities relevant in this regard are generic, however, site and the proposed process/facility specific impacts and mitigation measures are discussed below.

1. Protected areas

554. As the CADEC site is located in nearby protected area (200 m away from the project site): Vankalai Sanctuary, recommendations shall be obtained from the DWC and during the operational activities of the facility such recommendations must be strictly followed.

2. Fishing activity

555. There is a possibility for disturbances to the sea water pipeline and intake due to fishing activities and this has to be avoided by consultation with the fishing communities;

Conduct consultations with fisher community to ensure that fisheries activities will not disrupt/disturb the pipelines (intake and discharge) area (50 m either side) and water intake area (25 m2). There may be a need to identify through a designated restriction zone where activities are restricted.

Raise community awareness and inform them the requirements.

6.5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures - Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility


556. Infrastructure to be provided for the mud crab hatchery includes: (i) hatchery building (40 m x 20 m) containing numerous sub installations; (ii) outside algal rearing tanks; (iii) housing for staff and a dormitory; (iv) security room; (v) landscaping and access road; (vi) pump house; (vii) effluent treatment facility. It is indicated that seawater will need to be supplied to the facility and quality must be high and this will require sophisticated treatment systems to ensure both that the incoming seawater quality is good but also to minimize the risk of disease, and of pollution, from

184

effluent containing crab feeding food waste. It is also indicated that water temperature will be controlled through insulation generally and using water heaters for mud crab larval rearing tanks.

557. Impacts during construction period will be very common for this type of a construction site. However as this facility is located in a less populated area in Musali Division of Mannar District, most of the impacts can be considered as not severe. Impacts on beach and shore line, water quality (marine water, inland surface water and ground water), air quality, noise and vibration, waste management, traffic management will be mitigated with standard best construction and environmental practices.

558. Site and the proposed facility specific impacts and mitigation measures are discussed below. The site specific EMP and Mitigation Plan for the Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility for Pre-construction and Construction Stage is given in Table 7.2-5, Chapter 7.


559. The coastal stretch in front of the proposed site seems to be highly dynamic. Past aerial imagery during last decade shows a drastic sand accretion and land built up as shown in Figure 6.5-1. The change of the coast is very clear that and at least about 250 m of new land has built up during past 12 years. The 1:50,000 Topo sheet published by Survey Department in 1986 shows an entire different coastal features. herefore, considering the complex behavior of the coast, it is recommended that during the detailed design stage, ta coastal engineer be engaged especially in designing of seawater intake and water discharge pipes as improper designs will cause regular issues such as clogging of pipelines with sand result in serious operational issues for the proposed facility.

185

25.01.2016 19.09.2011 01.01.2018

Figure 6.5-1: Dynamic behavior of the beach near the proposed site

2. Drainage and flooding

560. There are two “Thonas” (coastal streamlet / water holes) observed north and south of the site. Generally, these stream segments are seasonal. During the monsoon rains, storm water runoff from the interior flows to the sea through these streamlets. The low lying area around these streamlets gets inundated, however, this water is logging only for one to three months after the rainy period. It is evident that there are some low lying areas within and around the proposed site. It is required to prevent the site from high floods and therefore filling above the high flood level or

186

construction of a flood protection bund along the boundary will be required. This will reduce a significant flood retention capacity of the area and increase in flood situations at surrounding area will be an adverse impact. Therefore, attention on drainage aspects during detailed design stage is recommended.

Figure 6.5.2: Coastal streamlets at south and north to the proposed site

561. The following mitigatory measures are suggested to mitigate drainage and flooding impacts:


Prepare a drainage management plan considering the reduction in flood retention capacity of the area.


3. Access roads

562. The main road access to the site is B403: Arippu – Marichchikattu road through Silavathurai town. From the main road, the access to the site is along the road via Vijaya Gammanaya which is about 1.3 km and this section of road is not suitable for movement of heavy construction vehicles. Therefore this section will have to be widened and improved. From this village road to the site, it is necessary to construct a new access road of about 250 m length of 5m width. The land around the site is a crown land and is not occupied or used for any economic purpose, and the access road will be located on this land. The proposed road layout is not

187

available at present. However, it can be assumed that the road will be between the selected site and the end of the Vjaya Gammanaya road where grasslands and scrub jungle and no sensitive flora in this area is found. To minimize the damage to the surrounding areas, the contractor should ensure that construction work is done within standard working widths, and that the sites are accessed over existing tracks, rather than driving over undamaged areas. Designs for new roads and improvements to existing roads should include effective drainage, to solve some of the current localized flooding noted by the community and to avoid causing new problems.

Plate 6.5-1. Vijaya Gammanaya road and area of the new road section to be located


563. Construction activities will cause site-specific physical disturbance and alteration to the foreshore and projects terrestrial environmental and associated flora and fauna. The project site consists of grassland and scrub jungle where disturbances will occur due to the construction of buildings, ponds and new access road section etc. of the proposed facility. The pipelines for seawater intake and treated water discharge will cross and damage a narrow strip of sandy beach vegetation and it will break a strip of beach sand dune too.

564. The surveying and demarcation of the Project site boundaries and subsequent construction phase will include the degradation of the local terrestrial ecology (especially flora) through the clearance of the projects area flora and fauna resources. This includes the entire project area, which includes the removal of trees, shrubs and smaller plants. Actual numbers to be removed will be finalized during the implementation phase of the project, however it is recommended that through appropriate planning the number of trees to be removed maybe minimized with the existing vegetation incorporated into the general landscape features of the area.

565. Total numbers of 28 plant species including an endemic, an endangered, a vulnerable and one nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the project area. Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (13) followed by shrubs (7), herbaceous species (6) and Creepers (2). Further, about 89% of the recorded flora species are natives and about 7 % of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. A nationally near threatened (NT) plant species; Salvadora persica, an endangered plant species; Salacia reticulata, an endemic species; Cassine glauca and a vulnerable plant species; Manilkara hexandra were observed within the project site. All the trees and plant species present within the

188

PA are predominantly ubiquitous native species, which are highly tolerant of disturbances. Further, invasive species; Lantana camara and Chromolaena odorata were recorded within the project site.

566. According to the evidence available from the community, and evidence observed during the field survey Elephant (Elephas maximus maximus), Gona (Rusa unicolor), Sloth Bear (Melursus ursinus inornatus), Kaballewa (Manis crassicaudata) and Leopard (Panthera pardus), do not reside in project area but cross the border of the Wilpattu National Park and proceed to the project area as well as to the project influencing area. However, they return to the National park.







Implement proposed mitigation measures proposed under “Water Quality”, “Air Quality”, “Noise”, “Vibration” and “Waste Management” above as applicable;

5. Protected areas

568. There are no marine, coastal or terrestrial protected areas within the Project Area or close to the projects Area of Influence and as such there will be no impact on the national protected area systems and the flora and fauna that resided within. However, at present, the area where the land is located is under the management of the Forest Department as per the powers vested by the Forest ordinance and the subsequent government circulars (Appendix 1.3 and 1.4). The required land extent will be released for the development by the Forest Department as per the standard procedure. Transportation of materials will require use of road network system that is close to the Mavillu Conservation Forest which is located at a distance of about 1.2 km. Therefore it is suggested to obtain recommendations from the Forest Department prior to the construction works begins.

569. Possible impacts on protected areas due to locations of quarry and burrow sites and transportation of construction materials etc. Mitigation measures proposed include;

Ensure to select quarry sites and burrow areas having valid permits and licenses such as (IML-Industrial Mining License from GSMB and EPL-Environmental Protection License from CEA etc.) and approvals / clearances from Forest Department and DWC etc.


189


570. Construction work within the shoreline may result in disturbances to the fishers through access to the beach (limited area) and on costal fishing grounds. This impact can be mitigated through;



Prohibit access to fisheries and community to the pipelines (intake and discharge) area (50 m either side) and water intake area (25 m2) through a designated restriction zone. Community awareness and information is required.


571. The facility comprises with number of fresh water and sea water ponds and periodic wastewater generation is anticipated. This wastewater has high nutrient content as it has highly contaminated with fecal matters of mud crabs and crab feeding food waste which remaining with the water. A wastewater treatment system will be designed to meet the discharged water in order to comply with the National Standards. According to the Feasibility Study, the effluent water discharged from the hatchery tanks will be subject to biological purification using aerobic bacteria with continuous aeration to bring it up to the standards specified by the Sri Lanka Standards Institute in terms of BOD and COD of the discharged water. The treated effluent water will be discharged into a soakage pit. The discharge water quality shall comply with the National Environmental (Protection and Quality) Regulations, No. 1 of 2008: List I: Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial Waste into Inland Surface Waters”. Regular monitoring shall be conducted to ensure the discharge water quality during operation of the wastewater treatment plant as per the schedule provided in Environmental Monitoring Plan below.

572. The investment will, eventually provide environmental benefits in respect of reducing pressure on wild stocks of mud crab and release of hatchery spawned mud crab to help restore these wild stocks.

573. The EMP and Mitigation Plan for the mud crab hatchery facility for Operational Stage is given in Table 7.2-2, Chapter 7. Most of the mitigation activities relevant in this regard are generic, however, site and the proposed process/facility specific impacts and mitigation measures are discussed below.

1. Protected areas

574. As the Mud crab hatchery site is located adjacent to a large area known as the Wilpattu North Forest Complex in an area where animal pathways could be found, recommendations shall be obtained from the DWC and Forest Department during the operational activities of the facility such recommendations must be strictly followed.

190


575. The proposed mud crab hatchery site is located at Kondachchi GND and in between two new villages namely Vijaya Gammanaya and Kayakkuliya. After the conflict situation, people were resettled in Musali DSD and these two are such newly inhabited villages in 2012 - 2013. Due to lack of infra-structure and job opportunities, 90% of the house owners of Vijaya gammanaya are not settled in the village. Representatives of the village are to request from the MFARDREA for a new fish Landing Site for Vijaya Gammanaya as they are willing to engage in fishing activities.

Plate 6.5-2: Beach in front of the site Plate 6.5-3: Kayakkuli fish landing site

Figure 6.5-3: Locations of landing site

191

576. The population of the Vijaya Gammanaya village is likely to increase with the development of the infra-structure and creation of job opportunities due to proposed project implementation. Fishing and aquaculture related activities will also be increased for both Vijaya Gammanaya and Kayakkuliya villages. During future activities of the project, continuous community consultations will benefit the successful implementation of the project.

6.6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures - Sea cucumber hatchery facility


577. A list of infrastructures is included in the proposal and include: (i) buildings required for the hatchery and nursery process including a 40 m x 20 m spawning building; (ii) a building complex with a house, office, store, and a dormitory; (iii) other relevant structures such as a security room, landscaping, access road, boundary wall, 2 water tanks (seawater 50,000 L, freshwater 10,000 L), a sump (100,000 L) and an effluent treatment facility. Water is proposed to be supplied via a well and subsequently filtered.

578. Impacts during construction period will be very common for this type of a construction site. However, as this facility is located in a less populated area in Mullaitivu District, most of the impacts can be considered as not severe. Impacts on beach and shore line, water quality (marine water, inland surface water and ground water), air quality, waste management, traffic management will be mitigated with standard best construction and environmental practices.

579. Sea cucumber hatchery facility is located within about 500 m – 1 km from two nearby villages namely, Valayanmadam and Ampalawanapokkanei. Apart from the direct construction activities vehicle movements along the village roads which are gravel roads will be increased. Public nuisance due to, dust air quality, noise and waste management and public inconvenience due to road traffic and health and safety during construction and operation shall be mitigated through implementation of best practices. Noise & vibration is produced by most construction activities & vehicles. Exposure can cause stress and alter the behavior of people, and reduce their quality of life. Compactors, compressors machinery used for internal road construction, Machinery used for building construction etc. are the main sources of noise and vibration. Special attention will be paid on the Valainmadam Church as it is located at about 200 m from the site.

580. There are no protected areas within or around proposed sub project. However, possible impacts on protected areas due to locations of quarry and burrow sites and transportation of construction materials cannot be ruled out. Therefore, it is recommended to ensure to select quarry sites and burrow areas having valid permits and licenses such as (IML-Industrial Mining License from GSMB and EPL-Environmental Protection License from CEA etc.) and approvals / clearances from relevant authorities such as Forest Department and DWC etc. The permit conditions during operation, loading, transportation of quarry / burrow material according construction shall be adhered.

581. Site and the proposed facility specific impacts and mitigation measures are discussed below. The site specific EMP and Mitigation Plan for the Sea cucumber hatchery facility for Pre-construction and Construction Stage is given in Table 7.2-7, Chapter 7.

192

1. Air quality

582. Handling potentially large quantity of sand during site clearance carries the risk of producing significant amounts of airborne dust. Given dry and windy conditions significant dust may be generated if proper precautions are not taken. Site excavation to create foundations for buildings, trenches for infrastructure, and construction of earth bunds will create dust. In dry weather conditions, dust can be blown from exposed stockpiles, material transportation and site roads and this is a serious public nuisance and could cause respiratory problems for workers and the public. Dust generation can be mitigated through;

Spray water on the road surfaces along which construction vehicles and trucks are travelled to control fugitive dust;






Construct temporary dust barriers (using tarpaulin sheets) along the boundary/construction site as appropriate;

Establish green belt along the boundary of the work sites adjacent to residents as required;

2. Noise and vibration

583. The principal activities during construction are; delivery of construction materials by vehicles: trucks, tippers, tractors, lorries, concrete truck mixers etc.; earth works: excavators, dozers, compactors; compressors etc.; road construction works: rollers, compactors; building construction: concrete mixers, drilling machine, power saw etc. Each of these activities will generate noise leading to impact on the road users, villagers and workers. However, potential impact relating to noise and vibration from these activities can be limited by adopting best practice measures as stipulated here under.

Use appropriate noise reduction devices on all vehicles and machinery used in adjacent to residential areas;

Limit noise generating activities and use of noise generating machineries at night and as such restrict construction activities form 6 am through 6 pm;

Comply with the Schedule III of the National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations No.1 1996, maximum permissible noise levels at boundaries of the land in which the source of noise is located for construction activities: Day Time 75 dB (A) and Night Time 50 dB(A).


Establish green belt along the boundary of the work sites adjacent to residents as required;

193

3. Access roads

584. The main road access to the site is A35: Paranthan - Mullaitivu road through Pudukudirippu town or Mullaitivu town. From the main road, the access to the site is along the Ambalawanapokkanai road which is in motorable condition. From this village road to the site, it is necessary to construct a new access road of about 75 m length of 5 m width. The land around the site is crown land and is not occupied or used for any economic purpose, and the access roads will be located on this land. The access road traverses via bare sandy land and no sensitive flora in this area. To minimize the damage to the surrounding areas, the contractor should ensure that construction work is done within standard working widths, and that the sites are accessed over existing tracks, rather than driving over undamaged areas. Designs for new roads and improvements to existing roads should include effective drainage, to solve some of the current localized flooding noted by the community and to avoid causing new problems.

Plate 6.6-1. Condition of the existing access roads


585. Construction activities will cause site-specific physical disturbance and alteration to the foreshore and projects terrestrial environmental and associated flora and fauna. The project site consists of coastal woodlands where disturbances will occur due to the construction of buildings, ponds and new access road section etc. of the proposed facility. The pipelines for seawater intake and treated water discharge will cross a narrow strip of sandy beach creeping vegetation.

586. Floristic diversity of the proposed project area is very low. Total numbers of 16 plant species including two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area. Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (10) followed by herbaceous species (3), shrubs (2) and creepers (1). Further, about 68.7% of the recorded flora species are natives and about 31.3% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. The two nationally near threatened (NT) plant species in IUCN national conservation status; Salvadora persica and Capparis brevispina were observed within the project site. All other trees and plant species present within the project area are predominantly ubiquitous native species, which are highly tolerant of disturbances.

Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is very low. A total number of 10 faunal species were recorded during the field survey. No migratory bird species were recorded during the field

194

ecological study. This was confirmed by the field interviews with fishermen and the community. No turtles were recorded during the field ecological study and the discussions with local coastal communities also revealed that turtles are not observed in the area and this area is not a turtle breeding area.


588. The surveying and demarcation of the Project site boundaries and subsequent construction phase will include the degradation of the local terrestrial ecology (especially flora) through the clearance of the Projects Area (PA) flora and fauna resources. This includes the entire PA, which includes the removal of trees, shrubs and smaller plants. Actual numbers to be removed will be finalized during the implementation phase of the project, however it is recommended that through appropriate planning the number of trees to be removed maybe minimized with the existing vegetation incorporated into the general landscape features of the area.













195


The facility comprises with number of fresh water and sea water ponds and periodic wastewater generation is anticipated. This wastewater has high nutrient content as it has highly contaminated with fecal matters of sea cucumber and feeding food waste which remaining with the water. A wastewater treatment system will be designed to meet the discharged water in order to comply with the National Standards. According to the Feasibility Study, the effluent water discharged from the hatchery tanks will be subject to biological purification using aerobic bacteria with continuous aeration to bring it up to the standards specified by the Sri Lanka Standards Institute in terms of BOD and COD of the discharged water. The treated effluent water will be discharged into a soakage pit. The discharge water quality shall comply with the National Environmental (Protection and Quality) Regulations, No. 1 of 2008: List I: Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial Waste into Inland Surface Waters”. Regular monitoring shall be conducted to ensure the discharge water quality during operation of the wastewater treatment plant as per the schedule provided in Environmental Monitoring Plan given in Chapter 7.

It is indicated that the captive breeding program will use endemic (found naturally in the area) wild sea cucumber brood-stock, principally of Holothuria atra, from the Northern Province. A significant incremental environmental benefit indicated in the proposal is that the hatchery and larval rearing facility will help enhancement of natural sea cucumber stocks.

591. The EMP and Mitigation Plan for the Sea cucumber hatchery facility for Operational Stage is given in Table 7.2-2, Chapter 7. Most of the mitigation activities relevant in this regard are generic, however, site and the proposed process/facility specific impacts and mitigation measures are discussed below.


592. There is a possibility for disturbances to the sea water pipeline and intake due to fishing activities and this has to be avoided by consultation with the fishing communities;

Conduct consultations with fisher community to ensure that fisheries activities will not disrupt/disturb the pipelines (intake and discharge) area (50 m either side) and water intake area (25 m2). There may be a need to identify through a designated restriction zone where activities are restricted.




593. A list of infrastructures is included in the proposal. It is indicated that consideration should be given to developing the site to ensure that the laboratory is away from sources of contamination, a 20 m water system, connection to a septic system or sanitary sewer, air conditioning and electric service capacity are proposed. The main infrastructure is a laboratory building (15m x 12m). Other buildings indicated are housing for the officer-in-charge, office and store building, staff office quarters and a dormitory. Other relevant structures include: Generator room (40 KVA), security room. landscaping and access road, boundary wall, 2 water tanks (sea water 50,000 L, freshwater 10,000 L capacity), pump house (2 x 4HP pumps required), sump (100,000 L), and effluent treatment facility. The source of freshwater for the laboratory is indicated to be bottled or desalination.

196

594. Impacts during construction period will be very common for this type of a construction site. However as this facility is located in a less populated area (in Chullipuram in Jaffna District), most of the impacts can be considered as not severe. Impacts on beach and shore line, water quality (marine water, inland surface water and ground water), air quality, noise and vibration, waste management will be mitigated with standard best construction and environmental practices.

595. There are no protected areas within or around proposed sub project.

596. As a best practice, it is recommended to ensure to select quarry sites and burrow areas having valid permits and licenses such as (IML-Industrial Mining License from GSMB and EPL-Environmental Protection License from CEA etc.) and approvals / clearances from relevant authorities such as Forest Department and DWC etc. The permit conditions during operation, loading, transportation of quarry / burrow material according construction shall be adhered.

597. Site and the proposed facility specific impacts and mitigation measures are discussed below. The site specific EMP and Mitigation Plan for the Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility for Pre-construction and Construction Stage is given in Table 7.2-9, Chapter 7.

1. Drainage and flooding

598. There are low lying areas in the surrounding of the proposed seaweed tissue culture site. Left side of the existing access road, slopes towards the lagoon and right side area slopes towards the sea. During heavy rains, water gets accumulated in these areas and flows along the depressions to the sea and to the lagoon. The stagnated water appears as small surface water bodies and gradually died out within one to three months after the rainy period. Attention on drainage aspects during detailed design stage is recommended.

599. The impact of the potential flooding is minimal to the areas as it is a normal process with the water discharging over land into the sea or into the ground water. The following measures are suggested to mitigate inconvenience :

Do not block the existing drainage paths which run across the project site and its surrounding.


During construction of the bund standard environmental mitigation measures that reduce and manage material dispersion (silt traps, cover stockpiles) are to be implemented including standard OH and S requirements for all workers.

2. Access roads

The main road access to the site is AB 21: Jaffna – Ponnalai – Point Pedro Road. From the main road, the access to the site is about 1.3 km along the Chullipura landing site access road which is in a motorable condition. From this village road to the site, it is necessary to construct a new access road of about 200 m length of 5 m width. The land around the site is crown land and is not occupied or used for any economic purpose, and the access roads will be located on this land. The access road traverses via bare sandy land and no sensitive flora in this area. To minimize the damage to the surrounding areas, the contractor should ensure that construction work is done within standard working widths, and that the sites are accessed over existing tracks, rather than

197

driving over undamaged areas. Designs for new roads and improvements to existing roads should include effective drainage, to solve some of the current localized flooding noted by the community and to avoid causing new problems.

Plate 6.7-1: Chullipuram West landing site access road and area of new road


600. Total numbers of 21 plant species including two invasive species were recorded during the field ecological survey within the study area. Majority of the plant species recorded are trees (10) followed by shrubs (5), herbaceous species (4) and Creepers (2). Further, about 71.4 % of the recorded flora species are natives and about 28.6% of the recoded flora species are exotic to the country. All trees and plant species present within the project area are predominantly ubiquitous native species, which are highly tolerant of disturbances. Two invasive plant species; Lantana Camara and Leucaena leucocephala were observed within the project site.

601. Faunal diversity of the proposed project area is very low. No migratory bird species were recorded during the field ecological study and this area is not important for migratory birds. No turtles were recorded during the field ecological study and the discussions with local coastal communities revealed that this area is not a turtle breeding area


603. The surveying and demarcation of the Project site boundaries and subsequent construction phase will include the degradation of the local terrestrial ecology (especially flora) through the clearance of the Projects Area flora and fauna resources. This includes the entire project area, which includes the removal of trees, shrubs and smaller plants. Actual numbers to be removed will be finalized during the implementation phase of the project, however it is recommended that through appropriate planning the number of trees to be removed maybe minimized with the existing vegetation incorporated into the general landscape features of the area.

604. Construction activities will cause site-specific physical disturbance and alteration to the foreshore and projects terrestrial environmental and associated flora and fauna. The project site consists of palmyrah dominated coastal scrub lands and replanted thepasia populnea patch

198

where disturbances will occur due to the construction of buildings, ponds and new access road section etc. of the proposed facility. The pipelines for seawater intake and treated water discharge will cross a narrow strip of sandy beach vegetation.













5. Other beach uses

607. In general, sections of these beaches are not commonly used for any particular activity other than fisheries activities. However, access to the beach areas near the construction site should not be disturbed. (Once the land is handed over to the Construction Contractor, access to the land will be prohibited for the public due to safety reasons). The pipelines are to be buried and as such once the construction phase is complete access along the beach will be allowed. It is recommended to adhere following mitigation measures;

Ensure fences are erected around the land based work sites include public signage to prevent access to all non-permitted workers during construction.

199




608. The facility comprises with number of fresh water and sea water tanks and periodic wastewater generation is anticipated. The discharge water quality shall comply with the National Environmental (Protection and Quality) Regulations, No. 1 of 2008: List I: Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial Waste into Inland Surface Waters” or List III: “Tolerance Limits for Industrial and Domestic Waste Discharged into Marine Coastal Areas” as applicable. Regular monitoring shall be conducted to ensure the discharge water quality during operation of the wastewater treatment plant as per the schedule provided in Environmental Monitoring Plan below.

609. It is suggested that tissue culture of seaweed will reduce pressure on wild stocks.

610. The EMP and Mitigation Plan for the Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility for Operational Stage is given in Table 7.2-2, Chapter 7. Most of the mitigation activities relevant in this regard are generic, however, site and the proposed process/facility specific impacts and mitigation measures are discussed below.


611. The proposed seaweed tissue culture site is located near the Chullipuram West fish landing site. The landing site is somewhat busy and boats are at present anchored in the sea in front of the proposed site location. During future activities of the project, continuous community consultations will benefit the successful implementation of the project.

200

7. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 General

612. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) provides the framework through which the adverse impacts of a project are avoided, reduced, mitigated or compensated for (in that order of priority) and positive impacts are assured and enhanced to the extent feasible. This Chapter contains the following key components:

i. A summary of the potential impacts of the project (during each phase) and the mitigation and enhancement actions proposed in the IEE to address negative impacts and the agency responsible for each activity;

ii. An Environmental Monitoring Plan describing monitoring to be conducted to ensure the mitigation is provided indicating monitoring parameters, locations, frequency and responsibility;

iii. A description of the organizations and institutions involved in implementing the EMP and their roles;

iv. Information management and reporting.

613. The EMP provides guidance to the implementation of mitigatory measures and monitoring throughout the implementation of the project and contributes to the overall process of project monitoring and auditing. The EMP therefore presents a consolidation of the recommendations given in the IEE Report.

614. The EMP is developed based on the details available on literature, proposals and the proposals and findings of the PPTA study, including direct observations made during site visits. Most of these investments, after detailed designs the IEE including EMP will be updated.

7.2 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

615. The EMP sets out the mechanisms for the implementation of actions with respect to Mitigatory Measures (as described in Chapter 6), for which prior agreement has to be reached by the ADB, EA, IAs and the regulatory authorities. The EMP will be used as means by which the PPs (and contractors / sub-contractors) will implement the recommended mitigation measures and achieve the environmental performance standards defined and recommended in Sri Lankan environmental legislation, in the IEE, and as per requirements of the ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (2009). The primary reason for adopting the EMP approach is to make all parties aware of environmental responsibilities and to be proactive in their commitment to achieve the standards specified.

616. The EMP and Mitigation Plans in the form of Impacts-Mitigations tables given in the following sections of this chapter summarizes the potential environmental and social impacts of the proposed development as identified and discussed in Chapter 6, and the mitigation proposed to reduce these impacts to acceptable levels. The table also shows how the mitigation should be implemented, who should be responsible for each action, and where and when the mitigation activities should take place.

617. The EMP and Mitigation Plans are provided separately for four aquaculture sites with special references to site specific issues. For each proposed sub-project, separate tables are provided to describe impacts/mitigations during (i) the pre-construction/construction stage, and (ii) the operation stage. It should be noted here that impacts relating to construction activities have

201

many common characteristics, thus it is expected that the construction impacts, and their corresponding mitigation, will often be quite similar across the subprojects of the NPSFDP.

618. The tables are intended to provide guidance about appropriate mitigation measures, for specific adverse impacts which have been identified or which are anticipated. Parameters for which no negative impacts are expected, are not included in these tables. Against the each environmental aspect / project activity, environmental impact, locations, significance, duration, mitigation measures proposed and responsible entity in implementation and monitoring of mitigation measures are identified in these tables.

The tables presented are as follows:

Table 7.2-1: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: Generic;

Table 7.2-2: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: Generic;

Table 7.2-1: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: ;

Table 7.2-2: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: ;






Error! Reference source not found..

7.3 Environmental Monitoring

619. Environmental monitoring is an important component of the environmental management process providing information for periodic review and refinement modification of the environmental management system as necessary, ensuring that environmental protection is optimized at all project phases. Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMoP) validates the predicted environmental impacts and effectiveness of the proposed mitigation measures.

620. Maintenance and effectiveness of the EMPs will be monitored through formal and informal audits, environmental monitoring, documentation of non-conformance incidents and implementation of corrective actions, and stakeholder feedback. Management reviews will be conducted periodically to consider changing circumstances which could require modifications to an EMP in order to support continual improvement and overall effectiveness.

621. Environmental monitoring should be carried out throughout the project on short term and long-term basis to detect changes in the key environmental quality parameters, which can be attributed to the project. Results of the EMoP are used to evaluate the extent and severity of the environmental impacts against the predicted impacts, trends in impacts and performance of the environmental protection measures (success of mitigation measures) or compliance with applicable rules and regulations. Feedback from EMoP may be used to determine more or less stringent mitigation measures. Recording and reporting of monitoring data to relevant stakeholders, including authorities and community will be carried out strictly as required by the related environmental regulations. The proposed EMoP can be subjected to changes depending on trend analysis of environmental monitoring data.

202

622. The EMoPs are provided in separate tables for four aquaculture sites with special references to site specific considerations. Against the each environmental aspect, monitoring parameter, applicable standard, monitoring method, locations, frequency and responsible entity of monitoring are identified in these EMoPs. Monitoring costs are presented in Appendix 8. The tables are as follows:

Table 7.3-12: EMoP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: CADEC

CC = Construction Contractor.

Table: 7.3-2: EMoP - Operation Stage: CADEC

Error! Reference source not found.

Table 7.3-4: EMoP - Operation Stage: Mud crab hatchery

Table7.3-5: EMP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: Sea cucumber hatchery

Table 7.3-6: EMoP - Operation Stage: Sea cucumber hatchery

Table 7.3-7: EMoP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: Seaweed tissue culture laboratory

203

Table 7.3-8: EMoP - Operation Stage: Seaweed tissue culture laboratory

7.4 Implementation Mechanism

7.4.1 Institutional Arrangements

623. A suitable institutional mechanism involving all relevant stakeholders of the project will require to achieve effective implementation and supervision of the environmental mitigation measures and monitoring activities. For a successful implementation of the EMP, proposing a proper project management structure, defining the roles of various agencies / parties and identifying responsibilities of the relevant officers are important and necessary. This output will include a consultancy firm to undertake detailed designs, supervision and operational startup of the facilities. The firm includes an environment specialist who will be responsible to update the IEE based on detailed designs and undertake supervision during implementation. The environment specialist will be supported by the three environment officers of the PIU in periodic monitoring during construction and operation. The project management structure is presented in Figure -1 and it shows the hierarchy within the structure, order of responsibilities and links of communication within the PMU/PIU and with the interrelated entities/officers with respect to the implementation of environmental safeguards of the PMU/PIU structure of the project.

Note: * Sections / links such as Procurement, Finance & Admin were intentionally omitted in this diagram. Source: Figure 1 of PPTA Project Administration Manual, NPSFDP

Figure 7.4-1: Project Management Structure Extract

204

624. The successful construction and operation of the investment subprojects of the NPSFDP will depend on many factors, which include the successful implementation of the various monitoring and mitigation measures as set out according to the local and funding agency’s environmental safeguard requirements. All the participants and organizations have a designated role in project execution and implementation in a responsible manner in order to deliver their duties professionally and diligently. The main participants and their responsibilities are summarized below.

Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARD): Executing Agency (EA) - Apex decision making body. Responsible for administration of loan / grant finance on behalf of the Government and Progress monitoring through establishment of a Project Steering Committee (PSC). Resolving issues that impede the progress of project implementation, through interagency coordination.

National Aquaculture Development Authority (NAQDA): Provides technical guidance for four aquaculture development subprojects;

Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (DFAR): Provides guidance and coordination on matters related in fisheries;

Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD): Functions as the regulatory authority within the coastal zone through development permit process; Project Approving Agency (PAA) under the Coast Conservation Act; Responsible for administering the EIA/IEE process, including scoping, preparing Tore, public disclosure, review of EIA/IEE reports, decision making and compliance monitoring which would involve compliance with conditions and the effectiveness of the mitigatory measures.

Central Environmental Authority (CEA): Participate to the EIA/IEE approval process by providing concurrence and its implementation by the PAA; Monitor the quality of the environment to ascertain the short term and long-term effects (if any), Oversee the project activities outside of the coastal zone;

Marine Environmental Protection Authority (MEPA): A key member of Technical Evaluation Committee of the EIA/IEE approval and its implementation; Monitor the activities related to marine environment to ascertain the short term and long-term effects (if any).

Department of Wildlife Conservation (DWC): A key member of Technical Evaluation Committee of the EIA/IEE approval and implementation; Oversee the project activities closer to/within wildlife protected areas to ascertain the short term and long-term effects (if any).

Forest Department: A key member of Technical Evaluation Committee of the EIA/IEE approval and implementation; Oversee the project activities closer to/within forestry areas to ascertain the short term and long-term effects (if any).

7.4.2 Responsibilities of Entities

Responsibility of the PMU/PIU

625. The PMU will be led by the project director (PD) and PD will be supported by a variety of technical and administrative positions. Two PIUs will be established in Northern Province (PIU-1 for Output 1 & 2 and PIU-2 for Output 3) which will be headed by two Project Managers. Some of

205

the technical staff will be existing MFARDREA and/or CFHC / NAQDA employees and others will be consultants, employed on a contract basis, for the duration of the project, or for shorter fixed terms. The requirements of these positions will be decided in advance and specified in the job descriptions. It is likely that all senior technical positions will require suitable qualifications and several years of relevant experience in similar positions. Three Environmental Officers will be appointed and will be based in the Province-based office. The Environmental Officers will require higher degrees in environmental management or other relevant specialties and previous work experience in preparing and implementing Environmental Management Plans, conducting environmental monitoring surveys, liaise with ADB, CCCRMD, CEA and other agencies and other relevant activities.

626. The activities of the PMU/PIU includes;

Overall responsibility of implementing the recommendations and mitigation measures identified throughout the project;

Coordinate and obtain all relevant approvals from governmental agencies behalf of the project / EA / IA; Update the EMP with Design & Supervision Consultant according to the latest designs and approval conditions from the CCCRMD/CEA during the detailed design stage;

Oversight in environmental monitoring, implementation of mitigation measures and obtaining environmental clearance;

Assign qualified staff including manager/s and site environment coordinators to ensure effective implementation of the proposed EMP and relevant mitigation measures are in action. Resolving issues that impede the progress of project implementation, through interagency coordination.

Day-to-day project management and coordination: financial management; project administration; technical oversight (engineering and environmental); review and approval of the work of the Design & Supervision Consultant.

Responsible for ensuring the project adheres to national law and the policy of the lender, including social and environmental safeguards.

Supervision of the work of the Contractors to ensure that all infrastructure is built as designed. Environmental Supervision to ensure that all mitigation is provided as specified in the project EMP (by Contractors, Design & Supervision Consultants etc.).

Liaise with ADB, CCCRMD, CEA and other agencies during implementation of EMP relevant activities.

Consultant’s Responsibility

627. NPSFDP will select a consultant firm for design, construction supervision and operational startup of the aquaculture facilities (Package CS-02). Under this package, and environment specialist will be appointed. The Environment Specialists will be responsible to update/upgrade the environmental assessment/s prepared under the project preparatory stage and prepare any additional environmental assessments required for government clearances. Terms of Reference for the Consultant’s Environmental Specialist:

Review and revise based on detailed designs the environmental impact assessment/s undertaken during the project preparatory stage. Draw attention to

206

the changes which may have become necessary since their preparation and make recommendations;

Ensure that the environmental factors and mitigation measures are incorporated in the designs;

Undertake additional studies/surveys if required to finalize the environmental assessment/s to meet the CCCRMD and Government of Sri Lanka’s regulatory requirements. Ensure that all assessments meet both ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009, and government of Sri Lanka’s requirements.

The assessment/s should identify the area of impact, assess the potential impacts (not only at the project site but related facilities such as borrow sites, quarry sites, disposal sites) and describe suitable mitigation measures, include a comprehensive environmental management plan which identifies clearly the responsibilities and institutional arrangements for implementation. This EMP will be attached to the bidding documents for the respective contracts, therefore detailed (site specific and not generic) EMPs will be prepared.

Coordinate with relevant agencies and obtain the necessary environmental clearances and approvals

Oversee that the environmental requirements and recommendations are properly integrated in the schedules and plans during construction and operation of the project;

Ensure that applicable guidelines and criteria on environment are complied with the requirements during construction;

Supervise the regular monitoring activities during construction;

Ensure that mitigating measures and preventive activities are properly implemented and adequate measures are taken during construction and in cases where unexpected impacts arise;

Prepare Environmental Monitoring Plans and regular reports on the activities undertaken and the results of monitoring for submission to appropriate authorities (ADB, CCCRMD and other regulatory agency/s if any).

Contractor’s Responsibility

628. Main Construction Contractors will each be required to provide a Senior Environmental Manager, who will be responsible for the Contractor’s environmental performance, and in particular implementing the EMP requirements. It is likely that the senior environmental manager of the Construction Contractors will require a higher qualification in relevant subjects with several years of experience of similar work activities, preferably involving in fisheries infrastructure and aquaculture development etc. Responsibilities for the Consultant’s Environmental Manager include:

Prepare contractor’s own Environmental Management Plan (Construction) based on the project’s EMP and submitted to the Supervision Consultant for review and approval.

Prepare site / activity specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS) and obtain the approval from the Consultant prior to the commencement of such works (e.g.: access roads, burrow sites, disposal sites etc.);

207

Supervise construction of specific elements of the infrastructure according to designs, drawings and tender documents to comply with project’s environmental requirements;

Provision of mitigation and monitoring impacts of construction activities as specified in the project EMP and EMP(C);

Supervise all sub-contractors and major suppliers, whether or not they are working onsite (transport contractors, waste management contractors, quarry companies, materials merchants, fuel suppliers, etc. shall all prepare their own action plans describing how they will manage and minimize the environmental and social impacts of their activities related to this project);

Educate all employees engaged in construction or supporting activities about the EMP and provide training in the aspects of the EMP that relate to their work, and an insight into the potential adverse impacts of their work and how they are to be mitigated;

Prepare semi-annual monitoring reports for submission to the EA and ADB.

7.5 Mitigation and Monitoring Cost

629. The estimated costs of implementing the Environmental Management and Environmental Monitoring Plans for the project are given in respective tables. All the costs are derived from the mitigation and monitoring activities as described in Chapter 6 and a full breakdown of each total is given in Appendix 8, with details of the assumptions made in arriving at each figure. Most of the construction related mitigation measures are internalized in to the bill rates of the corresponding work / item. This cost estimates also exclude those mitigation measures that avoided through Best Construction Practice and Best Management Practices, because this should already be the norm for experienced contractors, and the client should not incur additional costs for adoption of such measures. The cost estimate does not include the permanent and/or temporary staff engaged in the EMP implementation.

208

Table 7.2-1: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: Generic

Environmental

Feature

Environmental Impact Lock Sig Dur Mitigation Measures

Responsibility Estimated Cost

(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Beach and

shoreline

Damages and pollution on beach and shoreline due to removal of vegetation, excavation of trenches, pipe laying, construction of manholes and anchoring structures etc.

BA M S Restrict the construction related activities - temporary material stockpiles, heavy machineries & equipment movements & vehicular movements - within the project footprint and demarcate the construction boundaries at the beach;

Ensure all water delivery systems (e.g. pipeline) are buried until it enters the facilities boundaries. This is to include both the land and sea sections of the water deliver system. The intake opening will need to be securely anchored, protected screen on the opening to prevent entry (e.g. plastics, finfish) and marked above water to prevent access including a “no go” area. In addition local fishers need to be informed of the location.

Follow the mitigation measures proposed under 3. Water quality & 9. Waste management below.

CC SC PMU

Internalized into the construction cost

Beach pollution due to workers BA

MW

M S Follow the mitigation measures proposed under 9. Waste management below.

CC SC PMU


2. Drainage &

flooding

Possible short term flood situations at the site and surrounding area of the site due to improper site practices during construction

SS M S Do not block the existing drainage paths which run across the project site and its surrounding.


During construction specially activities such as eartch warks, material stockpiling, construction of the bunds ets, standard environmental mitigation measures that reduce and manage material dispersion (silt traps, cover stockpiles) are to be implemented including standard OH and S requirements for all workers;

CC

SC PMU


209

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

3. Water quality –

Marine water

Marine water contamination due to construction activities specially the sea water intake and any other activities near the shore

BA

MW

SS

M S It is recommended to study the water quality, dilution and dispersion etc. by a qualified coastal engineer during detailed design;

Marine works should be scheduled to occur in the dry season (not the monsoon period) when the sea conditions are calmer to limit the spread of sediment around this operation;

Conduct the excavation, and deposit the excavated material in a controlled manner minimizing the area that is disturbed;

Monitor the turbidity levels due to spread of sediment throughout the trenching operation, and work should be stopped if turbidity levels are high;

Deploy silt traps (surface to sea bed) around dredging site/s to confine sediment dispersal reducing area of increased turbidity;

Educate workers on oil /chemical handling and management procedures, provide appropriate supervision;

Take precaution to avoid spillage or leakage of diesel, oils and lubes from construction machinery;

Ensure a buffer zone is in place (100 m minimum) that restricts machinery access and maintenance close to the shore line;

Recover spills / leaks, if any and dispose according to local standards;

Dispose domestic wastes as per the procedure suggested in 4. Water quality - Inland surface water and 9. Waste management below;

CC, DC

SC PMU


210

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

4. Water quality –

Inland surface

water

Run-off from stockpiled materials and chemicals from fuels and lubricants during construction works can contaminate downstream surface water quality of the water logging areas and sea. Although the rainfall in this area is not very common, during monsoons, heavy rains are possible. Water will be stagnated over the low lying areas surrounding of the site.

AS

SS

M S Avoid earthworks during monsoon season to prevent the problem of soil run-off

Avoid stockpiling of earth fill especially during the monsoon season unless covered by tarpaulins or plastic sheets and silt traps are to be deployed around the stockpiles

Prioritize re-use of excess spoils and materials in the construction works. If spoils will be disposed, only designated and permitted disposal areas shall be used;

Install temporary silt traps or sedimentation basins along the drainage leading to the water bodies;

Adopt effective pollution prevention/abatement measures on site: store petrochemical (fuel, oil, etc.) in leak-proof areas with concrete floors, roof & bunds; avoid storing toxins near sensitive sites;

Adopt good site practices to avoid accidental spills and set up contingency plans for immediate removal of any spill;

CC SC PMU


Wastewater from vehicles, machineries and equipment maintenance and servicing stations

AS

SS

M S Place storage areas for fuels and lubricants away from any drainage leading to water bodies;

Store fuel, construction chemicals on an impervious floor, also avoid spillage by careful handling;

Dispose any wastes generated by construction activities in designated sites;

Locate all vehicles, machineries and equipment maintenance and servicing stations away from surface / ground water bodies;

Wastewater shall not be disposed without meeting the disposal standards of the CEA.

CC SC PMU


211

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

Surface and ground water contamination due to improper garbage disposal

LC M S Provide adequate facilities for disposal of sewerage and solid waste for workers. The sewage systems shall be properly designed, built and operated so that no pollution to ground or adjacent water bodies/watercourses takes place.

Dispose garbage in a hygienic manner in order to comply with the relevant regulations and guidelines issued by the CEA/LA so that no pollution to ground or adjacent water bodies/watercourses takes place.

CC SC PMU


Impacts due to surface and ground

water extraction

AS

LC L S Do not extract water from groundwater or from surface

water bodies without permission from the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible for arranging adequate supply of water for the project purpose throughout the construction period.

CC SC

PMU

Internalized into the

construction cost

5. Water quality -

Groundwater

Impacts on groundwater due to; wastewater from vehicles, machineries and equipment maintenance and servicing stations; improper garbage disposal; surface and ground water extraction

AS

SS

LC

L S Adhere to the mitigation measures proposed under 4. Water quality - Inland surface water above.

CC SC PMU


6. Air quality In dry weather conditions, dust can be blown from exposed stockpiles, material transportation and site roads and this is a serious public nuisance and could cause respiratory problems for workers and the public,

AS TR

QS

BS

L S Spray water on the road surfaces along which construction vehicles and trucks are travelled to control fugitive dust;






CC SC PMU


Construct temporary dust barriers (using tarpaulin sheets)

along the boundary/construction site as appropriate; CC SC

PMU USD 2,000

212

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

Establish green belt along the boundary of the work sites adjacent to residents as required as a long term mitigation measure;;

CC SC PMU

USD 4,000

Vehicle exhausts emit air pollutants which pollute the air locally and alongside transportation routes, which may affect human health and contribute to global warming

TR M S Ensure that contractors adhere to engine maintenance schedules and standards to reduce air pollution;

Ensure that all heavy vehicles, machineries and equipment comply with ambient air quality standards;

CC SC PMU


7. Noise and

vibration

Noise & vibration is produced by most construction activity & vehicles. Exposure can cause stress and alter the behavior of people, and reduce their quality of life.

Compactors, compressors machinery used for internal road construction, Machinery used for building construction etc. are the main sources of noise and vibration.

AS

TR

M S Use appropriate noise reduction devices on all vehicles and machinery used in adjacent to residential areas;

Limit noise generating activities and use of noise generating machineries in the night time;



Establish green belt along the boundary of the work sites adjacent to residents as required as a long term mitigation measure; ;

CC SC PMU


Workers’ hearing may be impaired by exposure to loud and repeated noise;

AS M S

L

P

Prepare Occupational Health & Safety Plan (OHSP) with measures to protect workers & others who come in contact with construction work;

Ensure OHSP is implemented fully at worksites

Include following aspects related to noise in OHSP:

- Provision and use of appropriate ear protectors when needed

- Limiting noise exposure to requirements of Sri Lankan law or international standards (whichever provides greater protection)

Training in dangers of exposure to repeated/excessive noise and vibration and means of avoidance and reduction

CC SC PMU


213

8. Quarry / borrow

sites / disposal

sites

Pressure on natural resources and environmental impacts due to loading, unloading and transportation of rock and filling materials from quarries and borrow areas.

QS

BS

TR

M S Obtain construction materials for this project only from the existing quarries and borrow areas permitted / licensed by government (GSMB and CEA)

Promote existing quarries to be used as much as possible to source construction materials.

If the contractor proposes to obtain materials from any other sources, e.g. new borrow-pits, prior permission must be obtained from the PIU, landowner, GSMB, CEA and Forest Department, and the environmental impacts of the operation should properly examined and mitigated as necessary. Recommendations for new sites includes;

- No extraction of materials from forest reserves is allowed;

- Obtain recommendations from qualified geotechnical engineer / geologist on the stability of the site and surrounding;

- Assess the quantity which could be extracted without impacting the stability of the site and its surrounding and strictly limit the extraction to the quantity assessed;

- Assess the safety of the community in and around the site premises;

- Prepare a plan to control erosion and sedimentation outflow from the exposed areas with suitable measures such as silt traps, sedimentation ponds, covering exposed areas etc. and implement;

- Prepare drainage management plan considering the terrain of the site and implement;

Make efforts to minimize the overall material requirement for the project by adopting various approaches – balanced cut and fill, re-use as much excavated material from this project as possible

Submit to PIU on a monthly basis, documentation (materials quantities with source)

Plan transportation routes so that heavy vehicles do not use narrow local roads, except in the immediate vicinity of delivery sites.

Schedule transport and hauling activities during non-peak hours.

Locate entry and exit points in areas where there is low potential for traffic congestion.

Drive vehicles in a considerate manner.

CC SC PMU


214

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

Coordinate with the Traffic Police for temporary road diversions and for provision of traffic aids if transportation activities cannot be avoided during peak hours.

Notify affected sensitive receptors by providing sign boards with information about the nature and duration of construction works and contact numbers for concerns/complaints, where applicable;

Improper disposal of spoil material will lead to marine and inland water pollution and disturbances to stormwater drainage etc.

SL

DS

TR

M S Reuse as much excavated material in this project as possible;

Find alternative beneficial uses for any unused sand, excavated material for example as infill in other construction works;

Stripping out the trunks and larger branches from trees and shrubs and providing these to the local community free of charge for building or fuel.

All waste/waste sand and vegetation should be covered by secure tarpaulins whenever transported offsite, to prevent material being blown from trucks

Avoid stockpiling any excess spoils at the site for long time. Excess excavated soils should be disposed off to approved designated areas immediately

If disposal is required, the site shall be selected from barren, infertile lands, no/least vegetated areas; site should located away from residential areas, forests, coast, water bodies and any other sensitive land uses

Conduct site clearance and restoration to original condition after the completion of construction work especially along the seawater intake and treated effluent discharge pipeline routes, beach area,; ensure that site is properly restored

CC SC PMU


215

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

9. Waste

management

Improper disposal of construction waste will lead to marine, inland surface and ground water pollution.

AS M S Ensure that wastes are not haphazardly thrown in and around the project site; provide proper collection bins, and create awareness to use the dust bins.

Implement waste segregation for biodegradables, plastic/polythene, glass, paper and metal etc.

Domestic solid wastes should be properly segregated for collection create a compost pit at workers camp sites;

Hand over the segregated recyclable waste to designated recycling centers / collectors and/or and sold in the local recycling material market

Residual and hazardous wastes such as oils, fuels, and lubricants shall be disposed off in approved disposal sites/third party sources approved by CEA

Prohibit burning of construction and/or domestic waste; Hand over the segregated disposable waste (i.e. un-

reusable / un-recyclable material) to the Local Authority or dispose to a land identified with consultation of CEA and LA or waste collectors for disposal at designated disposal site;

CC SC

PMU

CEA

LA


Improper disposal of hazardous waste

(scheduled waste) including E-waste will lead severe health issue and impact on natural environment

AS L S Generation of hazardous waste expected to be negligible Management of hazardous waste (scheduled waste) will

be done as per the “Guidelines for the Management of Scheduled Waste in Sri Lanka; in accordance to the National Environmental (Protection & Quality) Regulation No. 01 of 2008”, published by the Central Environmental Authority, 2009;

Hazardous waste will not be mixed with other types of waste and will be handed over to designated collection centers or directly hand over to commercial e-waste processing organizations.

CC SC

PMU

CEA

LA


construction cost

10. Marine Ecology Marine species may affect due to marine water contamination as a result of construction activities specially the sea water intake and any other activities near the shore

MW

BA

SS

M S Conduct confirmatory survey to record and identify the species available by a qualified marine ecologist.

DC PMU Internalized into the design cost

216

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

Care to be exercised during pipeline construction - construction activities including the substrate removal, pipeline deployment and sediment replacement to limit the physical disturbance to the designated scope of works.

Access of all construction material entering the coastal and marine environment to be confined to specific areas to reduce impact on sessile flora and fauna in adjacent habitat outside of the designated scope of works.

Ensure that all equipment used for the marine construction activities (land based or barge based) are in sound and well-maintained condition, and free of any leaks of any petrochemical fluids.

All efforts must be made to prevent petrochemical spills. Spill containment equipment is to be kept on hand.

Activities requiring use of mechanical equipment to be coordinated and undertaken during low tide periods whenever practical.

Installation and deployment of floating silt curtains (geo-fabric), marine booms and silt traps/nets around all scope of work areas to reduce impact on neighboring ecology.

Implement proposed mitigation measures proposed under this section in 3: Water quality – Marine water and in 9: Waste management above;

CC SC

PMU


11. Other beach

users

In general, sections of these beaches are not commonly used for any particular activity other than fisheries activities. However, access to the beach areas near the construction site should not be disturbed. (Once the land is handed over to the Construction Contractor, access to the land will be prohibited for the public due to safety reasons)

BA L P Ensure fences are erected around the land based work sites include public signage to prevent access to all non-permitted workers during construction.



CC PMU Internalized into the construction cost

217

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

12. Road Traffic Traffic situation will be created due to

material transportation, heavy machinery and equipment mobilization to the site etc.

TR M S Keep temporary traffic detour routes free of dust by

frequent application of water, if necessary;

Ensure the running surfaces are always properly maintained, particularly during the monsoon so that no disruption to the traffic flow occurs;

Follow the standards for all signs, barricades, pavement markings used for traffic management

Ensure proper training of personnel used for traffic control and provide with proper gear including communication equipment and luminous jackets for night use ; and

Inform the public of usage of the roads.

CC PMU

Police

Internalized to the

construction cost

13. Health and

Safety

Safety requirements in the construction site

AS M S Comply with requirements for the safety of the workmen as per the International Labor Organization (ILO) convention No. 62, No. 167 and Safety and Health regulations of the Factory Ordinance of Sri Lanka to the extent that those are applicable to this construction work;

Prepare and implement a Health and Safety Plan for the construction activities;

Supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, masks, boots, etc., to the workers and staff;


CC PMU Internalized to the construction cost

218

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

Prevention of Vector Based Diseases, First Aid and Hygiene

AS M S Pay special attention on Dengue control programs imposed by the Ministry of Health;

Take necessary actions to prevent breeding of mosquitoes at work sites and labor camps, etc.;

Prevent water stagnation in all areas including gutters, used and empty cans, containers, tires, temporarily dug pits etc.;

Apply approved chemicals to destroy mosquitoes and larvae regularly;

Keep all work sites, office and store buildings clean and devoid of garbage to prevent breeding of pest such as rats and other vectors such as flies;

Report any outbreak of infectious disease of importance to the Engineer and the Medical Officer of Health (MOH) or to the Public Health Inspector (PHI) of the area immediately. Contractor shall carry out all instructions issued by the authorities, if any;

Provide a first aid kit at work site as per the regulations;

Provide a sufficient number of bathing facilities, latrines and urinals in accordance with the Health and Safety regulations;


Possibility of spread of STDs and

HIV/AIDS

AS

LC

M S

L

Conduct STDs and HIV/AIDS awareness program via an Approved Service Provider with consultation with MOH/PHI;

Undertake measures to reduce the risk of the transfer such diseases between and among the Contractors Employees and their families and the local community;

Provide for STI and HIV/AIDS screening, diagnosis, counseling, and referral to a dedicated national STI and HIV/AIDS program.

CC PMU

MOH

PHI

Internalized to the construction cost

Conflict/tension with local community AS

LC

L S Employ local people in the construction workforce as much as possible;

Ensure contractor, workers and community is aware of the projects GRM and how to use it;


219

Environmental

Feature



(USD) Impl. Mon.

14. Physical

Cultural Resources

Risk of damaging buried remains that

are of archaeological and/or cultural/historical importance, which may not be known about until they are accidentally uncovered during excavation work.

AS

SL

SS

M S

L

Establish a “chance finds procedure”. It provides the procedure in case of such an accidental situation, to stop affected work and notify the appropriate government authority immediately that any such material is discovered, so that the value of the find can be assessed and appropriate action taken.

CC PMU Internalized to the

construction cost

15. Climate change Climate change risk on the proposed

aquaculture projects AS M L During detailed design, potential climate change risks

such as sea level rise, storm surge, cyclone, droughts, precipitation increase, floods will be taken in to my taken into consideration.

DC PMU Internalized to the

construction cost

16. Natural Disaster

consideration

Risk due to disaster situations AS M L Potential disaster risks will be considered during detailed design. Guidelines could be obtained from DMC, the authority which has prepared National hazard profiles for Sri Lanka including for Northern Province.

DC PMU Internalized to the construction cost

Location (Loc): AS = All Construction Sites; QS = Quarry Sites; BS = Burrow Sites; TR = Transport Routes; LC = Labor Camps; BA = Beach Area; MW = Marine Waters; SL = Site Land; SS = Site Surrounding; DS- Disposal Site; Significance (Sig): H = High; M = Moderate; L = Low; Duration (Dur): S = Short term; L = Long term; P = Permanent; Responsibility: Imp = Implementation; Mon = Monitoring; DC = Design Consultant; PMU = Project Management Unit; SC = Supervision Consultant; CC = Construction Contractor; PP = Project Proponent; LA = Local Authority; MFAD = Ministry of FAD; CFHC = CFH Corporation; DFAR = Dept. of FAR; NAQDA = NAQD Authority; CCD = Department of CCCRM; DWC = Department of Wildlife Conservation.

220

Table 7.2-2: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: Generic

Environmental

Feature Environmental Impact Loc Sig Dur Mitigation Measures


(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Beach &

Shoreline

Possible pollution on beach due to improper waste disposal

BA

MW

L S Isolate the adjacent beach area by installing a boundary fence / wall;

Follow the mitigation measures proposed under 2. Water quality – Marine water, 3. Water quality – Inland surface water and 6. Waste management below.

NAQDA MFAD Internalized into the routine O&M cost

2. Water Quality-

Marine Waters

The facility comprises with number of fresh water and sea water ponds and periodic wastewater generation is anticipated.

Also, storm water runoff from the project land could be discharged in to the shore area.

BA

MW

L L Ensure that wastewater discharge is in compliance with National Standards;

According to the Feasibility Study, the effluent water discharged from the hatchery tanks will be subject to biological purification using aerobic bacteria with continuous aeration to bring it up to the standards specified by the Sri Lanka Standards Institute in terms of BOD and COD of the discharged water. The treated effluent water will be discharged into a soakage pit.

If treated wastewater is planned to be discharged in to the marine water, the discharge water quality shall comply with the National Environmental (Protection and Quality) Regulations, No. 1 of 2008. List III: “Tolerance Limits for Industrial and Domestic Waste Discharged into Marine Coastal Areas”;

Prepare and implement a Storm Water Drainage Plan for the facility land;

Ensure not to contaminate storm water with wastewater generated from the operational activities;

Adhere to the mitigation measures proposed in 6. Waste Management below, to control impacts due to liquid waste, solid waste and sewage disposal;

NAQDA MFAD Internalized into routine O&M cost

221

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

3. Water Quality-

Inland surface

water

The facility comprises with number of fresh water and sea water ponds and periodic wastewater generation is anticipated.

Also, Inland / ground water pollution due to improper disposal of liquid waste, solid waste and sewage can be anticipated.

SS M L Treat wastewater in a suitably designed wastewater system to meet National Standards;

If treated wastewater is planned to be discharged in to the inland surface water, the discharge water quality shall comply with the National Environmental (Protection and Quality) Regulations, No. 1 of 2008: List I: Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Industrial Waste into Inland Surface Waters”;

Adhere to the mitigation measures proposed under 6. Waste Management below, to control inland / ground water quality impacts due to liquid waste, solid waste and sewage disposal;


4. Water Quality-

Groundwater

The facility comprises with number of

fresh water and sea water ponds. Groundwater contamination due to series of ponds and periodic wastewater generation is anticipated.

Also, Inland / ground water pollution due to improper disposal of liquid waste, solid waste and sewage can be anticipated.

SS M L Construct the tanks and ponds with brick and mortar or

reinforced concrete with water proofing in order to prevent water seepage and groundwater contamination;

Treat wastewater in a suitably designed wastewater treatment system to meet National Standards;

If treated wastewater is planned to be discharged in to the land, the discharge water quality shall comply with the National Environmental (Protection and Quality) Regulations, No. 1 of 2008: List II: Tolerance Limits for Industrial Waste Discharge on Land for Irrigation Purposes”; Meet the “Hydraulic Loading Applicable for Different Soils” recommended in same Regulations (For Sandy soils, recommended dosage of settled Industrial Effluents is 225 - 280 m3/hectare/day);

NAQDA MFAD Internalized into

routine O&M cost

5. Air Quality Possible air quality impacts including odor due to ponds / tanks and improper waste management etc.

SS L L Adhere to the mitigation measures proposed under 6. Waste Management below.

Establish and maintain a green belt along the boundary of the proposed facility as applicable as a long term measure;


222

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

6. Waste

Management

Improper management of waste generated from various operational activities will lead to marine, inland surface and ground water pollution.

PL M L Promote '3 R's - reduction, reuse and recycling for waste minimization,

Implement solid waste segregation in to biodegradables, plastic/polythene, glass, paper and metal etc.

Implement onsite composting;

Hand over the segregated recyclable waste to designated recycling centers / collectors and/or collectors for disposal;

Hand over the segregated disposable waste to the Local Authority or dispose to a land identified with consultation of CEA and LA;


Improper management of wastewater generated from operational activities and sewage discharge will lead marine, inland surface and ground water pollution.

LS M L Establish a wastewater treatment system to treat following wastewater streams:

- effluent from the toilets, fecal matter in water (typically low-volume discharge);

- spent sea water and freshwater from series of tanks and ponds; and

- effluent from routine cleaning and washing the floors / tanks etc.


Improper disposal of hazardous waste

(scheduled waste) including E-waste will lead severe health issue and impact on natural environment

LS L L Generation of hazardous waste expected to be minimal;

Disposal of any hazardous waste (scheduled waste) will be done as per the “Guidelines for the Management of Scheduled Waste in Sri Lanka; in accordance to the National Environmental (Protection & Quality) Regulation No. 01 of 2008”, published by the Central Environmental Authority, 2009;

Hazardous waste will not be mixed with other types of waste and will be handed over to designated collection centers or directly hand over to commercial e-waste processing / disposal organizations;

NAQDA MFAD Internalized into

routine O&M cost

7. Marine Ecology Impacts on marine flora and fauna due to wastewater discharge

MW M S Implement proposed mitigation measures under “Water Quality – Marine waters” above.


223

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

Accidental introduction of exotic or invasive species could cause imbalances or disruptions to occur within the natural ecosystem

MW M L Culturing only locally-occurring species, and using only local species also for feed stocks.

Utilization of quarantine system for all organisms entering/leaving the facility and develop hatchery quarantine protocols/guidelines and ensure they are enforced.


9. Health & Safety General health and safety for operations

PL L S Prepare and implement a Health and Safety Plan for the operation activities;

Supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety masks, boots, gloves etc., to the workers and staff;



Location (Loc): BA = Beach Area; MW = Marine Waters; SS = Site Surrounding; AR = Access Road; PL = Project Land; Significance (Sig): H = High; M = Moderate; L = Low; Duration (Dur): S = Short term; L = Long term; P = Permanent; Responsibility: Imp = Implementation; Mon = Monitoring; LA = Local Authority; MFAD = Ministry of FAD; CFHC = CFH Corporation; DFAR = Dept. of FAR; NAQDA = NAQD Authority; CCD = Department of CCCRM; DWC = Department of Wildlife Conservation.

224

Table 7.2-3: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: CADEC

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Beach and

shoreline

Damages and pollution on beach due to construction activities related to seawater intake and treated effluent pipes etc.

BA M S

L

Considering the location features of the estuarine section, 3 options can be suggested for the seawater intake pipe. In case of water extraction from the nearest waters, i.e. from the estuarine section, the length of the land based pipeline is about 250 m (Option 1). If the decision will be made for a water intake from main sea, the land based pipeline lengths will be about 600 m and 650 m for the Option 1 and Option 2 respectively.

Conduct required investigations such as water quality of estuarine section and main sea and bathymetry of the offshore section and decide the most appropriate route for sea water intake

DC PMU Internalized into the construction cost

2. Drainage &

flooding

Possible increase flood situation at surrounding area of the site due to the flood protection bund of the project. Due to the flood protection bund covering 10ha of area, flood retention capacity of the area will be reduced.

SS H S

P


Prepare a drainage management plan as a result of the study considering the reduction in flood retention capacity of the area.


During construction of the bund/ standard environmental mitigation measures that reduce and manage material dispersion (silt traps, cover stockpiles) are to be implemented including standard OH and S requirements for all workers.

If filling of land is considered as an option, dredged material from the proposed harbor sites may be considered if found to be of suitable property

CC

DC

SC PMU


225

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

3. Access roads Construction of new road section will

damage existing vegetation, and drainage issues if not properly designed and constructed

AR M S Design the new road sections in a way that causing

minimum impact on the existing natural environment;

Design for new road section and improvements to existing roads including effective drainage, to solve some of the current localized flooding noted by the community and to avoid causing new problems.

Ensure that construction work is done within standard working widths, and that the sites are accessed over existing tracks, rather than driving over undamaged areas.

CC

DC

SC

PMU


construction cost

4. Terrestrial

Ecology

Impacts on terrestrial ecology due to clearance of vegetation, felling of trees etc.

AS

SS

M S Measures to be included in the project to ensure minimization of impacts from vegetation removal includes;




Inclusion of trees and other vegetation into the projects landscaping and “green belt” areas where possible as a long term measure.

DC

CC

PMU Internalized into the construction cost

5. Protected areas The proposed sub project may involve

activities in the proximity of the protected area: Vankalai Sanctuary is located at a distance about 200 m away from the project area. It is noted that the sub project is outside of the protected area.

SL

SS

AS

M L Obtain the recommendations for from DWC during

construction and adhere the conditions; NAQDA MFAD Internalized into

Preliminaries

Possible impacts on protected areas due to locations of quarry and burrow sites and transportation of construction materials etc.

QS

BS

TR

M L Ensure to select quarry sites and burrow areas having valid permits and licenses such as (IML-Industrial Mining License from GSMB and EPL-Environmental Protection License from CEA etc.) and approvals / clearances from Forest Department and DWC etc.

DC

CC

PMU Internalized into the design / construction cost

226

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

Adhere to the permit conditions during operation, loading,

transportation of quarry / burrow material according construction;

CC SC

PMU


construction cost

6. Fishing activities Construction work within the shoreline may result in disturbances to the fishers. (However, once the land is handed over to the Construction Contractors, access to the land/beach will be prohibited for the public due to safety reasons)

BA

Mw

L P Minimize the obstruction to the activities of fishermen (boat movement, landing etc.) due to construction works of sea water intake and any other relevant activities within the shore;


During detailed designs conduct additional consultations with fisher community to ensure that o fisheries and community to community activities will not disrupt/disturb the pipelines (intake and discharge) area (50 m either side) and water intake area (25 m2). There may be a need to identify through a designated restriction zone a zone where activities are restricted.


CC

DC

NAQDA

CC

PMU


Location (Loc): AS = All Construction Sites; QS = Quarry Sites; BS = Burrow Sites; TR = Transport Routes; LC = Labor Camps; BA = Beach Area; MW = Marine Waters; SL = Site Land; SS = Site Surrounding; Significance (Sig): H = High; M = Moderate; L = Low; Duration (Dur): S = Short term; L = Long term; P = Permanent; Responsibility: Imp = Implementation; Mon = Monitoring; DC = Design Consultant; PMU = Project Management Unit; SC = Supervision Consultant; CC = Construction Contractor; PP = Project Proponent; LA = Local Authority; MFAD = Ministry of FAD; CFHC = CFH Corporation; DFAR = Dept. of FAR; NAQDA = NAQD Authority; CCD = Department of CCCRM; DWC = Department of Wildlife Conservation.

227

Table 7.2-4: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: CADEC

Env. Aspect /

Project Activity Environmental Impact Loc Sig Dur Mitigation Measures


(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Protected areas Impacts on nearby protected area: Vankalai Sanctuary

SS M L Obtain recommendations of DWC during operation activities of the facility if any and adhere to the conditions;


2. Fishing

activities

Disturbances to the sea water pipeline and intake dur to fishing activities

BA

Mw

L P Conduct consultations with fisher community to ensure that to fisheries and community to community activities will not disrupt/disturb the pipelines (intake and discharge) area (50 m either side) and water intake area (25 m2). There may be a need to identify through a designated restriction zone where activities are restricted.



Significance (Sig): H = High; M = Moderate; L = Low; Duration (Dur): S = Short term; L = Long term; P = Permanent; Responsibility: Imp = Implementation; Mon = Monitoring; LA = Local Authority; MFAD = Ministry of FAD; CFHC = CFH Corporation; DFAR = Dept. of FAR; NAQDA = NAQD Authority; CCD = Department of CCCRM; DWC = Department of Wildlife Conservation.

Table 7.2-5: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: Mud crab hatchery

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Beach and

shoreline

Improper design of sea water intake and treated effluent discharge pipes will create regular issues such as clogging of pipelines with sand result in serious operational issues for the proposed facility including water pollution.

BA

MW

H L Study the dynamic behavior of the coastal stretch near the site and obtain a qualified coastal engineer’s service during the detailed design stage, be engaged especially in designing of seawater intake and water discharge pipes.

DC PMU Internalized into the construction cost

228

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

2. Drainage &

flooding

It is evident that there are some low

lying areas within and around the proposed site. It is required to prevent the site from high floods and therefore filling above the high flood level or construction of a flood protection bund along the boundary will be required. This will reduce a significant flood retention capacity of the area and increase in flood situations at surrounding area will be an adverse impact.

SS H S

P

Conduct the flood study during detailed design by a

qualified Drainage/Hydraulics Engineer.



CC

DC

SC

PMU


construction cost

3. Access roads Construction of new road section will damage existing vegetation, and drainage issues if not properly designed and constructed

AR M S Design the new road sections in a way that causing minimum impact on the existing natural environment;



CC

DC

SC

PMU


4. Terrestrial

Ecology


AS

SS






DC

CC


229

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

5. Protected areas The project is located at about 2 km

away from Mavillu Conservation Forest. And the site is within a land under the management of the Forest Department.

SL

SS

AS

M L Obtain recommendations from Forest Department during

construction and adhere the conditions;; NAQDA

CC

SC

PMU

Internalized into

Preliminaries

Possible impacts on protected areas

due to locations of quarry and burrow sites and transportation of construction materials etc.

QS

BS

TR

M L Ensure to select quarry sites and burrow areas having

valid permits and licenses such as (IML-Industrial Mining License from GSMB and EPL-Environmental Protection License from CEA etc.) and approvals / clearances from Forest Department and DWC etc.

DC

CC

PMU

SC


design / construction cost


CC SC

PMU



BA

Mw





CC

DC

NAQDA

CC

PMU



230

Table 7.2-6: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: Mud crab hatchery

Env. Aspect /



(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Protected areas Impacts on nearby land which is managed by the Forest Department

SS M L Obtain recommendations from Forest Department during operation activities of the facility if any and adhere to the conditions;

NAQDA MFAR Internalized into routine O&M cost

2. Fishing

activities


BA

Mw




Possible future increase of fishing activities by Vijaya Gammanaya

BA

MW

L P Regular consultation with communities with the consultation of DFAR

DFAR

MFAR


231

Table 7.2-7: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: Sea cucumber hatchery

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Air quality The site is located closer to residents in Valayanmadam village. In dry weather conditions, dust can be blown from exposed stockpiles, material transportation and site roads and this is a serious public nuisance and could cause respiratory problems for workers and the public,

AS TR

L S Spray water on the roads specially between Valayanmadam – Ampalawanapokkanei villages which construction vehicles and trucks are travelled to control fugitive dust;






Regular communication with the villagers and nearby residents

CC

NAQDA

SC PMU


Construct temporary dust barriers (using tarpaulin sheets)

along the boundary/construction site as appropriate; CC SC

PMU USD 2,000

Establish green belt along the boundary of the work sites

adjacent to residents as required as a long term mitigation measure;;

CC SC

PMU USD 4,000

232

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

2. Noise and

vibration

As the site is located vicinity of the

Valayanmadam village, Noise & vibration is produced by most construction activity & vehicles. Exposure can cause stress and alter the behavior of people, and reduce their quality of life. Compactors, compressors machinery used for internal road construction, Machinery used for building construction etc. are the main sources of noise and vibration.

AS

TR

M S Use appropriate noise reduction devices on all vehicles

and machinery used in adjacent to residential areas;

Limit noise generating activities and use of noise generating machineries in the night time;




Regular communication with the villagers and nearby residents

NAQDA

CC

SC

PMU


construction cost

3. Access roads Construction of new road section will damage existing vegetation, and drainage issues if not properly designed and constructed

AR M S Design for new road section and improvements to existing roads including effective drainage, to solve some of the current localized flooding noted by the community and to avoid causing new problems.


CC

DC

SC

PMU


233

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

4. Terrestrial

Ecology

Impacts on terrestrial ecology due to

clearance of vegetation, felling of trees etc.

AS

SS

M S Measures to be included in the project to ensure

minimization of impacts from vegetation removal includes;





DC

CC

PMU Internalized into the

construction cost


BA

Mw





CC

DC

NAQDA

CC

PMU



234

Table 7.2-8: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: Sea cucumber hatchery

Env. Aspect /



(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Fishing

activities


BA

Mw





Table 7.2-9: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Pre-construction and Construction Stage: Sea weed tissue culture laboratory

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Drainage &

flooding

There are low lying areas in the

surrounding of the proposed seaweed tissue culture site. Left side of the existing access road, slopes towards the lagoon and right side area slopes towards the sea. Attention on drainage aspects during detailed design stage is required.

SS H S

P

Conduct the flood study during detailed design by a

qualified Drainage/Hydraulics Engineer.



CC

DC

SC

PMU


construction cost

235

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

2. Access roads Construction of new road section will

damage existing vegetation, and drainage issues if not properly designed and constructed

AR M S Design the new road sections in a way that causing

minimum impact on the existing natural environment;



CC

DC

SC

PMU


construction cost

3. Terrestrial

Ecology


AS

SS






DC

CC


236

Environmental



(USD) Impl. Mon.

4. Fishing activities Construction work within the shoreline

may result in disturbances to the fishers. (However, once the land is handed over to the Construction Contractors, access to the land/beach will be prohibited for the public due to safety reasons)

BA

Mw

L S Minimize the obstruction to the activities of fishermen

(boat movement, landing etc.) due to construction works of sea water intake and any other relevant activities within the shore;




CC

DC

NAQDA

CC

PMU


construction cost

5. Other beach

uses

The beach area is currently used as recreational area by the villages. Access to the beach areas near the construction site should not be disturbed. (Once the land is handed over to the Construction Contractor, access to the land will be prohibited for the public due to safety reasons). The pipelines are to be buried and as such once the construction phase is complete access along the beach will be allowed. It is recommended to adhere following mitigation measures;

BA

MW

M S Ensure fences are erected around the land based work sites include public signage to prevent access to all non-permitted workers during construction.



Regular consultations with beach users

CC

NAQDA

CC

PMU



237

Table 7.2-10: EMP and Mitigation Plan - Operation Stage: Sea weed tissue culture laboratory

Env. Aspect /



(USD) Impl. Mon.

1. Fishing

activities

The proposed site is located near the Chullipuram West fish landing site. The landing site is somewhat busy and boats are at present anchored in the sea in front of the proposed site location. Disturbances on fishing activities may possible if not properly communicated.

BA

Mw


Continuous community consultations will benefit the successful implementation of the project.



238

Table 7.3-12: EMoP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: CADEC

Environmental Aspect

Monitoring Parameter Applicable Standard Monitoring Method Monitoring Locations Monitoring Frequency

Monitoring Responsibility

Marine Water quality

pH, Turbidity, DO, salinity, TDS, TSS, oil & grease, Total Organic Carbon, nutrients, heavy metals, pesticides, coliform

Proposed ambient water quality (Marine waters)

Sample collected and analyzed by approved laboratory

01 at nearest shore

Baseline survey pre-construction;

DC

Once a year CC

Inland surface and groundwater quality

pH, Temp, DO, Turbidity, salinity, Conductivity, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD, Ammonia, Nitrates, PO4, Iron, Heavy metals, fecal Coliform, Total Coliform

Proposed ambient water quality (surface water); Drinking water quality


Up to 5 locations (surface water and wells nearby)


DC

Twice a year to cover dry and wet seasons

CC

Air quality (Dust) Airborne dust (PM2.5 and PM10 fractions)

Baseline levels recorded before construction begins

High-volume dust sampler with glass filters and gravimetric analysis

As required; directed by the DC/SC


DC

As required; directed by the SC

CC

Airborne dust Inconvenient dust level Site inspection Construction site,

Material transport routes Regularly CC

Air quality NO2, SO2, O3 and CO

Natural baseline levels recorded before construction begins and The National Environmental (Ambient Air Quality) Regulations

Sampled and analyzed by approved laboratory



DC


CC

Noise Day and night time ambient noise dB(A) LAeq

The National Environmental (Noise Control) Regulations No.1 1996

Portable noise meter (range 0-120 dB(A))



DC


CC

DC = Design Consultant; CC = Construction Contractor.

239

Table: 7.3-2: EMoP - Operation Stage: CADEC





pH, Turbidity, DO, salinity, TDS, TSS, oil & grease, Total Organic Carbon, `nutrients, heavy metals, pesticides, coliform, etc.



01 at nearest shore Once a year NAQDA


pH, Temp, DO, Turbidity, salinity, Conductivity, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD, Ammonia, Nitrates, PO4, Iron, Heavy metals, fecal Coliform, Total Coliform;





NAQDA

Air quality NO2, SO2, O3 and CO;



As required; decided by the NAQDA

As required; decided by the NAQDA; On complaints if any

NAQDA

240

Table 7.3-3: EMoP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: Mud crab hatchery








01 at nearest shore


DC

Once a year CC

Inland surface and groundwater

quality

pH, Temp, DO, Turbidity, salinity, Conductivity, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD, Ammonia, Nitrates, Iron, PO4, Heavy metals, fecal Coliform, Total Coliform;





DC


CC






DC


CC








DC


CC






DC


CC


241

Table 7.3-4: EMoP - Operation Stage: Mud crab hatchery















NAQDA






NAQDA

242

Table7.3-5: EMP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: Sea cucumber hatchery








01 at nearest shore


DC

Once a year CC







DC


CC






DC

Once in 6 months; directed by the SC

CC








DC


CC






DC


CC


243

Table 7.3-6: EMoP - Operation Stage: Sea cucumber hatchery





pH, Turbidity, DO, salinity, TDS, TSS, oil & grease, Total Organic Carbon, `nutrients, heavy metals, pesticides, coliform, etc.,










NAQDA





Once a year; decided by the NAQDA

NAQDA





Once a year; decided by the NAQDA

NAQDA

244

Table 7.3-7: EMoP - Pre-construction & Construction Stage: Seaweed tissue culture laboratory








01 at nearest shore


DC

Once a year CC

Inland surface and groundwater

quality

pH, Temp, DO, Turbidity, salinity, Conductivity, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD, Ammonia, Nitrates, Iron, PO4, Heavy metals, fecal Coliform, Total Coliform





DC


CC






DC


CC








DC


CC






DC


CC


245

Table 7.3-8: EMoP - Operation Stage: Seaweed tissue culture laboratory










pH, Temp, DO, Turbidity, salinity, Conductivity, TSS, TDS, BOD, COD, Ammonia, Nitrates, Iron, PO4, Heavy metals, Fecal Coliform, Total Coliform;




Baseline survey pre-construction; On complaints if any

NAQDA

246

8. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION

8.1 General

630. Consultation activities and interventions on raising awareness among the stakeholders were conducted by the NAQDA through the beginning of the project concept to date, during the PPTA stage in 2016 and during the updating of the IEE in 2018. The main objectives of the consultations were to disseminate the information about the project and the potential social and environmental impacts to a broader spectrum of the stakeholders, mainly the relevant government authorities and the general public.

631. A number of consultation activities were conducted throughout the project implementation. Those are; (a) Meetings with relevant government authorities such as respective District and Divisional Secretariats, DWC, Forest Department, CEA, CCCRMD, NARA and CCS etc. for specific issues, concerns and information collection (b) Public meetings with a wide range of participants for each subproject and (c) Group consultative discussions targeting the communities living around the each subproject.

632. Consultation meetings with relevant government authorities were held at the national, district and divisional level. Meetings with the participation of general public were conducted for each aquaculture investment component with the participation and guidance of the respective Divisional Secretariat. Specific group consultative discussions were conducted with the communities at the locations of each aquaculture development throughout the project implementation so far.

8.2 Meetings with government authorities

633. Table 3.2-1 provides a list of the main meetings and consultations with relevant government authorities and Appendix 6 provides a summary of the each meeting.

Table 3.2-1 Meetings with government authorities

Government Authority Consultation date

Northern Provincial Council Chief Secretary’s Secretariat, Jaffna 01 August 2016

District Secretariat, Jaffna 01 August 2016

CCCRMD and MMDE, Colombo 02 August 2016

Climate Change Secretariat, Colombo 02 August 2016

Central Environmental Authority, Colombo 02 August 2016

Disaster Management Centre, Colombo 02 August 2016

District Secretariat, Mullaitivu 03 August 2016

District Secretariat, Mannar 04 August 2016

CCCRMD, Jaffna 31 October 2016

NARA, Colombo 10 November 2016

NAQDA, Colombo 19 November 2016

Divisional Secretariat and District Secretariat, Mannar 30 November 2016

NARA, Colombo 14 December 2016

DWC, Colombo 14 December 2016

247

Government Authority Consultation date

Climate Change Secretariat, Colombo 14 December 2016

MFARD and DFAR, Colombo 16 December 2016

NAQDA, Colombo 19 April 2018

Forest Department, Colombo 19 April 2018

Divisional Secretariat, Maritimepattu 23 April 2018

Divisional Secretariat, Musali 24 April 2018

Forest Department, Silavathurai (Musali) 24 April 2018

Divisional Secretariat, Mannar 24 April 2018

MFARD and NAQDA, Colombo 27 April 2018

NAQDA, Colombo 01 May 2018

Water Resources Board, Colombo 01 May 2018

Divisional Secretariat, Mannar Town 03 May 2018

MFARD and NAQDA, Colombo 10 May 2018

MFARD, Colombo 18 May 2018

Note: Consultations dated 2016 were conducted during PPTA

8.3 Public consultation meetings

634. Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre (CADEC): The CADEC facility is proposed to be located at South Bar GND, in Mannar Town DS, Mannar District. Regarding the proposed investment related to aquaculture, meetings were held with the District Secretary (Mannar Town) and Divisional Secretary (Mannar) with participation of NAQDA officer-in-charge during the PPTA stage. The selected land for the facility is located at a bare land where there are no nearby communities affected. Therefore, meetings were not held at the site and a public consultation meeting was held at Mannar Town Divisional Secretariat on 03 May 2018, chaired by the Divisional Secretary. Villagers of South Bar and representatives of the fisheries association of the area were participated for this meeting.

635. Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility: The mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility is proposed to be located at Kondachchi GND in Musalai DS, Mannar District. This facility is proposed to be located within the proposed Northern Province Aquaculture Park, Mannar District. Regarding the proposed investments related to aquaculture, a meeting was held with Divisional Secretary (Musali) on 24 April 2018 with the participation of NAQDA officer-in-charge. The selected land for the facility is located at a bare land where accessed through the Vijaya Gammanaya. This is one of the villages established after the conflict period around 2012, however the village is almost abandoned at present due to various reasons. Since there are only few houses occupied, meetings were not held at the site.

636. Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities: The sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facility is proposed to be located at Valayanmadam village, Mullivaikkal West GND, Maritimepattu DS in Mullaitivu District. A public consultative meeting was held at the Valaingar Madam Church, chaired by the Divisional Secretary (Maritimepattu) on 29 November 2016. During the site visit, the required land was shown to the participants and the Divisional Secretary pointed out that adequate government land is available adjoining to the land owned by the Church. To avoid resettlement impacts to Church land, the Divisional Secretary

248

suggested designing the proposed intervention within the government land, and it was agreed that the suggestion will be considered and further consultation will be arranged in this regard.

637. Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility: The seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility (NAQDA, 2016d) is proposed to be located at Chulipuram West GND, Valikamam West (Chankanai) DS, in Jaffna District. A public consultative meeting was held at Alaimagal Fishermen’s Cooperative Society Building, Chullipuram West, and was chaired by the Aquaculture Extension Officer (NAQDA) on 20 February 2017. During the site visit, the identified land was shown to the participants, and the Grama Niladhari of Chulipuram West confirmed that adequate government land is available adjoining to the existing landing site. It was confirmed that there will be no resettlement impacts due the proposed intervention.

8.4 Group consultative discussions

638. Group consultative discussions with the respective communities living around the each subproject were held with the participation of the NAQDA officers. The proposed site of sea cucumber hatchery facility is located near the boundary of the Mullivaikkal West GND. In addition to the consultation with villagers of Valayanmadam, discussions were also held with the people in the other nearby community who living in a close proximity to the site in Ampalawanapokkanai GND. Similarly, discussions with few villagers from Kayakkuli where the nearest landing site is located were also had in addition to the discussions with Vijaya Gammanaya villagers.

639. During these discussions, the background of the project, proposed interventions, activities and benefits were explained briefly to the respective community. People who joined the discussion highly appreciated the proposed project and emphasized that the development is a timely intervention. The villagers also shared their experiences and observations about the site including climatic variations, drainage pattern and the infrastructure availability and deficiencies etc. Summary of the discussions and the list of people participated are given in Appendix 6.3.

8.5 Future consultation activities

640. The project proponent should continue to consult with relevant stakeholders and public throughout the entire project cycle, i.e. during pre-construction, construction and operation phases of the project. The Steering Committee / Progress Review Committee of the project will oversee the consultation process. Details of the stakeholder consultations should be included in environmental monitoring reports and those reports will be published on ADB website for information of wider stakeholders.

641. Government will determine the need for IEE or EIA for each proposed investment at each discrete site based on an application by the project proponent to CCCRMD or the Project Approving Agent (PAA) under the National Environmental Act (NEA) 1980 if the subproject is outside of the coastal zone once the detailed designs are completed. Where an IEE or an EIA is required, then CCCRMD (or the PAA) will issue ToR for an IEE (or EIA) report for the specified investment. Presumably, EIA / IEEs may be required for Output 2 aquaculture facilities which are

249

located within coastal zone, within 100 m radius of a sanctuary or any other sensitive area (under the NEA)39 or within one mile (1.6 km) radius of a national reserve (under the FFPO).40

642. If the EIAs should be carried out in accordance with the ToR provided by the CCCRMD / PAA, it would be made available to all stakeholders related to the project for 30 working days through the Divisional Secretariat (DS) office, LAs, and CEA office prior to the subproject approval. The report will also be available on the CEA website. The information should be made available in three languages (Sinhala, Tamil, and English). This will ensure incorporating public views and concerns into project design and implementation. Even if GOSL does not require any environment assessments based on this IEE key information related to the project and its impacts will be disclosed to the community in a language and format understandable to them. This report will also be made available on ADB’s and MFARDREA website

643. Consultation during construction should be more focused on information on livelihood development programs, environmental monitoring, employment issues, safety and health awareness.

644. During construction, regular communications should be maintained with all stakeholders. Regular information on the progress of work and related implications should be provided to residents. Residents should also be made aware about any employment and training opportunities. Regarding the health and safety issues, it is important to maintain awareness among surrounding communities, which may be done through the local workforce. Constructive relationships between local residents and project representatives should be maintained by regular information meetings and informal interactions.

645. During the project implementation, project information boards must be established displaying the project name, timeframe, cost of the project, funding agency, and implementing agency with other salient features of the project. This will ensure further awareness about the project to the stakeholders and public. Any stakeholder concerns identified through a complaints registry and listening to stakeholders should be addressed immediately. It should be ensured that the complaints are addressed according to the established grievance redress process. Consultation process shall include the monitoring of implementation and effectiveness of livelihood development initiatives, other social programs, and gender sensitive and culturally important activities.

39 http://www.cea.lk/web/images/pdf/eiaregulations/reg859-14.pdf

40 FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION (AMENDMENT) ACT, No. 22 OF 2009; Section14-page 13 (http://www.dwc.gov.lk/documents/ordinanceeng.pdf)

250

9. GRIEVANCE REDRESS MECHANISM

9.1 Grievance Redress Mechanism process

646. A Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) has been established to resolve disputes and grievances relating to land acquisition, implementation of the RIPs, and environment-related grievances and complaints. The multi-tiered GRM for the project is outlined below, each tier having time-bound schedules and with responsible persons identified to address grievances and consult appropriate persons at each stage. The objective of the GRM is to support genuine claimants to resolve their problems through mutual understanding and consensus building process with relevant parties. This is in addition to the available legal institutions for resolving issues. APs using the project GRM can choose to use legal systems at any point in the project GRM process.

647. Where an AP is not satisfied with the outcomes of the 3 tiers of the project GRM, the AP should make good faith efforts to resolve issues working with the South Asia Regional Department through ADB’s Sri Lanka Resident Mission. As a last resort, the AP can access ADB’s Accountability Mechanism (ADB’s Office of Special Project Facility or Office of Compliance Review).41 The information on how to make a complaint can be found at internet www.adb.org/accountability-mechanism/main.

648. Table 9.1-1 describes the composition based on the project activities. The project is implemented in 4 divisional secretariat and 4 grama niladhari divisions. The general operational structure for the GRM is shown in Table9-1. The Social Development/Resettlement specialist in the PMU will have a key role in the GRM process.

Table 9.1-1: GRM process (An extract from NPSFDP Three-Tier GRM System)

GRC Level Aquaculture facilities

1 Project/Site Level

affected persons can approach the project contractor, representative of PIU and consultant.

PIU representative

Contractor’s representative

Supervision consultants’ representative

2. Divisional (DS) Level GRC Divisional Secretary (Chairperson)

Representative of the PIU (Secretary)

Grama Niladhari

Assistant Director Fisheries/NAQDA representatives

Representative of Affected person/affected entity member (non -voting member)

3. National level GRC

41 Contract information on ADB’s Sri Lanka Resident Mission is in ________weblink. Information on ADB’s

Accountability Mechanism is in www.adb.org/site/accountability-mechanism/main.

251

649. GRM awareness is critical in resolving grievances in a timely manner. Awareness will be raised for stakeholders including the public, concerned government officials, concerned local authorities, contractors, civil society organizations. Awareness raising includes: (i) GRC levels, purposes of the different levels and how they can be accessed for: e.g., construction-related grievances, grievances related to physical and economic displacement; (ii) types of grievances that cannot be resolved by the GRM; (iii) eligibility to access the GRM; (iv) how complaints can be reported to the GRCs: to whom, e.g., phone, postal and email addresses, and websites of the GRCs as well as information that should be included in a complaint; (v) procedures and time frames for initiating and concluding the grievance redress process; boundaries and limits of GRM in handling grievances; and roles of different agencies such as project implementer and funding agency; and (vi) any system to appeal against the decision of GRC.

650. An effective awareness program will be arranged by the PIUs to inform the APs on the following: (i) members of GRC and its location; (ii) method of complaining or reporting the grievance; (iii) participation in the GRC meeting (if any companions of the complainant allowed); (iv) the steps of resolving process and timeline adopted in this mechanism; and (v) needed documents and evidence to support of the complaint. Several methods will be adopted for communicating information to the relevant stakeholders. These methods may include display of posters in public places such as in government offices, project offices, community centers, hospitals and health clinics in the area. Information will be presented in a simple brochure as a basic document on the GRM.

651. In the event of a complaint or grievance, the process for APs to follow is outlined here. The AP approaches the Project level GRC with a complaint regarding problems that AP believes have not been addressed properly. The project staff explain to AP the steps taken to assist and solve the grievances within 7 days. If unresolved, the AP can approach the local (Divisional) level GRC. The local/DS GRC will reply within 2 weeks. If the complaint is within the mandate of the GRC, GRC will examine it and submit the findings to appropriate forum for necessary action. If the AP is not satisfied with the findings and action of the second tier GRC, AP then appeals to the National level GRC for resolution. If the AP is still not satisfied and believes that harm has resulted due to non-compliance with ADB policy, and all good-faith efforts have been made to solve the problem by working with the Project team, a complaint may be submitted to ADB’s Office of the Special Project Facilitator or Office of Compliance Review in accordance with ADB’s Accountability Mechanism. The last resort left for the AP is the Sri Lanka Court of Law if it is still felt that none of the above procedures has delivered justice. The decision of the court would be final, since at this level, the problem has been adjudicated by a competent, knowledgeable legal body. The grievance redress process is shown in Figure 9.1-1.

252

Figure 9.1-1 Grievance Redress Mechanism

Compensation Review Board (for IR Concerns)

Affected Person

Site Level Grievance Resolution

Grievance Addressed

GRC – Divisional Level

Grievance Addressed

GRC – National Level

Grievance Addressed

SARD

SLRM

Grievance Addressed

ADB Accountability Mechanism

253

10. CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS

652. The potential environmental impacts of construction and operation of the project were examined through this IEE. The IEE met the requirements of the Government and, in principle, has complied with ADB SPS (2009). The IEE considers: (i) the environment of the project area; (ii) the potential environmental impacts (including their magnitude and significance) caused by the proposed investment subprojects; and (iii) the ability to eliminate and/or minimize negative impacts through “mitigation by design” and mitigatory measures.

653. An environmental management plan, including an environmental monitoring plan, has been prepared to minimize the project’s potential adverse environmental impacts and to enhance its positive impacts. No major insurmountable environmental impacts are associated with the construction and operation of the proposed investment subprojects, assuming that the recommended mitigation measures are implemented. Therefore, environmental monitoring should be carried out to ensure that the EMP is implemented and any unforeseen impacts are managed appropriately.

654. Recommendations are as follows:

Execution of the project is recommended with the proposed mitigation measures and monitoring requirements. All necessary contractual provisions and stipulations regarding mitigation measures shall be included in to the contract documents.

It is recommended to conduct in the detailed design phase studies such bathymetry, topography, hydrology etc.

The proposed CADEC is located about 200 m from the Vankalai sanctuary and may involve activities within or around the protected areas. As such, it is recommended to obtain prior recommendations for the project site and for the associated activities from DWC and implement them during construction and operation stages.

The proposed Mud carb hatchery site is located within a land which is under management by the Forest Department. And it may involve activities within or around the areas. It is recommended to obtain recommendations for the project site and for the associated activities from Forest Department and implement them during construction and operation stages.

When selecting quarry sites and borrow areas, valid permits and licenses such as (Industrial Mining License from GSMB and Environmental Protection License from CEA) and approvals / clearances from Forest Department and DWC should be obtained as necessary.

Main Construction Contractors will each be required to prepare contractor’s own Environmental Management Plan (Construction) – which could be called as EMP(C). Those should be based on the project’s EMP, including specific management plans such as dredging and disposal plan, occupational health and safety plan, waste management plan, biodiversity management plan etc. and submitted to the Supervision Consultant for review and approval. The EMP(C) shall also include programs for environmental awareness of workers and training on environmental related matters. The EMP(C) shall be an integral part of the contract.

1

APPENDIXES

1

LIST OF APPENDIXES

APPENDIX 1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS RELEVANT TO THE PROJECT APPROVAL ........ 2

Appendix 1.1: Procedure for obtaining Environmental Clearance .......................................... 2 Appendix 1.2: Procedure for CCD Permit .............................................................................. 3

APPENDIX 2 MAPS AND DRAWINGS ...................................................................................... 9

Appendix 2.1: Biodiversity Protection Areas in Sri Lanka, 2016 ............................................. 9 Appendix 2.2: Agro-ecological Regions of the Project Area ..................................................10 Appendix 2.3: Soil Map of the Project Areas .........................................................................11 Appendix 2.4: Wetlands and Lagoons in the Northern Province ...........................................12 Appendix 2.5: Existing Coastal and Marine Conservation Areas ...........................................13 Appendix 2.6: Tracks of Cyclonic Storms ..............................................................................14 Appendix 2.7: Records of Earthquakes occurred within and around Sri Lanka .....................15 Appendix 2.8: Tropical cyclone induced storm surge inundation ...........................................16 Appendix 2.9: Storm surge inundation Map – Mannar Island and South Bar Area ................17 Appendix 2.10: Storm surge inundation Map – Silavathura and Kayakkuli Area ...................18 Appendix 2.11: Storm surge inundation Map – Mullaithivu and Valayanmadam Area ...........19 Appendix 2.12: Storm surge inundation Map – Chullipuram West Area ................................20 Appendix 2.13: Sea-Level Rise Map – Mannar Island and South Bar Area ...........................21 Appendix 2.14: Sea-Level Rise Map – Silavathura and Kayakkuli Area ................................22 Appendix 2.15: Sea-Level Rise Map – Mullaitivu and Valayanmadam Area .........................23 Appendix 2.16: Sea-Level Rise Map – Chullipuram West Area .............................................24

APPENDIX 3 CLIMATE DATA ................................................................................................. 25

Appendix 3.1 Rainfall Records ..............................................................................................25 Appendix 3.2 Temperature Records .....................................................................................27 Appendix 3.3 Resultant Wind Speed and Direction Records .................................................29

APPENDIX 4 WATER QUALITY DETAILS OF PREVIOUS BOREHOLES.............................. 30

Appendix 4.1 Nearest Location to Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities 30 Appendix 4.2 Nearest Location to Sea cucumber hatchery ...................................................31 Appendix 4.3 Nearest Location to Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility ....................32 Appendix 4.4 Nearest Location to Seaweed tissue culture laboratory ...................................33

APPENDIX 5: IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRICES ............................................................ 34

APPENDIX 6 CONSULTATIONS AND MINUTES.................................................................... 38

Appendix 6.1 Minutes of Meetings ........................................................................................41 Appendix 6.2 Minutes of Group Discussions .........................................................................53

APPENDIX 7. SRI LANKAN ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS .......... 58

APPENDIX 8: EMP AND EMOP COST ESTIMATES ............................................................... 71

APPENDIX 9. REFERENCES .................................................................................................. 75

2

APPENDIX 1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS RELEVANT TO THE PROJECT APPROVAL

Appendix 1.1: Procedure for obtaining Environmental Clearance

Source: CEA

3

Appendix 1.2: Procedure for CCD Permit

Source: CCCRMD

4

Appendix 1.3: Ministry of Forestry’s Circular No 05/2001 on Other State Forests

5

6

Appendix 1.4: Ministry of Forestry’s Circular No 02/2006 on Other State Forests

7

8

Appendix 1.5: Survey Plan of the proposed land for Seaweed tissue culture laboratory

9

APPENDIX 2 MAPS AND DRAWINGS

Appendix 2.1: Biodiversity Protection Areas in Sri Lanka, 2016

Source: Protected Areas of Sri Lanka (under the Jurisdiction of the Forest Department and

Department of Wildlife Conservation (MMDE, 2016b, figure 18.)

10

Appendix 2.2: Agro-ecological Regions of the Project Area

Agro-Ecological

Region Feature

DL3 DL4 DL1(d) DL1(e)

75% expectancy of Rainfall (mm)

> 800 > 750 > 900 > 900

Terrain Flat and slightly undulating

Flat Undulating and flat

Undulating

Major Soil Groups

Red Yellow Latosol; Rogosols

Solodized Slonetz; Solonchaks; Grumusol

Reddish Brown Earth; Rogosols; Low Humic Gley

Reddish Brown Earth; Low Humic Gley

Land Use Cashew, coconut, condiments, scrub, natural forest

Scrub, paddy, rain-fed upland crops;

Rain-fed upland crops; scrub, paddy

Rain-fed upland crops; paddy, scrub

Source: Department of Agriculture

11

Appendix 2.3: Soil Map of the Project Areas

Source: Department of Agriculture

12

Appendix 2.4: Wetlands and Lagoons in the Northern Province

Source: Environmental Atlas of Sri Lanka, CEA

13

Appendix 2.5: Existing Coastal and Marine Conservation Areas


14

Appendix 2.6: Tracks of Cyclonic Storms

Source: Meteorological Department

15

Appendix 2.7: Records of Earthquakes occurred within and around Sri Lanka

(a) Large Earthquakes (M>5.0) Occurred around Sri Lanka (b) Seismicity Map of Sri Lanka

Source: Indian Meteorological Department Source: Fernando and Kulasinghe, 1986

16

Appendix 2.8: Tropical cyclone induced storm surge inundation


(Corresponding to recurrence interval of 90 years; maximum wind speed 215 km/h)

17

Appendix 2.9: Storm surge inundation Map – Mannar Island and South Bar Area

18

Appendix 2.10: Storm surge inundation Map – Silavathura and Kayakkuli Area


19

Appendix 2.11: Storm surge inundation Map – Mullaithivu and Valayanmadam Area


20

Appendix 2.12: Storm surge inundation Map – Chullipuram West Area


21

Appendix 2.13: Sea-Level Rise Map – Mannar Island and South Bar Area


22

Appendix 2.14: Sea-Level Rise Map – Silavathura and Kayakkuli Area


23

Appendix 2.15: Sea-Level Rise Map – Mullaitivu and Valayanmadam Area


24

Appendix 2.16: Sea-Level Rise Map – Chullipuram West Area


25

APPENDIX 3 CLIMATE DATA

Appendix 3.1 Rainfall Records

Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre

Mannar Meteorological Station

Lat 8.98 N, Long 79.92 E (mm)

Mud Crab Hatchery and Larval Rearing Facility Murunkan Meteorological Station

Lat 8.83 N, Long 80.05 E (mm)

26

Sea Cucumber Hatchery and Associated Nursery Facilities

Kannukerni Tank Station

Lat 9.20 N, Lon 80.80 E (mm)

Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility

Jaffna Meteorology Station

Lat 9.68 N, Lon 80.03 E (mm)

27

Appendix 3.2 Temperature Records


Mannar Meteorological Station - Lat 8.98 N, Lon 79.92 E (Maximum C0)


Mannar Meteorological Station - Lat 8.98 N, Lon 79.92 E (Minimum C0)

28


Jaffna Meteorological Station

Lat 9.68 N, Long 80.03 E (Maximum in C0)


Jaffna Meteorological Station

Lat 9.68 N, Long 80.03 E (Minimum in C0)

29

Appendix 3.3 Resultant Wind Speed and Direction Records


Mannar Meteorological Station

Lat 8.98 N, Lon 79.92 E

Seaweed Tissue Culture Laboratory and In-vitro Propagation Facility

Jaffna Meteorological Station - Lat 9.68 N, Lon 80.03 E

30

APPENDIX 4 GROUNDWATER QUALITY DETAILS OF PREVIOUS BOREHOLES

Appendix 4.1 Nearest Location to Sea cucumber hatchery

(Borehole Database, Water Resources Board)

Well No. 07444T0002

East (Longitude) 80.81528

North (Latitude) 9.25000

Location Mullathivu RCTM School

Village Mullathivu

Province Northern

District Mullaitivu

DS_Division Maritimepattu

GN_Division Mullaitivu South

Basin_Name Kodalikallu Aru

Groundwater Depth and Yield

Groundwater Quality

Stratigraphy

Date Completed 6/24/2011 Date of Sample Arrival

7/4/11 Litho Depth_1 (mbgl)

0-1

Overburden Depth (mbgl)

24.00 Appearance Turbid Lithology_1 Top Soil

Total Depth (mbgl) 24.00 Colour (Hezan Unit) 357.0 Litho Depth_2 1-6.5

Casing Type Screen Temperature (C0 ) 0 Lithology_2 Clayey Sand

Blank Depth 1 0-16 Turbidity (NTU) 34.20 Litho Depth_3 6.5-12.5

Screen Depth 1 16-24 pH 5.4 Lithology_3 Coarse

Sandy Clay

Blank Depth 2 Field E.C. (µs/cm) 5800.0 Litho Depth_4 12.5-15.5

Screen Depth 2 E.C. (µs/cm) 206.0 Lithology_4 Clay

Water Level (mbgl) 3.25 T.H. (mg/l) 43.7 Litho Depth_5 15.5-24

Flushing Yield (lpm) 20.0 T.Al. (mg/l) 40.9 Lithology_5 Hard Clay

Remarks_Tech TDS (mg/l) 136.0

Yield_OB (while drilling)

20.0 Ca (mg/l) 7.7

Mg (mg/l) 5.9

Fe (mg/l) 0.90

Cl (mg/l) 27.6

SO4 (mg/l) 10.0

F (mg/l) 0.00

Salinity (ppt) 0.10

NO3 Nitrate (mg/l) 10.00 PO4 (mg/l) 1.1 Na (mg/l) 23.80

K (mg/l) 1.10

31

Appendix 4.2 Nearest Location to Sea cucumber hatchery

(Borehole Databas, Water Resources Board)

Well No. 07544T0009



Location Puthukkudiyiruppu

Village Puthukkudiyiruppu

Province Northern

District Mullaitivu

DS_Division Puthukkudiyiruppu

GN_Division Malligaitheevu

Basin_Name Per Aru


Groundwater Quality Stratigraphy



0-10.8


45.00 Appearance Clear Lithology_1 Red soil

Total Depth (mbgl) 45.00 Colour (Hezan Unit) 1.0 Litho Depth_2 10.8-13

Casing Type Screen Temperature (C0 ) 26.20 Lithology_2 Brown soil & sand

Blank Depth 1 0-10 Turbidity (NTU) 0.16 Litho Depth_3 13-16

Screen Depth 1 10-37 pH 7.6 Lithology_3 White clay & sand

Blank Depth 2 37-45 E.C. (µs/cm) 509.0 Litho Depth_4 16-27.8

Water Level (mbgl) 20.00 T.H. (mg/l) 174.0 Lithology_4 Loose sand rock

Flushing Yield (lpm) 750.0 T.Al. (mg/l) 191.0 Litho Depth_5 27.8-30.8


750.0 TDS (mg/l) 250.0 Lithology_5 Clay & Gravel

Ca (mg/l) 29.8 Litho Depth_6 30.8-45

Mg (mg/l) 24.1 Lithology_6 Clay Fe (mg/l) 0.12

Cl (mg/l) 107.0

SO4 (mg/l) 5.0

F (mg/l) 0.10

Salinity (ppt) 0.28

NO3 Nitrate (mg/l) 0.88

PO4 (mg/l) 1.85

32

Appendix 4.3 Nearest Location to Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility


Well No. 09042T0003



Location Kondachchi Silawathura

Village Kondachchi

Province Northern

District Mannar

DS_Division Musalai

GN_Division Kondachchi

Basin_Name Aruvi Aru





0-0.5


14.60 Appearance Clear Lithology_1 Top Soil

Total Depth (mbgl) 21.00 Colour (Hezan Unit)

0.8 Litho Depth_2 0.5-1.2

Casing Type Screen Temperature (C0 ) 25.00 Lithology_2 Clayey Sand

Blank Depth 1 0-10 Turbidity (NTU) 1.00 Litho Depth_3 1.2-3.95

Screen Depth 1 10-14.6 pH 7.1 Lithology_3 Sandy Clay

Blank Depth 2 Field E.C. (µs/cm) Litho Depth_4 3.95-6.95

Water Level (mbgl) 4.00 E.C. (µs/cm) 3450.0 Lithology_4 Sand

Flushing Yield (lpm) 700.0 T.H. (mg/l) 485.0 Litho Depth_5 6.95-9.95


T.Al. (mg/l) 596.0 Lithology_5 Coarse

Sand

Fracture Zone_1 15.5-16.1 TDS (mg/l) 2277.0 Litho Depth_6 9.95-10.95

Yield_1 (lpm) Ca (mg/l) 77.7 Lithology_6 Hard Clay

Fracture Zone_2 16.8-17.2 Mg (mg/l) 70.6 Litho Depth_7 10.95-12.95

Yield_2 (lpm) 700.0 Fe (mg/l) 0.10 Lithology_7 Medium

Sand Cl (mg/l) 905.0 Litho Depth_8 12.95-13.6

SO4 (mg/l) 206.0 Lithology_8 Gravely

Sand F (mg/l) 0.70 Litho Depth_9 13.6-14.65

Salinity (ppt) 108.00 Lithology_9 Rock &

Limestone NO3 Nitrate (mg/l) 0.90 Litho Depth_10 14.65-21

PO4 (mg/l) 0.7 Lithology_10 Limestone

33

Appendix 4.4 Nearest Location to Seaweed tissue culture laboratory


Well No. 10441T0057



Location Muththan Mahalingam,Moolai

Veeram Chulipuram.

Village Moolai Vaeram

Province Northern

District Jaffna

DS_Division Chankanai

GN_Division Moolai

Basin_Name Jaffna Peninsula & Islands





0-1.25


6.10 Colour (Hezan Unit)

0 Lithology_1 Top Soil

Total Depth (mbgl) 7.40 Turbidity (NTU) 3 Litho Depth_2 1.25-5.25

Casing Type Blank pH 7.5 Lithology_2 Gravely

Clay

Blank Depth 1 0-6.1 Field E.C. (µs/cm) 3680 Litho Depth_3 5.25-6.1

Water Level (mbgl) 5.80 E.C. (µs/cm) 3423 Lithology_3 Rock

Flushing Yield (lpm) 60.0 T.H. (mg/l) 900 Litho Depth_4 6.1-7.4

Fracture Zone_1 6.8-6.9 T.Al. (mg/l) 406 Lithology_4 Limestone

Yield_1 (lpm) 60.0 TDS (mg/l) 1716

Fracture Zone_2 7.3-7.4 Ca (mg/l) 242

Mg (mg/l) 66

Fe (mg/l) 0.03

Cl (mg/l) 769.3

SO4 (mg/l) 146

F (mg/l) 0.06

Salinity (ppt) 1.76

NO3 Nitrate (mg/l) 1.2

PO4 (mg/l) 0.3

34

APPENDIX 5: IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRICES

Appendix 5.1. Impact Identification Matrix - CADEC

Environmental / Social Aspect

Project Activity

1.

Be

ac

h &

sh

ore

lin

e

2.

Dra

ina

ge

& F

loo

din

g

3.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-M

ari

ne

Wa

ters

4.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-I

nla

nd

su

rfac

e w

ate

r

5.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-G

rou

nd

wa

ter

6.

Air

Qu

ali

ty

7.

No

ise

& V

ibra

tio

n

8.

Qu

arr

y /

bo

rro

w /

dis

po

sal

are

as

9.

Ac

ce

ss

ro

ad

s

10

. W

as

te M

an

ag

em

en

t

11

. M

ari

ne

Ec

olo

gy

12

. T

err

es

tria

l E

co

log

y

13

. C

riti

ca

l S

pec

ies

/ H

ab

ita

ts

14

. P

rote

cte

d a

rea

s

15

. F

ish

ing

ac

tiv

itie

s

16

. O

the

r B

ea

ch

Use

rs

17

. R

elo

ca

tio

n &

Lo

ss

0f

Liv

elih

oo

d

18

. R

oa

d T

raff

ic

19

. H

ea

lth

& S

afe

ty

20

. P

hy

sic

al

Cu

ltu

ral R

es

ou

rce

s

21

. C

lim

ate

Ch

an

ge

Co

ns

ide

rati

on

s

22

. N

atu

ral

Dis

as

ter

Co

nsid

era

tio

n

Pre-construction & Construction

Land acquisition - - - - - - - - X - - - - X - - 1 - - - - -

Survey works - - - 0 - 0 0 - 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 - 0 1 1 - 0

Influx of workers 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 - 1 1 1 - 1

Worker camps / offices 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1

Access roads 1 X 0 1 0 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1

Operation of heavy machinery 1 - 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1

Construction of facility/buildings X X 1 0 0 1 1 1 - 1 1 0 0 1 X 1 - - 1 - 1 1

Quarry/burrow/disposal sites operation - - - 1 1 1 1 X - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1

Transportation of materials 0 - 0 1 0 1 1 X - 0 - 0 0 - - 0 - 1 1 - 1 1

Operation

Water intake - - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1 - X - - - 1 - 1 1

CADEC activities - - - - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 X - - - - 1 - 1 1

Hygiene and sanitation - - - 1 0 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1 - 1 1

Wastewater handling 0 - 1 1 1 1 0 - - 1 - 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - 1 -

Solid waste handling 1 - - 1 1 1 1 0 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - 1 - 1 1

Chemicals handling - - - 1 1 0 - 0 - 1 - 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - -

Maintenance of ponds / tanks 0 - 1 1 1 1 0 - - 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1 - 1 -

Road transportation - - - 0 - 1 1 1 - 0 - 0 0 - - - - 1 1 - 1 1

Storm water disposal - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - -

(-) Not applicable; (0) Negligible negative impact; (1) Negative impact, (X) Significant negative impact

35

Appendix 5.2. Impact Identification Matrix - Mud crab hatchery

Environmental / Social

Aspect

Project Activity

1.

Be

ac

h &

sh

ore

lin

e

2.

Dra

ina

ge

& F

loo

din

g

3.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-M

ari

ne

Wa

ters

4.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-I

nla

nd

su

rfac

e w

ate

r

5.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-G

rou

nd

wa

ter

6.

Air

Qu

ali

ty

7.

No

ise

& V

ibra

tio

n

8.

Qu

arr

y /

bo

rro

w /

dis

po

sal

are

as

9.

Ac

ce

ss

ro

ad

s

10

. W

as

te M

an

ag

em

en

t

11

. M

ari

ne

Ec

olo

gy

12

. T

err

es

tria

l E

co

log

y

13

. C

riti

ca

l S

pec

ies

/ H

ab

ita

ts

14

. P

rote

cte

d a

rea

s

15

. F

ish

ing

ac

tiv

itie

s

16

. O

the

r B

ea

ch

Use

rs

17

. R

elo

ca

tio

n &

Lo

ss

0f

Liv

elih

oo

d

18

. R

oa

d T

raff

ic

19

. H

ea

lth

& S

afe

ty

20

. P

hy

sic

al

Cu

ltu

ral R

es

ou

rce

s

21

. C

lim

ate

Ch

an

ge

Co

ns

ide

rati

on

s

22

. N

atu

ral

Dis

as

ter

Co

nsid

era

tio

n


Land acquisition - - - - - - - - X - - - - X - - 1 - - - - -

Survey works - - - 0 - 0 0 - 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 - 0 1 1 - -

Influx of workers 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 - 1 1 1 - 1

Worker camps / offices 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1

Access roads 1 X 0 1 0 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1

Operation of heavy machinery 1 - 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1

Construction of facility/buildings X X 1 0 0 1 1 1 - 1 1 0 0 1 X 1 - - 1 - 1 1

Quarry/burrow/disposal sites operation - - - 1 1 1 1 X - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1

Transportation of materials 0 - 0 1 0 1 1 X - 0 - 0 0 - - 0 - 1 1 - 1 1

Operation

Water intake - - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1 - X - - - 1 - - 1

Hatchery activities - - - - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 X - - - - 1 - 1 1

Hygiene and sanitation - - - 1 0 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1 - 1 1

Wastewater handling 0 - 1 1 1 1 0 - - 1 - 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - 1 -

Solid waste handling 1 - - 1 1 1 1 0 - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - - 1 - 1 1

Chemicals handling - - - 1 1 0 - 0 - 1 - 1 - 1 - - - - 1 - - -


Road transportation - - - 0 - 1 1 1 - 0 - 0 0 - 1 - - 1 1 - 1 1



36

Appendix 5.3. Impact Identification Matrix - Sea cucumber hatchery


Project Activity 1

. B

ea

ch

& s

ho

reli

ne

2.

Dra

ina

ge

& F

loo

din

g

3.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-M

ari

ne

Wa

ters

4.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-I

nla

nd

su

rfac

e w

ate

r

5.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-G

rou

nd

wa

ter

6.

Air

Qu

ali

ty

7.

No

ise

& V

ibra

tio

n

8.

Qu

arr

y /

bo

rro

w /

dis

po

sal

are

as

9.

Ac

ce

ss

ro

ad

s

10

. W

as

te M

an

ag

em

en

t

11

. M

ari

ne

Ec

olo

gy

12

. T

err

es

tria

l E

co

log

y

13

. C

riti

ca

l S

pec

ies

/ H

ab

ita

ts

14

. P

rote

cte

d a

rea

s

15

. F

ish

ing

ac

tiv

itie

s

16

. O

the

r B

ea

ch

Use

rs

17

. R

elo

ca

tio

n &

Lo

ss

0f

Liv

elih

oo

d

18

. R

oa

d T

raff

ic

19

. H

ea

lth

& S

afe

ty

20

. P

hy

sic

al

Cu

ltu

ral R

es

ou

rce

s

21

. C

lim

ate

Ch

an

ge

Co

ns

ide

rati

on

s

22

. N

atu

ral

Dis

as

ter

Co

nsid

era

tio

n


Land acquisition - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - -

Survey works - - - 0 - 0 0 - 1 1 0 1 0 - 0 0 - 0 1 1 - 0

Influx of workers 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - 0 1 - 1 1 1 - 1

Worker camps / offices 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1

Access roads 1 - 0 1 0 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 0 - 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1

Operation of heavy machinery 1 - 1 1 0 X X 1 X 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1

Construction of facility/buildings 1 1 1 0 0 X X 1 - 1 1 0 0 - X 1 - - 1 - 1 1

Quarry/burrow/disposal sites operation 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1

Transportation of materials 0 - 0 1 0 X X 1 - 0 - 0 0 1 - 0 - 1 1 - 1 1

Operation

Water intake 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1 - X - - - 1 - 1 1

Hatchery activities - - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 - 1 1

Hygiene and sanitation - - 1 1 0 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 - 1 1

Wastewater handling 0 - 0 1 1 1 0 - - 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1 - 1 -

Solid waste handling 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 0 - 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - - 1 - 1 1

Chemicals handling - - - 1 1 0 - 0 - 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -





37

Appendix 5.4. Impact Identification Matrix - Seaweed tissue culture laboratory


Project Activity 1

. B

ea

ch

& s

ho

reli

ne

2.

Dra

ina

ge

& F

loo

din

g

3.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-M

ari

ne

Wa

ters

4.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-I

nla

nd

su

rfac

e w

ate

r

5.

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty-G

rou

nd

wa

ter

6.

Air

Qu

ali

ty

7.

No

ise

& V

ibra

tio

n

8.

Qu

arr

y /

bo

rro

w /

dis

po

sal

are

as

9.

Ac

ce

ss

ro

ad

s

10

. W

as

te M

an

ag

em

en

t

11

. M

ari

ne

Ec

olo

gy

12

. T

err

es

tria

l E

co

log

y

13

. C

riti

ca

l S

pec

ies

/ H

ab

ita

ts

14

. P

rote

cte

d a

rea

s

15

. F

ish

ing

ac

tiv

itie

s

16

. O

the

r B

ea

ch

Use

rs

17

. R

elo

ca

tio

n &

Lo

ss

0f

Liv

elih

oo

d

18

. R

oa

d T

raff

ic

19

. H

ea

lth

& S

afe

ty

20

. P

hy

sic

al

Cu

ltu

ral R

es

ou

rce

s

21

. C

lim

ate

Ch

an

ge

Co

ns

ide

rati

on

s

22

. N

atu

ral

Dis

as

ter

Co

nsid

era

tio

n


Land acquisition - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 - - - - -

Survey works - - - 0 - 0 0 - 1 1 0 1 0 - 0 0 - 0 1 1 - 0

Influx of workers 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - 0 1 - 1 1 1 - 1

Worker camps / offices 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - - - - 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1

Access roads 1 X 0 1 0 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 0 - 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1

Operation of heavy machinery 1 - 1 1 0 1 1 1 X 1 1 1 1 - 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1

Construction of facility/buildings 1 X 1 0 0 1 1 1 - 1 1 0 0 - X 1 - - 1 - 1 1

Quarry/burrow/disposal sites operation - - - 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1

Transportation of materials 0 - 0 1 0 1 1 1 - 0 - 0 0 1 - 0 - 1 1 - 1 1

Operation

Water intake - - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1 - X - - - 1 - 1 1

Facility activities - - 1 - 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 - 1 1

Hygiene and sanitation - - 1 1 0 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 - 1 1

Wastewater handling 0 - 0 1 1 1 0 - - 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1 - 1 -

Solid waste handling 1 - 1 1 1 1 1 0 - 1 1 1 1 - - 1 - - 1 - 1 1

Chemicals handling - - - 1 1 0 - 0 - 1 - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - -





38

APPENDIX 6 CONSULTATIONS AND MINUTES

Appendix I. extends the content of the Chapter VI. INFORMATION DISCLOSURE, CONSULTATION, AND PARTICIPATION of the IEE report. This section:

(i) describes the process undertaken during project design and preparation for engaging stakeholders, including information disclosure and consultation with affected people and other stakeholders;

(ii) summarizes comments and concerns received from affected people and other stakeholders and how these comments have been addressed in project design and mitigation measures, with special attention paid to the needs and concerns of vulnerable groups, including women, the poor, and Indigenous Peoples; and

(iii) Describes the planned information disclosure measures (including the type of information to be disseminated and the method of dissemination) and the process for carrying out consultation with affected people and facilitating their participation during project implementation.

The public consultation process supports the view to understand the public’s perception of the project and respond to their concerns and suggestions during the entire project cycle. Incorporation on the environmental concerns to the decision-making process through the public consultation will avoid or minimize conflict situations throughout the project period.

A number of consultation activities were conducted during the PPTA. Those are; (i) meetings with ADB, project proponent, IAs and related institutions on project designs; (ii) meetings with relevant government authorities such as DWC, NARA, CEA, CCCRMD, CCS etc. for specific issues, concerns and information collection (iii) public meetings with a wide range of participants for selected subprojects; and (iv) specific group consultative discussions which targeting subprojects.

Public meetings were conducted for subprojects Pesalai fishery harbor, Point Pedro fishery harbor, sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities and seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility considering the factors such as magnitude (for fishery harbors) and location of the subprojects. Specific group consultative discussions were conducted at anchorage and landing sites.

Summary of the meetings and the meeting minutes are given below

Summary of the Meetings


The Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre (CADEC) facility is proposed to be located within the proposed Northern Province Aquaculture Park on Naayaru Plain, Mannar District (NAQDA, 2016a). The selected land for the facility is located at a bare land where there are no nearby communities affected. Therefore, meetings were not held at the site. Regarding the proposed investments related to aquaculture, meetings were held with District Secretary – Mannar and Divisional Secretary – Mannar with participation of NAQDA officer-in-charge.

39


The Mud Crab hatchery and larval rearing facility (NAQDA, 2016b) is proposed to be located on state owned land at Kayakuli, Musali adjoining the beach in Mannar District. Regarding the proposed investments related to aquaculture, meetings were held with District Secretary – Mannar and Divisional Secretary – Mannar with participation of NAQDA officer-in-charge.

3. Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities

The Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facility (NAQDA, 2016c) is proposed to be located at Valaingar Madam in Mullaitivu District. The proposed site is approximately 5 km from the boundary of Chundikulam National Park. A public consultative meeting was held at the Valaingar Madam Church and was chaired by the Divisional Secretary – Maritimepattu on 29 November 2016.

The PPTA members and the Aquaculture Extension Officer explained about the proposed intervention of Sea Cucumber Hatchery/laboratory in Valaingar Madam. The team initially explained the technical features of the proposed intervention. The team described the ADB social and environmental Safeguard Policy to protect the people from negative impacts due to the implementation of the proposed interventions and safeguard aspects. Social and economic benefits of the proposed intervention were also highlighted.

The President of the Fishermen Cooperative Society said Sea Cucumber Hatchery/laboratory is not their priority need and coastline of Mullaitivu is not conducive for Sea Cucumber cultivation. They pointed out that Mannar Gulf is ideal for Sea Cucumber cultivation. Their priority need is harbor / anchorage for boosting fishing. They said they do not have light house. It was explained that the geographical feature of coastal belt of Mullaitivu is not suitable for locating harbors. It was further informed that the fishermen who own multi-day boats could anchor their boats in the proposed harbor at Point Pedro. Simultaneously anchorages and landing sites also considered for development in Mullaitivu district to cater the requirement of one day boat owners. The environment degradation would be significant and caused adverse impact when harbors are established in this nature. Operation and maintenance of a harbor is a challenge and very costly due to siltation and erosion.

The Aquaculture Extension Officer explained the technical features of the Sea Cucumber Hatchery/laboratory. He said the identified location is naturally suitable for the proposed intervention. The participants questioned that if the project use pens in sea, they oppose the intervention because the pens will disturb the movement of fishing boats and small-scale fishing activities. It was confirmed that no offshore activities or structures are required for this purpose and only sea water will be pumped for breeding purposes. Sea Cucumber Hatchery/laboratory activities will not leave any adverse impacts on fishing.

The Divisional Secretary informed that the proposed intervention generates employment opportunities and the local community will get the benefit. The participants emphasized to ensure the employment opportunities to the local community by signing a MoU between the Ministry of Fishery and the Divisional Secretary and the Fishermen Cooperative Society.

During the site visit the required land was shown to the participants and the Divisional Secretary pointed out adequate government land is available adjoining to the land owned by the Church. To avoid resettlement impacts to Church land, the Divisional Secretary suggested designing the

40

proposed intervention within the government land and it was informed that the suggestion will be considered and further consultation will be arranged in this regard.

4. Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility

The Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility (NAQDA, 2016d) is proposed to be located at Chulipuram in Jaffna District. There is no biodiversity protection area within 1 mile of the site. A public consultative meeting was held at Alaimagal Fishermen’s Cooperative Society Building, Chullipuram West and was chaired by the Aquaculture Extension Officer – NAQDA on 20 February 2017.

The PPTA members and the Aquaculture Extension Officer explained about the proposed intervention of Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility in Chulipuram West. The team initially explained the technical features of the proposed intervention. The ADB social and environmental Safeguard Policy to protect the people from negative impacts due to the implementation of the proposed interventions and safeguard aspects was described by the PPTA team. Social and economic benefits of the proposed intervention were also highlighted.

The participants expressed their views and appreciated selecting Chulipuram West for the development of aquaculture project and for proposed interventions in existing landing site which will be highly beneficial for the local fishing community. The Aquaculture Extension Officer explained the technical features of the proposed facility. The identified location is naturally suitable for the proposed intervention. It was confirmed that no offshore activities or structures are required for this purpose and only sea water will be pumped for tanks. Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility activities will not leave any adverse impact on fishing.

It was revealed that the number of families who currently engaged in seaweed culture has reduced and initially it was 15 families and now it is only 7 families engaged in seaweed farming. The main reason is the lack of seeds of seaweed. Number of cages drastically dropped due to lack of seeds; earlier it was 45 cages per family and now it is only 15 cages per family. The proposed culture laboratory to be established in Chulipuram is most welcome as currently the required sea weed seeds (wild seeds) are borrowed from Nachchikuda area in Kilinochchi District. The company which buy their product is assisting the farmers in this process.

Women participated for the meeting stated that the current price for sea weed is very low and the reason may be because at present, only one buyer is involved in purchasing what they produce. Seaweed culture cycle is 45 days and the average production is 250 kg per cage. This is equivalent to 20 – 25 kg of dry seaweeds. In addition to seaweed culture, the fishers prefer to engage in crab, oyster and sea cucumber culture too because the location is conducive for that.

The participants requested to construct the proposed facility in a manner which will not to disturb the access and fishing activities in the existing landing site as there are fishers who engage in fishing using fishing traps and fishing with cages along the shallow shore. The participants also emphasized to ensure the employment opportunities generated due to proposed facilities to the local community and the local community will get the benefit of direct and indirect employment opportunities.

During the site visit, the identified land was shown to the participants and the Grama Niladhari of Chulipuram West confirmed that adequate government land is available adjoining to the existing landing site. It was confirmed that there will be no resettlement impacts due the proposed intervention.

41

Appendix 6.1 Minutes of Meetings


Project Title Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project Client Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources

Funding Agency Asian Development Bank (ADB) Sub Project Coastal Aquaculture Development and Training Centre (CADEC)

– Southbar, Mannar Town DS, Mannar District Purpose of Meeting Consultative meeting with fishing community on proposed CADEC

facility – Southbar Date 03.05 2018 and 24.04.2018 Venue DS Office – Mannar Town and site visit Participants (List of Participant is attached) Description of the meeting 1. Divisional Secretary of Mannar Town welcomed the participants and explained the project in brief

and requested NAQDA Additional Director to provide further details. 2. NAQDA Additional Director explained the necessity of the project, the site suitability and why it has

been selected for CADEC. 3. Divisional Secretary requested Fisheries Society members to inquire if they have any issues and

suggestions. He also mentioned that it is expected to receive the survey map and as soon as it is received, he will expedite the land releasing process.

4. Further Divisional Secretary raised the concern over the disturbance made by a villager with a false claim over the NAQDA identified land and requested the fisheries societies opinion.

5. The Fisheries Societies, District Secretary and NAQDA came to decision to lodge a complaint to avoid further disturbances.

6. NAQDA Additional Director explained the project components and what kind of structures will be put up in the CADEC and how it can be utilized by fishermen and aqua farmers. Further he mentioned the necessity of wild life concurrence as there are many confusions about the Vanakalai Sanctuary boundaries. District Secretary instructed the wild life Department and NAQDA to visit the site after the meeting with CCD, CEA officers.

7. CEA officer suggested to carry out an EIA before the project commencement. 8. District Secretary requested NAQDA to discuss with Survey Department to obtain the map early as

possible. He mentioned that he will take this up with the project at District Coordination Committee for the final approval on 14.05.2018 and concluded with a decision to visit the site with all stake holders participated.

42

43

44



Funding Agency Asian Development Bank (ADB) Sub Project Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility – Musali, Mannar District Purpose of Meeting Consultative meeting with fishing community on proposed mud crab

hatchery and larval rearing facility - Musali Date 24.04.2018 and site visit Venue DS Office - Musali Participants (List of Participant is attached) Description of the meeting 1. Divisional Secretary welcomed the participants and explained the project in brief and requested

NAQDA Additional Director to provide detail. 2. NAQDA Additional Director explained the necessity of the project, the site suitability and why it has

been selected for a mud crab hatchery. 3. Further the NAQDA Additional Director mentioned that during the Divisional Land Use planning

meeting held on 27.03.2018, the land request was approved. He mentioned that in the meeting as the land is a state forest, urged the intervention of Forest Department. He explained to the forum that joint inspection of Forest Department and NAQDA was already completed and is waiting for the RFO and DFO clearance for further correspondence. He inquired the Wild Life Department and Forest Department of their presence in that particular land. After referring to a map, Wild Life Department told that they don’t have any presence there.

4. Regional Forest Officer in detail explained that his recommendation with all their regulation and locations which can be released. Further NAQDA AD requested to expedite the recommendation process at least for 4 acres which is requested for ADB project.

5. Divisional Secretary finally stressed Forest department to release the land to state for the development, then divisional secretariat can facilitate further.

6. Meeting concluded with a decision to visit the site with all stake holders.

45

46

3. Sea Cucumber Hatchery


Funding Agency Asian Development Bank (ADB) Sub Project Sea Cucumber Hatchery – Valaingar Madam, Mullaitivu District Purpose of Meeting Consultative meeting with fishing community on proposed Sea Cucumber

Hatchery – Valaingar Madam

Date 29.11.2016 Venue Valaingar Madam Church Participants (List of Participant is attached) Description of the meeting 1. The Divisional Secretary of Maritime Pattu of Mullaithivu district welcomed the gathering and briefed

the purpose of the meeting. He requested the PPTA team to briefly explain the proposed harbour project to the participants.

2. The Resettlement Specialist and the Environmental Specialist of the PPTA team and the Aquaculture Extension Officer explained about the proposed intervention of Sea Cucumber Hatchery/laboratory in Valaingar Madam. The team initially explained the technical features of the proposed intervention.

3. The Resettlement Specialist explained about the ADB Social Safeguard Policy to protect the people from negative impacts due to the implementation of the proposed interventions. At the same time the Environmental Specialist described the environmental safeguard measures during the construction and post construction stages.

4. The following social and economic benefits of the proposed intervention also highlighted to the participants.

i. Alternative to fishing and higher income ii. Local employment iii. Income growth iv. Livelihood development v. Land value vi. Area development vii. Direct and indirect employment opportunities

5. The Resettlement Specialist pointed out that the intervention of the development needs land. Under this circumstance approximately 3 hectare of onshore land is required. As per the design, state land has been identified for location these facilities. The Resettlement Specialist assured that in case of any private land acquired for this project will be compensated as per ADB Safeguard Policy and Government acts and regulations.

6. The Resettlement Specialist suggested for site visit after the meeting. The Divisional Secretary asked the participants to join the site visit. The Divisional Secretary asked the fishermen to express their views about the proposed intervention.

7. The President of the Fishermen Cooperative Society said Sea Cucumber Hatchery/laboratory is not their priority need and coastline of Mullaithivu is not conducive for Sea Cucumber cultivation. They pointed out that Mannar Gulf is ideal for Sea Cucumber cultivation. Their priority need is harbour / anchorage for boosting fishing. They said they do not have light house. The Resettlement Specialist explained that the geographical feature of coastal belt of Mullaithivu is not suitable for locating harbours. The resettlement Specialist further said that the fishermen who own multiday boats could anchor their boats in the proposed harbour at Point Pedro. Simultaneously anchorages and landing sites also considered for development in Mullaithivu district to cater the requirement of one day boat owners. The Environmental Specialist explained that environment degradation would be significant and caused adverse impact when harbours are established in this nature. He further said operation and maintenance of a harbour is a challenge and very costly due to siltation and erosion.

8. The Aquaculture Extension Officer explained the technical features of the Sea Cucumber Hatchery/laboratory. He said the identified location is naturally suitable for the proposed intervention. The participants questioned that if the project use pens in sea, they oppose the intervention because the pens will disturb the movement of fishing boats and small scale fishing activities. The Aquaculture Extension Officer confirmed that no off shore activities or structures are required for this purpose and

47

only sea water will be pumped for breeding purposes. Sea Cucumber Hatchery/laboratory activities will not leave any adverse impacts on fishing.

9. The Divisional Secretary informed that the proposed intervention generates employment opportunities and the local community will get the benefit. The participants emphasized to ensure the employment opportunities to the local community by signing a MoU between the Ministry of Fishery and the Divisional Secretary and the Fishermen Cooperative Society.

10. The participants of the meeting said due to the prevailed situation, the livelihood of the people in the village extensively damaged and mostly depend on government assistance. They informed that their main livelihood activity is fishing and allied. The Resettlement Specialist explained that the project will look into the livelihood aspect of the vulnerable families in the prioritized GNDs. Special attention will be given to women headed families to strengthen their income earning capacity. The participants preferred employment opportunities provides permanent income rather than self-financing programs.

11. Finally the DS thanked all the participants and request the participants to join a site visit, with this the meeting adjourned.

12. During the site visit the required land was shown to the people and the Divisional Secretary pointed out adequate government land is available adjoining to the land owned by the Church. To avoid resettlement impacts to Church land the Divisional Secretary suggested designing the proposed intervention within the government land and The Resettlement Specialist said the suggestion will be considered and further consultation will be arranged in this regard.

48

49

50

4. Seaweed Tissue Culture Laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility


Funding Agency Asian Development Bank (ADB) Sub Project seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility at

Chulipuram, Jaffna District Purpose of Meeting Group consultative meeting with fishing community on proposed seaweed

tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility at Chulipuram Date 20.02.2017 Venue Alaimagal Fishermen’s Cooperative Society Building, Chullipuram West Participants (List of Participant is attached) Description of the meeting 1. The PPTA members and the Aquaculture Extension Officer explained about the proposed

intervention of Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility in Chulipuram West. The team initially explained the technical features of the proposed intervention. The ADB social and environmental Safeguard Policy to protect the people from negative impacts due to the implementation of the proposed interventions and safeguard aspects was described by the PTTA team. Social and economic benefits of the proposed intervention were also highlighted.

2. The participants expressed their views and appreciated selecting Chulipuram West for the development of aquaculture project and for proposed interventions in existing landing site which will be highly beneficial for the local fishing community.

3. The Aquaculture Extension Officer explained the technical features of the proposed facility. The identified location is naturally suitable for the proposed intervention. It was confirmed that no off shore activities or structures are required for this purpose and only sea water will be pumped for tanks. Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility activities will not leave any adverse impact on fishing.

4. It was revealed that the number of families who currently engaged in seaweed culture has reduced and initially it was 15 families and now it is only 7 families engaged in seaweed farming. The main reason is the lack of seeds of seaweed. Number of cages drastically dropped due to lack of seeds; earlier it was 45 cages per family and now it is only a 15 cages per family.

5. The proposed culture laboratory to be established in Chulipuram is most welcome as currently the required sea weed seeds (wild seeds) are borrowed from Nachchikuda area in Kilinochchi District. The company which buy their product is assisting the farmers in this process.

6. Women participated for the meeting stated that the current price for sea weed is very low and the reason may be because at present, only one buyer is involved in purchasing their produce.

7. Seaweed culture cycle is 45 days and the average production is 250 kg per cage. This is equivalent to 20 – 25 kg of dry seaweeds.

8. In addition to seaweed culture, the fishers prefer to engage in crab, oyster and sea cucumber culture too because the location is conducive for that.

9. The participants requested to construct the proposed facility in a manner which will not to disturb the access and fishing activities in the existing landing site as there are fishers who engage in fishing using fishing traps and fishing with cages along the shallow shore.

10. The participants also emphasized to ensure the employment opportunities generated due to proposed facilities to the local community and the local community will get the benefit of direct and indirect employment opportunities.

11. Finally the Resettlement Specialist thanked all the participants and requested the participants to join a site visit, with this the meeting adjourned.

12. During the site visit, the identified land was shown to the participants and the Grama Niladhari of Chulipuram West confirmed that adequate government land is available adjoining to the existing landing site. It was confirmed that there will be no resettlement impacts due the proposed intervention.

51

52

53

Appendix 6.2 Minutes of Group Discussions



Funding Agency Asian Development Bank (ADB) Sub Project Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility – Musali, Mannar

District Purpose of Meeting Consultative meeting with fishing community on proposed mud

crab hatchery and larval rearing facility - Musali Date 03.05.2018 Venue Vijaya Gammanaya and Kayakkuli villages Participants (List of Participant is attached) Description of the meeting 1. Individual and 2 - 3 member group discussions were held at Vijaya Gammanaya and Kayakkuli villages

and the details of the project intervention - Mud crab hatchery and larval rearing facility – was discussed briefly with the villagers.

2. The proposed mud crab hatchery site is located at Kondachchi GND and in between two new villages namely Vijaya Gammanaya and Kayakkuliyi. After the conflict situation, people were resettled in Musali DSD and these two are such newly inhabited villages in 2012 - 2013.

3. Due to lack of infra-structure and job opportunities, 90% of the house owners of Vijaya gammanaya are not settled in the village.

4. Representatives of the village are to request from the MFARDREA for a new fish Landing Site for Vijaya Gammanaya as they are willing to engage in fishing activities.

5. People who joined the discussion highly appreciated the project specially for employment opportunities which could be created and emphasized that the development is a timely intervention.

54

2. Sea Cucumber Hatchery


Funding Agency Asian Development Bank (ADB) Sub Project Sea Cucumber Hatchery – Valaingar Madam, Mullaitivu

District Purpose of Meeting Consultative meeting with fishing community on proposed Sea

Cucumber Hatchery – Valayanmadam

Date 23.04.2018 Venue Ampalawanapokkanai village Participants (List of Participant is attached) Description of the meeting 1. Discussions with individuals were held at Ampalawanapokkanai villages which is located within about

500m from the proposed site and the details of the project intervention - Sea Cucumber Hatchery facility – was discussed briefly with the villagers.

2. The houses in the village were built after the conflict situation and is a fishing village. Total number of houses are 300 scattered in a larger area towards northern side.

3. There is a school (not within the close proximity of the site), several shops and a Kovil is located in the area. Kovil is situated at about 300m from the site near the beach.

4. The Kovil festival is held each year and the nearby beach area is used for religious activities. Villagers are concerned on the site activities whether those will impact the activities during the Kovil festival. It was clarified by explaining that the site activities during both construction and operation phases will be confined only in the land located in nearby village - Valayanmadam and there will be no impact on Kovil activities.


55

56

3. Seaweed Tissue Culture Laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility


Funding Agency Asian Development Bank (ADB) Sub Project Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility at

Chulipuram, Jaffna District Purpose of Meeting Consultative meeting with community on proposed seaweed tissue

culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility at Chulipuram Date 22.04.2018 Venue Near the Chullipuram West landing site Participants (List of Participant is attached) Description of the meeting 1. A 5 -6 member group discussion was held at the beach area near the Chullipuram West landings site

and the details of the project intervention - Seaweed Tissue Culture Laboratory facility – was discussed briefly with the villagers.

2. The beach is used by the nearby local community specially by the young people in the surrounding areas as a bating place. The place is visited by the community occasionally specially during holidays and weekends.

3. The surrounding area of the beach at the landing site is occupied by the fishermen who visit from other areas seasonally every year.


57

58

APPENDIX 7. SRI LANKAN ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS

Table 1. Drinking water standards

Parameter Maximum Desirable Level Maximum Permissible Level

A. Physico - Chemical

Colour 5 Hazen units 30 Hazen units

Odour Unobjectionable Unobjectionable

Taste Unobjectionable Unobjectionable

Turbidity 2 Jackson Turbidity units 8 Jackson Turbidity units

pH Range 7.0 - 8.5 6.5 - 9.9

Electrical Conductivity 750 μs/cm 3500 μs/cm

Chloride (as Cl) 200 mg/l 1200 mg/l

Free Residual Chlorine (as CI2) - 0.2 mg/l

Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) 200 mg/l 400 mg/l

Free Ammonia (as NH3) - 0.06 mg/l

Albuminoidal Ammonia 0.15 mg/l

Nitrate (as N) 10 mg/l

Nitrite (as N) 0.01 mg/l

Fluoride (as F) 0.6 mg/l 1 .5 mg/l

Total Phosphorus (as PO4) 2.0 mg/l

Total Residue 500 mg/l 2000 mg/l

Total Hardness (as CaCO3) 250 mg/l 600 mg/l

Total Iron (as Fe-) 0.3 mg/l 1 .0 mg/l

Sulphate (as SO42-) 200 mg/l 400 mg/l

Anionic Detergents 0.2 mg/l 1 mg/l

Phenolic Compounds (as phenolic OH)

0.001 mg/l 0.002 mg/l

Oil & Grease - 1.0 mg/l

Calcium (as Ca) 100 mg/l 240 mg/l

Magnesium (as Mg)

Not more than 30 mg/l if there are 250 mg/l of sulphate.

If there is less sulphate, magnesium up to 150 mg/l may be allowed.

Copper (as Cu) 0.05 mg/l 1.5 mg/l

Manganese (as Mn) 0.05 mg/l 0.5 mg/l

Zinc (as Zn) 5.0 mg/l 15 mg/l

Aluminium (as Al) 0.2 mg/l

Chemical Oxygen Demand 10 mg/l

59

Parameter Maximum Desirable Level Maximum Permissible Level

Pesticide residues As per WHO/FAO42 requirements

Arsenic (as As) 0.05 mg/l 1 mg/l

Cadmium (as Cd) 0.005 mg/l 1 mg/l

Cyanide (as CN) 0.05 mg/l 1 mg/l

Lead (as Pb) 0.05 mg/l 1 mg/l

Mercury (total as Hg) 0.001 mg/l 1 mg/l

Selenium (as Se) 0.01 mg/l 1 mg/l

Chromium (as Cr) 0.05 mg/l 1 mg/l

B. Bacteriological43

Pip

e b

orn

e p

ublic

w

ate

r supplie

s

Coliforms organisms / 100ml

(i) Throughout any year, 95% of the samples shall not contain any coliform organisms

(ii) None of the samples examined shall contain more than 3 coliform organisms per 100 ml

(iii) Coliform organisms shall not be detected in 100 ml of any two consecutive samples

E.coli/ 100 ml Absent

Indiv

idual

or

sm

all

com

munity

supplie

s:

wells

, bore

s a

nd s

prings Coliform organisms /

100 ml None of the samples examined shall contain more than 10 coliform organisms per 100 ml

E.coli/ 100 ml Absent

Source: Sri Lanka Standards SLS 614, 1983; Specification for potable water; Part 1 – Physical and Chemical Requirements

42 WHO – World Health Organization; FAO- Food and Agriculture Organization.

43 Source: Sri Lanka Standards SLS 614, 1983; Specification for potable water; Part 2 – Bacteriological Requirements and Amendment No 1 approved on June 7th, 1988.

60

Table 5. Tolerance Limits for the Discharge of Industrial Waste into Inland Surface Waters, Land and Marine Waters

61

62

63

Source: Part I: Sec. (I) - Gazette Extraordinary of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka - 01.02.2008

64

Table 3. Permissible noise levels in accordance with noise control regulations

Maximum Permissible Noise Levels (as LAeq T) at Boundaries of the land in which the noise source is located shall not exceed the limits set out below.

Area LAeq T, dB (A)

Day Time Night Time

Low Noise (PradeshiyaSabha area) 55 45 Medium Noise (Municipal Council / Urban Council area)

63*

50

High Noise (EPZZ of BOI & Industrial Estates approved under part IVC of the NEA)

70 60

Silent Zone (100, from the boundary of a courthouse, hospital, public library, school, zoo, sacred areas, and areas set apart for recreation or environmental purposes)

50 45

* Provided that the noise level should not exceed 60 dB (A) inside existing houses, during day time.

The following noise levels will be allowed where the background noise exceed or is marginal to the given levels in the above table.

(a) For low noise areas in which the background Measured Background

Noise level exceeds or is marginal to the given level Noise level + 3 dB (A)

(b) For medium noise areas in which the background Measured Background

Noise level exceeds or is marginal to the given level Noise level + 3 dB (A)

(c) For silent zone in which the background noise level Measured Background

Exceeds or is marginal to the given level Noise level + 3 dB (A)

(d) For high noise areas in which the background noise level exceeds or is marginal to the given level

(i) For day time Measured Background Noise level + 3 dB (A)

(ii) For night time Measured Background Noise level + 3 dB (A)

Construction Activities

Maximum permissible noise levels at boundaries of the land in which the source of noise is located in LAeq T for construction activities.

LAeq T, dB (A)

Day Time Night Time

75 50

Note 1:

“LAeq T” means the equivalent continuous, A-weighted sound pressure determined over a time interval T

(in dB)

“Day Time” from 06.00 hours to 18.00 hours except for the purposes of construction activities where it

means 06.00 hours to 21.00 hours.

“Night Time “means from 18.00 hours to 06.00 hours except for the purposes of construction activities

where it means 21.00 hours to 06.00 hours.

65

Table 4. Noise exposure limits for the work environment

Since there are no National Standards for Noise Exposure limits, the occupational Hygiene Division of the department of Labour use the following Threshold Limit Value for Noise specified in ACGIH standards.

Threshold Limit Value for Noise

Duration per day Sound Level dB(A)

Hours 24 80 16 82 8 85 4 88 2 91 1 94 Minutes 30 97 15 100 7.5 103 3.75 106 1.88 109 0.94 112 Seconds 28.2 115 14.06 118 7.03 121 3.52 124 1.76 127 0.88 130 0.44 133 0.22 136 0.11 139

Source: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists

66

Table 5. Limits for noise emanating from vehicular horns

Distance Sound pressure level

L1Amax in dB2 (A)

1 2 m in open space from the front of the vehicle when the vehicle is in a

stationary position and the engine is switched on 105

2 7 m in open space from the front of the vehicle when the vehicle is in a

stationary position and the engine is switched on 93

Source: National Environmental (Vehicle Horns) Regulation, No 1 of 2011, published in the Government Gazette Extraordinary No 1738/37 dated December 29th, 2011

Table 6. Emission standards for vehicles

A. Petrol Vehicles

Type of vehicle

Emission standard effective from January 1st, 2014

Remarks Carbon Monoxide CO

(%v/v)3

Hydrocarbon HC (ppm

v/v)4

Petrol vehicle other

than motor cycles and

motor tricycle

3.0 1000 Both idling and

2500 RPM5/ No

load Petrol motor cycles

and motor tricycle 4.0 6000

B. Diesel vehicles

Type of vehicle Emission standard effective from January 1st, 2014 Remarks

K factor6 (m-1)

Diesel vehicle 4.0 Smoke opacity on

snap acceleration 7

Source: National Environmental (Air Emission, Fuel and Vehicle Importation Standards) Regulation No 1 of 2003, published in the Government Gazette Extraordinary No 1295/11 dated June 30th, 2003 and subsequent amendments

1 LAmax means- the maximum A-weighted sound pressure level as is recorded during a period of measurement.

2 dB means – decibel.

3 %v/v – present by volume.

4 ppm v/v – parts per million by volume.

5 RPM – resolutions per minute.

6 K factor – absorption coefficient.

7 Snap acceleration – has the same meaning as defined in SAE recommended practice J1167.

67

Table 7. Ambient air quality standards

Pollutant Averaging

Time*

Maximum Permissible Level Method of

Measurement+ gm-3 ppm

1

Particulate matter

aerodynamic diameter is

less than 10 m in size

(PM10)

Annual 50 - Hi-Volume Sampling

and Gravimetric or

Beta Attenuation 24 hrs 100 -

2

Particulate matter

aerodynamic diameter is

less than 2.5 m in size

(PM2.5)

Annual 25 - Hi-Volume Sampling

and Gravimetric or

Beta Attenuation 24 hrs 50 -

3 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

Annual 100 0.05 Colorimetric using

Saltzman Method or

equivalent gas phase

24 hrs 150 0.08

1 hr 250 0.13

4 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual 80 0.03 Pararosaniline

Method or equivalent

Pulse Fluorescent

24 hrs 120 0.05

1 hr 200 0.08

5 Ozone (O3) 1 hr 200 0.10

Chemiluminescence

Method or equivalent

Ultraviolet

Photometric

6 Carbon Monoxide (CO)

8 hrs 10,000 9.00 Non-Dispersive

Infrared Spectroscopy 1 hr 30,000 26.00

Any time 58,000 50.00

Source: National Environmental (Ambient Air Quality) Regulations, No 1 of 1994, published in the Government Gazette Extraordinary No 850/4 dated December 1994 and subsequent amendments published in the Government Gazette Extraordinary No 1562/22 dated August 15th, 2008

* Minimum number of observations required to determine the average over the specified period

3 hour average – 3 consecutive hourly averages

8 hour average – 8 hourly averages

24 hour average – 18 hourly averages

Yearly average – 9 month average with at least 2 monthly averages each quarter

+ By using Chemical or Automatic Analyzer

68

Table 8. Proposed air blast over pressure and ground vibration standards for Sri Lanka

69

70

Source: Amended interim “Air Blast Over Pressure Standards” of the Central Environmental Authority; Pollution Control Division; December 04, 2008

71

APPENDIX 8: EMP AND EMOP COST ESTIMATES

Table 1: CADEC

Phase Env aspect / activity Item Unit Unit rate

(USD) No of Units

Cost (USD)

Assumption / Remarks

Co

nstr

uctio

n

Mitigation All other mitigation activities As proposed in EMP - - - -

Internalized into the design and / or construction cost

Sub Total -

Monitoring

Marine Water quality Parameters specified in EMP table, chapter 7

No. of samples

1,138 2 2,276 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (1 sample each)


,, ,, 1,695 2 3,390 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (3 samples each)

Air quality (including dust) ,, ,, 1,644 1 1,644 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (3 samples each)

Noise ,, ,, 1,265 1 1,265 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (3 samples each)

Sub Total 8,575

Op

era

tion

Mitigation All mitigation activities As proposed in EMoP - - - - Internalized into the routine O&M cost

Monitoring


No. of samples

1,138 1 1,138 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory


,, ,, 2,825 1 2,825 ,,

Air quality ,, ,, 1,644 - - ,,

Noise ,, ,, 1,265 - - ,,

Sub Total 3,963

72

Table 2: Mud crab hatchery


(USD) No of Units

Cost (USD)


Co

nstr

uctio

n



Sub Total -

Monitoring


No. of samples




Air quality (including dust) ,, No. of

samples 1,644 1 1,644

Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (3 samples each)


Sub Total 8,575

Op

era

tion


Monitoring


No. of samples



,, ,, 2,825 1 2,825 ,,

Air quality ,, ,, 1,644 - - ,,

Noise ,, ,, 1,265 - - ,,

Sub Total 3,963

73

Table 3: Sea cucumber hatchery and associated nursery facilities


(USD) No of Units

Cost (USD)


Co

nstr

uctio

n



Sub Total -

Monitoring


No. of samples




Air quality (including dust) ,, ,, 1,686 4 6,744 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (3 samples each)


Sub Total (/year) 17,772

Op

era

tion


Monitoring


No. of samples



,, ,, 2,867 1 2,867 ,,

Air quality ,, ,, 1,686 - - ,,

Noise ,, ,, 1,307 - - ,,

Sub Total (/year) 4,047

74

Table 4: Seaweed tissue culture laboratory and in-vitro propagation facility


(USD) No of Units

Cost (USD)


Co

nstr

uctio

n



Sub Total -

Monitoring


No. of samples

1,180 2 2,360 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (1 samples)


,, ,, 1,147 2 2,294 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (2 samples)

Air quality (including dust) ,, ,, 1,349 1 1,349 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (2 samples)

Noise ,, ,, 1,096 1 1,096 Sample collected and analyzed by hired laboratory (2 samples)

Sub Total 6,112

Op

era

tion


Monitoring


No. of samples



,, ,, 2,867 1 2,867 ,,

Air quality ,, ,, 1,349 - - ,,

Noise ,, ,, 1,096 - - ,,

Sub Total 4,047

75

APPENDIX 9. REFERENCES

ADB (1998). Handbook on resettlement. A guide to good practice. Asian Development Bank. https://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/institutional-document/32259/handbook-resettlement.pdf

ADB (2003). Project Completion Report. Sri Lanka Fisheries Sector Project (Loan 1201-SRI[SF). SRI 24121. November 2003. Asian Development Bank.

ADB (2009). Safeguards Policy Statement. June 2009. ADB.

http://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/institutional-document/32056/safeguard-policy-statement-june2009.pdf

ADB (2010). Project Completion Report. Sri Lanka Coastal Resources Management Project. Project number: 31287. Loan number 1716. December 2010. Asian Development Bank.

ADB (2012). Project Completion Report. Sri Lanka North East Coastal Community Development Project (NECCDEP). Project Number: 33249. Loan Number: 2027. August 2012. Asian Development Bank. http://www.adb.org/sites/default/files/project-document/73636/33249-013-sri-pcr.pdf

ADB (2015). Concept Paper. Proposed Loan Sri Lanka Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project. Project Number: 49325-002. December 2015. Asian Development Bank.

ADB (2016e). “Updating Climate Change vulnerability assessment and piloting mainstreaming climate change adaptation into national development activities”. TA 8572. Asian Development Bank.

CEA/DMC (2014). Integrated Strategic Environmental Assessment of the Northern Province of Sri Lanka and Map Atlas. Last Edition. October 2014. Central Environmental Authority & Disaster Management Centre of Sri Lanka. http://203.115.26.10/ISEA_North_final.pdf

CCCRMD (2016a). The Coastal Zone and Coastal Resource Management Plan - 2016. Coastal Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD). Ministry of Mahaweli Development & Environment.

http://www.coastal.gov.lk/images/stories/pdf_upload/public_notice/crczmp_2016_en.pdf

CCCRMD (2016b). Proposed Coastal Protection structures in Jaffna District for Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project. 28th September 2016. JF/DPS/CCD/FA/I/01/2016.

CCCRMD (2017). The Terms of Reference for Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) Report on proposed Fishery Harbour at Pesalai, Mannar. PA/11/MS/16/870. 14th February 2017. Coast Conservation and Coastal Resource Management Department. Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment. Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

CCCRMD (2017). Draft Terms of Reference for Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the Proposed Construction of Fishery Harbour at Point Pedro in Jaffna District. Undated and unreferenced. Coast Conservation and Coastal Resource Management Department. Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment. Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

CCS (2010) National Climate Change Adaptation Strategy for Sri Lanka 2011 to 2016. Final draft November 16th 2010. Climate Change Secretariat. Ministry of Environment Sri Lanka. ADB TA 7326 TRI.

http://www.climatechange.lk/adaptation/Files/Strategy_Booklet-Final_for_Print_Low_res(1).pdf

CCS (2012). National Climate Change Policy for Sri Lanka. Climate Change Secretariat. Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment.

http://www.climatechange.lk/CCS%20Policy/Climate_Change_Policy_English.pdf

CCS (2016a). National Adaptation Plan for Climate Change Impacts in Sri Lanka 2016-2025. Climate Change Secretariat. Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment.

http://www.climatechange.lk/NAP/NAP%20For%20Sri%20Lanka_2016-2025.pdf

76

CCS (2016b). Readiness Plan for Implementation of Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) 2017-2019. August 2016. Climate Change Secretariat (CCS). Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment (MMDE). Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

CFHC (2017). List of Anchorages and Landing Sites Final. 03rd May 2017. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Ceylon Fishery Harbours Corporation (CFHC). Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka (revised from 27/12/16).

Dastgheib, A., Ranasinghe, R., (2014). Relative Sea Level Rise Scenarios Cauvery delta zone, Tamil Nadu, India. Rev.3. May 2014. UNESCO-IHE Institute for Water Education. Asian Development Bank (ADB). //www.adb.org/sites/default/files/linked-documents/44429-013-sd-05.pdf

DFAR (2013). Sri Lanka National Plan of Action to prevent, deter and eliminate illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing. Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (DFAR). Sri Lanka. http://www.fao.org/3/a-bl359e.pdf

DMC (2006) Extracts from Design of Buildings for High Winds in Sri Lanka. Disaster Management Center. Ministry of Disaster Managements & Human Rights, Colombo

DMC (2012). Hazard Profiles of Sri Lanka. December 2012. Disaster Management Centre. Ministry of Disaster Management. Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka.

http://www.dmc.gov.lk/hazard/hazard/Report.html

DS Jaffna (2016). Letter concerning indigenous people in the coastal area of Jaffna District. JF/DPS/Fisheries/X/1/2016. 06/12/16. District Secretariat, Jaffna.

DS Mannar (2016). Letter concerning indigenous people in the coastal area of Mannar District. PL/D04/SFDP/2016. 20/12/16. District Secretariat, Mannar.

DS Mullaitivu (2016). Letter concerning indigenous people in the coastal area of Mullaitivu District. MU/DPS/FISH/2016. 14/12/16. District Secretariat, Mullaitivu.

DWC, IUCN (2005). Marine Turtle Conservation Strategy and Action Plan of for Sri Lanka. 2005. PP 79. Annexes 3. The Department of Wildlife Conservation (DWC). The World Conservation Union (IUCN). Sri Lanka.

EPA (2016). CADDIS. The Causal Analysis/Diagnosis Decision Information System. Caddis Glossary. Environmental Protection Agency of the United States of America.

https://www3.epa.gov/caddis/caddis_glossary.html

FAO (2009a). Fishing operations. 2. Best practices to reduce incidental catch of seabirds in capture fisheries. FAO Technical Guidelines for Responsible Fisheries. No. 1, Suppl. 2. Rome, FAO. 2009. 49p. http://www.fao.org/docrep/012/i1145e/i1145e00.pdf

FAO (2009b). FAO Fisheries Department. Guidelines to reduce sea turtle mortality in fishing operations. Rome, FAO. 128p. http://www.fao.org/docrep/012/i0725e/i0725e.zip

FAO (2011). Aquaculture development. 6. Use of wild fishery resources for capture based aquaculture. FAO Technical Guidelines for Responsible Fisheries. No. 5, Suppl. 6. Rome, FAO. 2011. 81 pp. http://www.fao.org/docrep/014/ba0059e/ba0059e.pdf

Fischer, J., Erikstein, K., D'Offay, B., Barone, M. & Guggisberg, S. 2012. Review of the Implementation of the International Plan of Action for the Conservation and Management of Sharks. FAO Fisheries and Aquaculture Circular No. 1076. Rome, FAO. 120 pp. http://www.fao.org/docrep/017/i3036e/i3036e.pdf

Goonatilake, S. de A., Ekanayake, S., Kumara, T.P., Liyanapathirana, D., Weerakoon, D.K., and Wadugodapitiya, A. 2013. Sustainable Development of Delft Island: An ecological, socio-economic and archaeological assessment. International Union for Conservation of Nature, Colombo, Sri Lanka & Government of Sri Lanka. viii + 86 pp. https://portals.iucn.org/library/efiles/documents/2013-023.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (1987). The Constitution of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. Revised Edition 2015 (As amended up to 15th May 2015).

77

http://www.parliament.lk/files/pdf/constitution.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (1998). Antiquities (Amendment) Act No. 24 of 1998. Parliament of Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

http://www.archaeology.gov.lk/web/images/pdf/A-Antiquity_(Amendment)_Act_No_24_of_1998.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2000). National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000

[Certified on 18th August, 2000]. Pp. 2. Government of Sri Lanka. http://www.cea.lk/pdf/act53-2000.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2005). Disaster Management Act, No. 13 of 2005. Parliament of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

http://www.dmc.gov.lk/attchments/DM%20Act%20English.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2008). Marine Pollution Prevention Act, No. 35 of 2008. 23rd October 2008. Government of Socialist Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka.

http://www.mepa.gov.lk/web/images/pdf/acts/Act-MEPA.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2009). FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION (AMENDMENT) ACT, No. 22 OF 2009. Parliament of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

http://www.dwc.gov.lk/documents/ordinanceeng.pdf

Government of Sri Lanka (2011). Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 49 of 2011. Certified on 30th November 2011. Pp. 35. Government of Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. http://citizenslanka.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/02/Coast-Conservation-Act-No-49-of-2011-E.pdf (Note: there is also soft copy of consolidated Act to 2011 available).

Government of Sri Lanka (2015). Climate Risk and Vulnerability Assessment. Mahaweli Water Security Investment Program (RRP SRI 47381). Asian Development Bank. Government of Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

Government of Sri Lanka (2016). Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Act (Amendments to March 2016). Parliament of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

http://fisheriesdept.gov.lk/v3/wp-content/uploads/2016/08/compendium-of-Fisheries-act-2016.pdf

Hare JA, Morrison WE, Nelson MW, Stachura MM, Teeters EJ, Griffis RB, et al. (2016). A Vulnerability Assessment of Fish and Invertebrates to Climate Change on the Northeast U.S. Continental Shelf. PLoS ONE 11(2): e0146756. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0146756.

http://journals.plos.org/plosone/article/asset?id=10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0146756.PDF

IOTC (2015). Status summary for species of tuna and tuna-like species under the IOTC mandate, as well as other species impacted by IOTC fisheries. Indian Ocean Tuna Commission (IOTC). IOTC–2015–SC18–R[E].

http://www.iotc.org/sites/default/files/documents/science/species_summaries/english/Summary%20of%20Stock%20Status%202015%20%5BE%5D.pdf

IPCC, 2014: Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [Core Writing Team, R.K. Pachauri and L.A. Meyer (eds.)]. IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland, 151 pp. https://www.ipcc.ch/pdf/assessment-report/ar5/syr/SYR_AR5_FINAL_full_wcover.pdf

IUCN (web). IUCN Red List. International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources. http://www.iucnredlist.org/

Lam, V. W. Y., Cheung, W. W. L., Reygondeau, G. & U. Sumaila, R. (2016). Projected change in global fisheries revenues under climate change. Scientific Reports 6, 32607.

http://www.nature.com/articles/srep32607.pdf

78

ME (2012). The National Red List 2012 of Sri Lanka; Conservation Status of the Fauna and Flora. Ministry of Environment, Colombo, Sri Lanka. viii + 476pp.

http://www.cea.lk/web/images/pdf/redlist2012.pdf

MERE (2014). Sri Lanka Fifth National Report to the Convention on Biological Diversity. Biodiversity Secretariat, Ministry of Environment & Renewable Energy. Socialist Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka. https://www.cbd.int/doc/world/lk/lk-nr-05-en.pdf

MFARD (2007). Ten-year development policy framework of the fisheries and aquatic resources sector 2007-2016. March 2007. Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development. Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

MFARD (2012). Midterm policy framework 2013-2016 for Fisheries Sector Development. Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARD). Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. www.fisheries.gov.lk/doc_files/130510003839.docx

MFARD (2013). Sri Lanka National Plan of Action for the Conservation and Management of Sharks (SL-NPOA-Sharks). Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARD),

Department of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources (DFAR), National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency (NARA). December 2013. Sri Lanka.

ftp://ftp.fao.org/fi/DOCUMENT/IPOAS/national/Srilanka/NPOA_Sharks.pdf

MFARD (2015). Performance Report 2015. Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARD). Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka.

http://www.fisheries.gov.lk/doc_files/2015%20Fisheries%20Performance%20English.pdf

MFARD (2016). Fisheries Statistics 2016. Ministry of Fisheries and Aquatic Resources Development (MFARD). Socialist Democratic Republic of Sri Lanka.

http://www.fisheries.gov.lk/elfinder-2.0-rc1/files/stat/Fisheries%20Statistices/Web%20pdf%20Document.pdf

MHI (2016). Initial Environmental Examination. MLD: Kulhudhuffushi Harbor Expansion Project. Project Number 36111-013. July 2016. Asian Development Bank. Ministry of Housing and Infrastructure, Republic of Maldives.

MMDE (2016a). Intended Nationally Determined Contributions. April 2016. Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment. Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka. http://www4.unfccc.int/Submissions/INDC/Published%20Documents/Sri%20Lanka/1/Resubmission%20of%20INDCs%20for%20Sri%20Lanka.xps

MoMD&E/MMDE (2016b). National Biodiversity Strategic Action Plan 2016-2022. Colombo, Sri Lanka: Biodiversity Secretariat, Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment. xxi + 284 pp. https://www.cbd.int/doc/world/lk/lk-nbsap-v2-en.pdf

Morrison, W., (2016). A Methodology for Assessing the Vulnerability of Fish and Invertebrates to Climate Change. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rawp7_Xj-kI&feature=youtu.be.

https://www.st.nmfs.noaa.gov/Assets/ecosystems/climate/documents/TM%20OSF3.pdf

NARA (2010). Preliminary report on Coastal and Marine Ecosystems, Fisheries and Aquaculture (Phase 1). National Aquatic Resources Research and Development Agency. Colombo, Sri Lanka.

PPTA (2017c) Fisheries Sector Assessment. Final. February 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017d) Climate Risk and Vulnerability Assessment. Final. March 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

79

PPTA (2017e) Environmental Assessment and Review Framework. Final. June 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017f) Initial Environmental Examination. Draft. March 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017j) Stakeholder Participation and Communication Plan. Draft. January 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017q) Coastal Aquaculture Development Plan for the Northern Province. Final. June 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017r) Aquaculture Development Proposals. Final. June 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017u) Procurement Capacity Assessment. Final. April 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017v) Procurement Plan. Final. June 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017x) Financial Management Assessment. Final. June 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017y) Economic and Financial Analysis. Final. June 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017z) Project Administration Manual. Draft. June 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

PPTA (2017za) Attached Technical Assistance. May 2017. ADB TA-9049 SRI. Northern Province Sustainable Fisheries Development Project (NPSFDP). Project Preparatory Technical Assistance (PPTA). FCG ANZDEC, RDC.

UoM (2016c). Feasibility Study on the Development of Fishery Harbors, Anchorages and Landing Sites in Mullaitivu District. Final Report. November 2016. Department of Civil Engineering. University of Moratuwa.

UoM (2016d). Feasibility Study on the Development of Fishery Anchorages and Landing Sites in Jaffna District. Final Report. November 2016. Department of Civil Engineering University of Moratuwa.

UoM (2016f). Feasibility Study on the Development of Fishery Landing Sites in Mannar District. Final Report. November 2016. Department of Civil Engineering University of Moratuwa.

UN (1992a). United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. United Nations. Http://unfccc.int/resource/docs/convkp/conveng.pdf

UN (1992b) Convention on Biological Diversity with Annexes. Concluded at Rio de Janeiro on 5th June 1992 http://www.cbd.int/doc/legal/cbd-un-en.pdf

UN (1994). United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS).

http://www.un.org/depts/los/index.htm, http://www.un.org/depts/los/convention_agreements/texts/unclos/unclos_e.pdf